FORM 10-K

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form 10-K

(Mark One)

  þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

or

 

  ¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                  to                 

Commission file numbers 001-13251

 

 

SLM Corporation

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

Delaware   52-2013874

(State of Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

300 Continental Drive, Newark, Delaware   19713
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)

(302) 283-8000

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act

Common Stock, par value $.20 per share.

Name of Exchange on which Listed:

The NASDAQ Global Select Market

6.97% Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock, Series A, par value $.20 per share

Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B, par value $.20 per share

Name of Exchange on which Listed:

The NASDAQ Global Select Market

Medium Term Notes, Series A, CPI-Linked Notes due 2017

Medium Term Notes, Series A, CPI-Linked Notes due 2018

6% Senior Notes due December 15, 2043

Name of Exchange on which Listed:

The NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None.

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  þ        No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨        No  þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  þ        No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  þ        No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer  þ       Accelerated filer  ¨
Non-accelerated filer  ¨       Smaller reporting company  ¨
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨        No  þ

The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2013 was $9.9 billion (based on closing sale price of $22.86 per share as reported for the NASDAQ Global Select Market).

As of January 31, 2014, there were 428,698,212 shares of common stock outstanding.

 

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the proxy statement relating to the Registrant’s 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 

 


SLM CORPORATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

           

Page

Number

Forward-Looking and Cautionary Statements; Available Information

   1

PART I

  

Item 1.

     Business    2

Item 1A.

     Risk Factors   

37

Item 1B.

     Unresolved Staff Comments   

52

Item 2.

     Properties   

53

Item 3.

     Legal Proceedings   

53

Item 4.

     Mine Safety Disclosures   

55

PART II

  

Item 5.

     Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   

56

Item 6.

     Selected Financial Data   

58

Item 7.

     Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   

59

Item 7A.

     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk   

123

Item 8.

     Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   

127

Item 9.

     Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   

127

Item 9A.

     Controls and Procedures   

127

Item 9B.

     Other Information   

128

PART III

  

Item 10.

     Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance   

129

Item 11.

     Executive Compensation   

129

Item 12.

     Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters   

129

Item 13.

     Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence   

129

Item 14.

     Principal Accounting Fees and Services   

129

PART IV

       

Item 15.

     Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules    130

Appendix A – Description of Federal Family Education Loan Program

   A-1

Glossary

   G-1


FORWARD-LOOKING AND CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking” statements and information based on management’s current expectations as of the date of this report. Statements that are not historical facts, including statements about our beliefs, opinions or expectations and statements that assume or are dependent upon future events, are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors that may cause actual results to be materially different from those reflected in such forward-looking statements. These factors include, among others, the risks and uncertainties set forth in Item 1A “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and subsequent filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”); increases in financing costs; limits on liquidity; increases in costs associated with compliance with laws and regulations; changes in accounting standards and the impact of related changes in significant accounting estimates; any adverse outcomes in any significant litigation to which we are a party; credit risk associated with our exposure to third parties, including counterparties to our derivative transactions; and changes in the terms of student loans and the educational credit marketplace (including changes resulting from new laws and the implementation of existing laws). We could also be affected by, among other things: changes in our funding costs and availability; reductions to our credit ratings or the credit ratings of the United States of America; failures of our operating systems or infrastructure, including those of third-party vendors; damage to our reputation; failures to successfully implement cost-cutting and restructuring initiatives and adverse effects of such initiatives on our business; risks associated with restructuring initiatives, including our recently announced strategic plan to separate our existing operations into two, separate, publicly-traded companies; changes in the demand for educational financing or in financing preferences of lenders, educational institutions, students and their families; changes in law and regulations with respect to the student lending business and financial institutions generally; increased competition from banks and other consumer lenders; the creditworthiness of our customers; changes in the general interest rate environment, including the rate relationships among relevant money-market instruments and those of our earning assets versus our funding arrangements; changes in general economic conditions; our ability to successfully effectuate any acquisitions and other strategic initiatives; and changes in the demand for debt management services. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements also requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions, including estimates and assumptions about future events. These estimates or assumptions may prove to be incorrect. All forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are qualified by these cautionary statements and are made only as of the date of this report. We do not undertake any obligation to update or revise these forward-looking statements to conform such statements to actual results or changes in our expectations. References to NewCo and SLM BankCo (as defined herein) forward-looking in nature and dependent on the successful completion of the Spin-Off, as discussed herein.

Definitions for certain capitalized terms used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K can be found in the “Glossary” at the end of this report.

References in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to “we,” “us,” “our” “Sallie Mae” and the “Company,” refer to SLM Corporation and its subsidiaries, except as otherwise indicated or unless the context otherwise requires.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

Our website address is www.salliemae.com. Copies of our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, as well as any amendments to those reports, are available free of charge through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. In addition, copies of our Board Governance Guidelines, Code of Business Conduct (which includes the code of ethics applicable to our Principal Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) and the governing charters for each committee of our Board of Directors are available free of charge on our website, as well as in print to any stockholder upon request. We intend to disclose any amendments to or waivers from our Code of Business Conduct (to the extent applicable to our Principal Executive Officer or Principal Financial Officer) by posting such information on our website. Information contained or referenced on our website is not incorporated by reference into and does not form a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

1


PART I.

 

Item 1. Business

Overview

SLM Corporation, more commonly known as Sallie Mae, is the nation’s leading saving, planning and paying for education company. For 40 years, we have made a difference in students’ and families’ lives, helping more than 31 million Americans pay for college. We recognize there is no single way to achieve this task, so we provide a range of products to help families whether college is a long way off or right around the corner. We promote responsible financial habits that help our customers dream, invest and succeed.

We were formed in 1972 as the Student Loan Marketing Association, a federally chartered government sponsored enterprise (“GSE”), with the goal of furthering access to higher education by providing liquidity to the student loan marketplace. On December 29, 2004, we terminated the federal charter, incorporated SLM Corporation as a business corporation in the State of Delaware, and dissolved the GSE. Our principal executive offices are located at 300 Continental Drive, Newark, Delaware 19713, and our telephone number is (302) 283-8000.

On May 29, 2013, we announced our intent to separate into two distinct publicly-traded entities — an education loan management business (“NewCo”) and a consumer banking business (“SLM BankCo”). It is our intent to effect the separation through the distribution of the common stock of NewCo, which was formed to hold the assets and liabilities associated with our education loan management business. In order to effect the separation, we will first undergo an internal corporate reorganization, which is necessary for the contemplated separation of NewCo from our consumer banking business. This internal corporate reorganization will be then followed by a pro rata share distribution of all of the shares of NewCo common stock to our stockholders that will implement the actual separation of NewCo. Throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we sometimes collectively refer to the proposed internal corporate reorganization and separation as the “Spin-Off.” “NewCo” was incorporated under the temporary name “New Corporation.” The actual and brand name of NewCo will be publicly disclosed prior to the Spin-Off in an amendment to New Corporation’s Form 10 registration statement. For a discussion of the reasons for the Spin-Off, its mechanics and the businesses to be retained by or transferred to and operated by NewCo and SLM BankCo, see the section titled “Reorganization and the Spin-Off.”

In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we provide a review of our current business and operations as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, as well as information regarding the proposed separation of our existing businesses in the event of the completion of the Spin-Off. Upon completion of the Spin-Off, SLM BankCo, a newly incorporated, publicly-traded holding company, will succeed and continue to operate our consumer banking business through Sallie Mae Bank, Upromise, Inc. (“Upromise”) and Sallie Mae Insurance Services. SLM BankCo will continue to use the brand name “Sallie Mae” and trade under our symbol “SLM.” NewCo, on the other hand, will hold the assets and liabilities related to our education loan management business, which constitute substantially all of our assets and liabilities, and NewCo will trade under a new symbol on the NASDAQ Global Select Market (the “NASDAQ”). Our historical financial statements prior to the Spin-Off will become the historical financial statements of NewCo. As a result, the presentation of the financial results of the business and operations of SLM BankCo, which will be the publicly-traded successor registrant to the Company, for periods arising after the completion of the Spin-Off will be substantially different from the presentation of our financial results in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in our prior filings with the SEC. To provide additional information to our investors regarding the anticipated impact of the Spin-Off, we have included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K certain unaudited pro forma financial information of SLM BankCo, on a stand-alone basis as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013, to provide some reference for SLM BankCo’s expected reissued historical financial statements post Spin-Off and future manner of presentation of its financial condition and results of operations. See the section titled “SLM BankCo Pro Forma Financial Information (Unaudited).”

For a discussion of the products and services to be offered by each of NewCo and SLM BankCo following completion of the Spin-Off, see the sections titled “Business Segments,” “NewCo After the Spin-Off” and “SLM BankCo After the Spin-Off.”

 

2


The completion of the Spin-Off is subject to certain customary conditions, including final approval by our Board of Directors, confirmation of the tax-free nature of the transaction by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), and the effectiveness of New Corporation’s registration statement, which was initially filed with the SEC on December 6, 2013 and subsequently amended on February 7, 2014, which can be accessed through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov/edgar. The contemplated Spin-Off will not require a stockholder vote. Although we currently anticipate the Spin-Off will be completed during the first half of 2014, there can be no assurance as to when or if the Spin-Off will ultimately occur. See the section titled “Risks Related to the Spin-Off” in Item 1A. “Risk Factors” for a discussion of the risks and uncertainties related to the Spin-Off. All information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K regarding the proposed Spin-Off, and any description of the anticipated consumer banking business of the registrant after the Spin-Off, is qualified by the foregoing.

Our Approach to Advising Students and Families How to Pay for College

Students and their families use multiple sources of funding to pay for their college education, including savings, current income, grants, scholarships, federal education loans and Private Education Loans. We use “Private Education Loans” to mean education loans to students or their families that are non-federal loans not insured or guaranteed under the previously existing Federal Family Education Loan Program (“FFELP”). We advise students and their families to follow a three-step process to pay for college. In recent years, we have increased our focus on business-to-consumer and business-to-business activities that align with each of these three steps and future plans revolve largely around continuing to develop these types of activities.

Step 1: Use scholarships, grants, savings and income.

We make available to consumers at no charge an extensive online database of scholarships which includes information about more than three million scholarships with an aggregate value in excess of $16 billion. Our Upromise consumer savings network helps families jumpstart their save-for-college plan by providing financial rewards on everyday purchases. Traditional savings products, like High-Yield Savings Accounts, Money Market Accounts and CDs, are available through Sallie Mae Bank.

Step 2: Pursue federal government loan options.

We encourage consumers to explore federal government loan options. Our free online tool, the Education Investment Planner, helps families estimate the full cost of a college degree and build a customized plan to pay for the full cost of a college degree. The Education Investment Planner takes families through a series of questions, prompting users to model various funding sources — including 529 college-savings plans, parent and student savings and income, scholarships, federal and state grants, institutional aid, and if necessary, federal and private student loans. The Education Investment Planner also estimates monthly payments on education loans and helps project how much a graduate would need to earn to keep payments manageable.

Step 3: Consider affordable Private Education Loans to fill the gap.

We offer Private Education Loan products to bridge the gap between family resources, federal loans, grants, student aid and scholarships, and the cost of a college education. While we actively maintain our presence in school marketing channels, we also continue to develop and evolve our marketing efforts through various other direct and indirect marketing channels, such as direct mailings, Internet channels and marketing alliances with various banks and financial institutions.

 

3


Our Approach to Assisting Students and Families in Repaying their Education Loans

In total, we provide service to approximately 13 million FFELP Loan, Direct Loan and Private Education Loan customers including cosigners, and post-default counseling to an additional 500,000 customers. This includes processing more than 70 million payments and making and responding to approximately 500 million calls annually. Employee emphasis is placed on providing service with accuracy, courtesy, consistency and empathy. If we fall short, we make it a priority to correct our mistake, and we make it a priority to prevent it from happening again.

We understand managing repayment of education loans is critical for students to achieve their educational goals, recognize their full earning potential, and develop a strong credit profile. A key indicator of future success in loan repayment is graduation. We encourage customers to plan for the full cost of their education to increase their likelihood of completing their course of study because we know that those who drop out or do not complete their course of study are more likely to default on their education loans.

When it comes to repaying education loans, customer success means making steady progress toward repayment, instead of falling behind on payments. Our experience has taught us that the transition from school to full repayment requires making and carrying out a financial plan. For many, this is their first borrowing experience. For new graduates, salaries grow over time, typically making payments easier to handle as their career progresses. It is also not uncommon for some to return to school, experience illness or encounter temporary interruptions in earnings.

To help customers manage these realities, we have made customer success and default prevention top priorities. Contact and counseling keep customers on track, and we go beyond what is required in our efforts to assist customers with past-due student loan payments. That outreach pays off: approximately 90 percent of federal loan customers we reach successfully leverage the options available to them to resolve their delinquency. As a result of our outreach, the federal education loans we service default at rates 30 percent better than the national average.

Most customers tell us they want to repay their loans as quickly as they can, thus minimizing their borrowing costs. Customers who request additional payment flexibility are most frequently in the early years of repayment. Having multiple repayment options from which to choose helps customers find a plan that is right for their individual situation. No one option serves all, and we use a variety of tools – such as videos, online resources, letters, text messaging, email, and live chat – to facilitate customer access to repayment information that allows them to make an informed choice that’s right for their financial circumstance and goals.

One of the hallmarks of our responsible borrowing philosophy is to encourage payments, even small ones, instead of no payment. When done while the student is in school and even when not required, even nominal payments may help minimize the accumulation of total indebtedness. We also recognize that, during periods of repayment, customers may struggle to meet their financial obligations. We work with each individual to understand their financial situations and identify alternative payment arrangements. And when we do, our counseling includes straight talk about debt, including the impact of delaying repayment on total borrowing costs.

Business Segments

Currently, we have three primary operating business segments — Consumer Lending, Business Services and FFELP Loans. A fourth segment — Other, primarily consists of the financial results of our holding company, including activities related to the repurchase of debt, the corporate liquidity portfolio and all overhead, as well as the results from certain, smaller wind-down and discontinued operations.

A summary of financial information for each of our business segments for each of the last three fiscal years is included in “Note 15 — Segment Reporting” to the consolidated financial statements.

 

4


Consumer Lending Segment

In this segment, we originate, acquire, finance and service Private Education Loans. The Private Education Loans we make are primarily to bridge the gap between the cost of higher education and the amount funded through financial aid, federal loans or customers’ resources. We continue to offer loan products to parents and graduate students where we believe we are competitive with similar federal education loan products. In this segment, we earn net interest income on our Private Education Loan portfolio (after provision for loan losses). Operating expenses for this segment include costs incurred to acquire and to service our loans.

Managed growth of our Private Education Loan portfolio is central not only to our strategy for growing the Consumer Lending segment but also for the future of Sallie Mae Bank. In 2013, we originated $3.8 billion of Private Education Loans, an increase of 14 percent and 39 percent from the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we had $37.5 billion, $36.9 billion, and $36.3 billion of Private Education Loans outstanding, respectively. See Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Business Segment Earnings Summary — ‘Core Earnings’ Basis — Consumer Lending Segment” for a full discussion of our Consumer Lending business and related Private Education Loan portfolio.

Private Education Loans in Context

Private Education Loans help students and families fill the gap between their own resources, financial aid, federal education loans, and the total cost of college. Historically, Private Education Loans have not replaced federal aid and education loans. However, the interplay between federal and Private Education Loans, their respective terms and conditions and interest rate structures has changed significantly over time. Most notably, over time, federal education lending has expanded to include loans to graduate students and parents of undergraduate students sufficient to cover the full cost of college and graduate school attendance.

We offer responsible Private Education Loan products to families and students. Since 2009, we have:

 

   

voluntarily required school certification of both the need for, and the amount of, all of our Private Education Loans;

 

   

introduced our Smart Option Student Loan product to emphasize payments while in school and to shorten repayment terms based on loan amounts and class level;

 

   

obtained cosigners on an average of 90 percent of all Private Education Loans originated; and

 

   

offered, through our rate reduction program, temporary relief to assist customers having difficulty making payments on their Private Education Loans.

In addition, we provide many repayment options — reduced monthly payments, interest-only payments, extended repayment schedules, temporary interest rate reductions and, if appropriate, forbearance — all scaled to a customer’s individual circumstances. These programs, much like the adjustments available to customers under federal student loans, must be used wisely given their potential to significantly increase the overall costs of education financing to customers.

Private Education Loans bear the full credit risk of the customer and cosigner. We manage this risk by underwriting and pricing based upon customized credit scoring criteria and the addition of qualified cosigners. For the year ended December 31, 2013, our annual charge-off rate for Private Education Loans (as a percentage of loans in repayment) was 2.8 percent, as compared with 3.4 percent for the prior year.

The core of our marketing strategy is to generate student loan originations by promoting our products on campus through the financial aid office and through direct marketing to students and their families. Since the beginning of 2006, virtually all of our Private Education Loans have been originated and funded by Sallie Mae Bank, a Utah industrial bank subsidiary, which is regulated by the Utah Department of Financial Institutions

 

5


(“UDFI”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). At December 31, 2013, Sallie Mae Bank had total assets of $10.7 billion, including $6.7 billion in Private Education Loans and $1.4 billion of FFELP Loans. As of the same date, Sallie Mae Bank had total deposits of $9.3 billion. Sallie Mae Bank currently relies on both retail and brokered deposits to fund its assets and periodically sells originated Private Education Loans to affiliates for inclusion in securitization trusts or collection. See the section titled “SLM BankCo Funding Sources” for a description of SLM BankCo’s funding sources after the Spin-Off. Currently, Sallie Mae and its affiliates provide services and technology support to Sallie Mae Bank through various service agreements. See the section titled “SLM BankCo’s Post-Separation Relationship with NewCo” for a description of how these services will be provided after the Spin-Off.

Our ability to obtain deposit funding and offer competitive interest rates on deposits will become more important to sustain the continuing growth of our Private Education Loan originations. Our ability to obtain such funding is also dependent in part on the capital level of Sallie Mae Bank and compliance with other applicable regulatory requirements. At the time of this filing, there are no restrictions on Sallie Mae Bank’s ability to obtain deposit funding or the interest rates Sallie Mae Bank charges other than those restrictions generally applicable to all similarly situated banks.

At the time of this filing, Sallie Mae Bank remains subject to a cease and desist order originally issued in August 2008 by the FDIC and the UDFI. In July 2013, the FDIC notified us that it plans to replace the existing cease and desist order on Sallie Mae Bank with a new formal enforcement action against Sallie Mae Bank that would more specifically address certain cited violations of Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act (the “FTC Act”), including practices relating to payment allocation practices and the disclosures and assessments of certain late fees, as well as alleged violations under the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act (the “SCRA”). In November 2013, the FDIC notified us that the new formal enforcement action would be against Sallie Mae Bank and an additional enforcement action would be against Sallie Mae, Inc. (“SMI”), in its capacity as a servicer of education loans for other financial institutions, and would include civil money penalties and restitution. Sallie Mae Bank has been notified by the UDFI that it does not intend to join the FDIC in issuing any new enforcement action. For additional information regarding these and related regulatory matters and the reserves we have recorded in connection therewith, see Item 3. “Legal Proceedings—Regulatory Matters.” Our failure to comply with various laws and regulations, the terms of the cease and desist order, or to timely address issues raised during any examination could result in limitations on our ability to obtain deposit funding in Sallie Mae Bank and could materially and adversely impact Sallie Mae Bank’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Key Drivers of Private Education Loan Market Growth

The size of the Private Education Loan market is based on three primary factors: college enrollment levels, the costs of attending college and the availability of funds from the federal government to pay for a college education. The amounts that students and their families can contribute toward a college education and the availability of scholarships and institutional grants are also important. If the cost of education continues to increase at a pace exceeding family income and savings growth and the availability of federal fund grants, and scholarship levels remain constant or decrease, more students and families can be expected to borrow privately. If enrollment levels or college costs decline or the availability of federal fund grants and scholarships significantly increase, Private Education Loan originations could decrease.

 

   

Undergraduate and graduate enrollments at four-year institutions increased by approximately 16 percent from 2007 to 2011. According to ED’s projections released in January, 2013, enrollment is projected to increase by 12 percent from 2012 to 2021.1 While a clear trend has not yet been identified, recent enrollment statistics indicate more moderate enrollment growth in the near term.

 

1  Source: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, Projections of Education Statistics to 2021 (NCES 2013-008, January 2013)

 

6


   

Average tuition and fees at four-year public institutions and four-year private institutions were $8,893 and $30,094, respectively for Academic Year (“AY”) 2013-2014 and have increased at a compound annual growth rate of 6.7 percent and 4.7 percent, respectively, since AY 2003-2004.2

 

   

There has been a 48 percent increase in borrowing from federal loan programs since AY 2007-2008. In AY 2012-2013, borrowing from federal loan programs, according to the College Board, totaled $101.5 billion, an increase of 136 percent since AY 2002-2003.3 A substantial portion of this increase was driven by the creation of the Grad PLUS program in 2006 and increases in federal borrowing limits in 2007 and 2008. The College Board also reported that, over the same time period, federal grants increased 198 percent to $47 billion. In AY 2012-2013, borrowing from Private Education Loan programs increased to an estimated $7.2 billion, up 13 percent over the previous year; an increase of 3 percent as compared to AY 2002-2003 levels.2

Tuition and fees represent only a portion of total costs of attendance. Utilizing consistent data from available public sources with regard to room and board, books and supplies and transportation costs, we have estimated total costs of college attendance have grown from approximately $324 billion for AY 2007-2008 to $438 billion for AY 2012-2013.3

We face competition for Private Education Loans from a group of the nation’s larger banks and local credit unions.

Implications of the Spin-Off

If the Spin-Off occurs, SLM BankCo and its subsidiaries will continue to originate, finance and service Private Education Loans and earn revenue on the Private Education Loan portfolio held by SLM BankCo and its affiliates. By agreement, NewCo will not originate Private Education Loans prior to 2019. On a pro forma basis as of December 31, 2013 and as currently proposed as part of the Spin-Off, SLM BankCo will retain approximately $6.5 billion of our Private Education Loan portfolio, and NewCo will continue to service and collect on its own portfolio of education loans, as well as on those owned by numerous banks, credit unions and non-profit education lenders.

During a transition period, NewCo and its affiliates will assist SLM BankCo in the servicing and collections on the Private Education Loans held by SLM BankCo and its affiliates. It is currently anticipated that NewCo will also continue to service Private Education Loans owned by SLM BankCo with respect to individual borrowers who also have Private Education Loans which are owned by NewCo. NewCo will also service and collect on SLM BankCo’s portfolio of FFELP Loans. For additional information, see the section titled “SLM BankCo’s Post-Separation Relationship with NewCo.”

Business Services Segment

We are currently the largest holder, servicer and collector of loans made under the previously existing FFELP, and the majority of our income has been derived, directly or indirectly, from our portfolio of FFELP Loans and servicing we have provided for FFELP Loans. In 2010, Congress passed legislation ending the origination of education loans under FFELP. The terms and conditions of existing FFELP Loans were not affected by this legislation. Our FFELP Loan portfolio will amortize over approximately 20 years. The fee income we have earned from providing servicing and contingent collection services on such loans will similarly decline over time. For a full description of FFELP, see Appendix A “Description of Federal Family Education Loan Program.” We also provide servicing, loan default aversion and defaulted loans collection services on

 

2 

Source: The College Board—Trends in College Pricing 2013. © 2013 The College Board. www.collegeboard.org. Cost of attendance is in current dollars and includes tuition, fees and on-campus room and board.

3  Extrapolated from various materials produced by U.S. Department of Education, College Board, McKinsey & Company, MeasureOne, National Student Clearing House, Company Analysis.

 

7


behalf of Guarantors of FFELP Loans and other institutions, including the U.S. Department of Education (“ED”). With the elimination of FFELP in July 2010, these FFELP-related revenue sources will continue to decline.

After the Spin-Off is completed, NewCo will perform substantially all of the activities of our existing Business Services segment, other than the activities of Upromise and Sallie Mae Insurance Services, which will be carried on by SLM BankCo.

 

   

Servicing revenues from the FFELP Loans we own and manage represent intercompany charges to the FFELP Loans segment at rates paid to us by the trusts which own the loans. These fees are legally the first payment priority of the trusts and exceed the actual cost of servicing the loans. Intercompany loan servicing revenues declined to $530 million in 2013 from $670 million in 2012. Intercompany loan servicing revenues will decline as the FFELP portfolio amortizes. Prepayments of FFELP Loans could further accelerate the rate of decline.

 

   

In 2013, we earned account maintenance fees on FFELP Loans serviced for Guarantors of $38 million, down from $44 million in 2012. These fees will continue to decline as the portfolio amortizes. Prepayments of FFELP Loans could further accelerate the rate of decline.

 

   

We provide default aversion, post default collections and claims processing to 15 of the 30 Guarantor agencies that serve as an intermediary between the U.S. federal government and FFELP lenders and are responsible for paying the claims made on defaulted loans. In 2013, collection revenue from Guarantor clients totaled $303 million, compared to $264 million the prior year. As FFELP Loans are no longer originated, these revenues will generally decline over time unless we acquire additional work for Guarantor clients. The rate at which these revenues will decrease will also be affected by the Bipartisan Budget Act (the “Budget Act”) enacted on December 26, 2013 and effective on July 1, 2014, which reduces the amount to be paid to Guarantor agencies for defaulted FFELP Loans that are rehabilitated under Section 428F of the Higher Education Act (the “HEA”). The precise effect of the Budget Act will depend on the decisions of our Guarantor agency clients about their continued participation in FFELP default collections, as well as by how the fee reduction is implemented by ED. We earned approximately $283 million in fee income from these activities in 2013, and we currently estimate the Budget Act will reduce fee income in 2014 by approximately $60 million.

In 2013, FFELP-related revenues accounted for 77 percent of total Business Services segment revenues, as compared with 82 percent and 82 percent, respectively, for the previous two years. Total Business Services segment revenues were $1.16 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013, down from $1.20 billion for the prior year.

The end of the FFELP program will likely cause owners of FFELP Loan portfolios as well as Guarantors of those loans to seek to further reduce their FFELP servicing costs or sell those portfolios. Given the volume of FFELP Loans we service for our affiliates and third parties, we are, and after the Spin-Off NewCo will be, uniquely situated to adapt to the increasing levels of education loan-specific disclosure, compliance, servicing and collection standards which other financial institutions and servicers may not find economical to continue to support. Acquiring additional FFELP servicing volume as others sell FFELP portfolios, exit existing FFELP servicing businesses or seek to find lower cost providers for those services is a key component of our current Business Services growth strategy, notwithstanding the end of the FFELP program, and, after completion of the Spin-Off, will be a key component of NewCo’s Business Services segment growth strategy.

ED Collection and Servicing Contracts

Since 1997, we have provided collection services on defaulted student loans to ED, and these collection services will continue to be provided by the Company, or NewCo should the Spin-Off occur. The current contract runs through April 21, 2015. There are 21 other collection providers, of which we compete with 16 providers for account allocation based on quarterly performance metrics. The remaining five providers are small businesses that are ensured a particular allocation of business. As a consistent top performer, our share of allocated accounts

 

8


has ranged from six percent to eight percent for this contract period. Currently, we are participating in ED’s procurement process for a new debt collection contract and expect them to announce the recipients by April 30, 2014.

Since the second quarter of 2009, we have been one of four large servicers awarded a servicing contract by ED to service Direct Student Loan Program (“DSLP”) federal loans owned by ED. We serviced approximately 5.7 million accounts under this DSLP servicing contract as of December 31, 2013. The DSLP servicing contract spans five years with one five-year renewal at the option of ED. In November 2013, ED gave notice to Sallie Mae of its intent to exercise its five-year renewal option to extend the DSLP servicing contract. As such, we will continue to compete for DSLP servicing volume from ED with the three other large servicing companies that also have similar contracts. New account allocations for the upcoming contract year are awarded annually based on each company’s performance on five different metrics over the most recently ended contract year: defaulted borrower count, defaulted borrower dollar amount, a survey of borrowers, a survey of schools and a survey of ED personnel. Pursuant to the contract terms related to annual volume allocation of new loans, the maximum any servicer could be awarded is 40 percent of net new borrowers in that contract year. Our share of new loans serviced for ED under the contract increased to 18 percent in 2013 from 15 percent in the prior contract year as a result of our relative standing, as compared to other servicing companies, on the ED Scorecard. We earned $109 million of revenue under the contract for the year ended December 31, 2013.

To date, the DSLP servicing contract with ED has not contributed meaningful net income to us; however, the opportunity to significantly and profitably expand the services we can provide under the DSLP directly to ED or otherwise, has been an important component of the Business Services segment’s growth strategy and will continue to be an important component of NewCo’s Business Services segment growth strategy if the Spin-Off occurs. In fiscal year 2014, ED is projected to originate more than $112 billion in new federal education loans and spend more than $1.7 billion in contracted services. To expand the services we provide under the DSLP, we or, upon completion of the Spin-Off, NewCo will seek to improve on the performance metrics that determine the allocation of new accounts under the servicing contract with ED.

We have generated significant volumes of work and consistently delivered high levels of objectively measurable performance under both the ED collection contract and the DSLP servicing contract. However, to date, the servicing contract structure has not permitted us to scale the work we are doing to achieve meaningful profitability.

Other

Upromise generates transaction fees through our Upromise consumer savings network. Since inception through December 31, 2013, members have earned approximately $800 million in rewards by purchasing products at hundreds of online retailers, booking travel, purchasing a home, dining out, buying gas and groceries, using the Upromise World MasterCard, or completing other qualified transactions. We earn a fee for the marketing and administrative services we provide to companies that participate in the Upromise savings network. We also compete with other loyalty shopping services and companies. After the Spin-Off, the Upromise consumer savings network will be operated by SLM BankCo.

Previously, we provided program management services for 529 college-savings plans through our 529 college-savings plan administration business and our Campus Solutions business provided processing capabilities to educational institutions designed to help campus business offices increase their services to students and families. However, in the second quarter of 2013, we sold our Campus Solutions business and recorded an after-tax gain of $38 million. Additionally, in the fourth quarter of 2013, we sold our 529 college-savings plan administration business and recorded an after-tax gain of $71 million.

FFELP Loans Segment

Our FFELP Loans segment consists of our FFELP Loan portfolio (approximately $104.6 billion as of December 31, 2013) and the underlying debt and capital funding the loans. We are currently the largest holder of

 

9


FFELP Loans. FFELP Loans are insured or guaranteed by state or not-for-profit agencies and are also protected by contractual rights to recovery from the United States pursuant to guaranty agreements among ED and these agencies. These guarantees generally cover at least 97 percent of a FFELP Loan’s principal and accrued interest for loans disbursed. In the case of death, disability or bankruptcy of the borrower, these guarantees cover 100 percent of the loan’s principal and accrued interest. See Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Business Segment Earnings Summary — ‘Core Earnings’ Basis — FFELP Loans Segment” for a full discussion of our FFELP Loans segment. After completion of the Spin-Off, we anticipate that SLM BankCo will retain only Sallie Mae Bank’s FFELP Loan portfolio (approximately $1.4 billion as of December 31, 2013), and NewCo will retain the remainder of our FFELP Loan portfolio (approximately $103.2 billion as of December 31, 2013).

As a result of the long-term funding used in the FFELP Loan portfolio and the insurance and guarantees provided on these loans, the net interest margin recorded in the FFELP Loans segment is relatively stable and the capital we choose to retain with respect to the segment is modest. For more discussion of the FFELP and related credit support mechanisms, see Appendix A “Description of Federal Family Education Loan Program.”

In 2013, we sold Residual Interests in FFELP Loan securitization trusts to third parties. We continue to service the student loans in the trusts under existing agreements, and after completion of the Spin-Off, NewCo and its affiliates will continue to service and collect the student loans owned by such trusts. As a result of the sale of the Residual Interests in FFELP securitizations, we removed securitization trust assets of $12.5 billion and the related liabilities of $12.1 billion from our balance sheet and recorded a $312 million gain as part of “gains (losses) on sales of loans and investments” for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Our FFELP Loan portfolio will amortize over approximately 20 years. Our goal is to maximize the cash flow generated by the portfolio. We will seek to acquire other third-party FFELP Loan portfolios to add net interest income and servicing revenue, and this FFELP Loan acquisition strategy will be maintained by NewCo after the completion of the Spin-Off.

The HEA continues to regulate every aspect of the FFELP, including ongoing communications with borrowers and default aversion requirements. Failure to service a FFELP Loan properly could jeopardize the insurance and guarantees and federal support on these loans. The insurance and guarantees on our existing loans were not affected by the July 2010 termination of the FFELP program.

Other Segment

The Other segment consists primarily of the financial results related to activities of our holding company, including the repurchase of debt, the corporate liquidity portfolio and all overhead. We also include results from certain, smaller wind-down and discontinued operations within this segment. Overhead expenses include costs related to executive management, the Board of Directors, accounting, finance, legal, human resources, stock-based compensation expense and certain information technology costs related to infrastructure and operations.

Supervision and Regulation

Overview

The following discussion addresses the significant areas of supervision and regulation applicable to our current business and operations.

We are subject to extensive regulation, examination and supervision by various federal, state and local authorities. Significant aspects of the laws and regulations that apply to us and our subsidiaries are described below. These descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the applicable statutes, legislation, regulations and policies, as they may be amended, and as interpreted and applied, by federal, state and local agencies. Such statutes, regulations and policies are continually under review and are subject to change at any time, particularly in the current economic and regulatory environment.

 

10


As noted in more detail below, in coming years we expect the regulators overseeing several of our businesses will increase in number or change and consumer protection regulations and standards will evolve to become more detailed in scope. We expect this evolution will significantly add to our compliance, marketing, servicing and operating costs. Currently enhanced operations and compliance processes cannot provide assurance that past practices or products will not be the focus of examinations, inquiries or lawsuits, including, for example, the pending regulatory matters described in Item 3. “Legal Proceedings.” Prior to 2009, one or more of our current or then-existing subsidiaries were involved in the origination and sale of home mortgages, automobile loans, boat/RV/manufactured housing loans, construction loans, and other personal loans.

Dodd-Frank Act

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) was adopted to reform and strengthen regulation and supervision of the U.S. financial services industry. It contains comprehensive provisions to govern the practices and oversight of financial institutions and other participants in the financial markets. It imposes significant regulations, additional requirements and oversight on almost every aspect of the U.S. financial services industry, including increased capital and liquidity requirements, limits on leverage and enhanced supervisory authority. It requires the issuance of many implementing regulations which will take effect over several years, making it difficult to anticipate the overall impact to us, our affiliates, including Sallie Mae Bank as well as our customers and the financial industry more generally. While the overall impact cannot be predicted with any degree of certainty, we are and will continue to be affected by the Dodd-Frank Act in a wide range of areas.

The Consumer Financial Protection Act, a part of the Dodd-Frank Act, established the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”), which has broad authority to write regulations under federal consumer financial protection laws and to directly or indirectly enforce those laws, including regulatory oversight of the Private Education Loan industry, and to examine financial institutions for compliance. It is authorized to collect fines and provide consumer restitution in the event of violations, engage in consumer financial education, track consumer complaints, request data and promote the availability of financial services to underserved consumers and communities. It has authority to prevent unfair, deceptive or abusive practices by issuing regulations that define the same or by using its enforcement authority without first issuing regulations. The CFPB has been active in its supervision, examination and enforcement of financial services companies, most notably bringing enforcement actions imposing fines and mandating large refunds to customers of several large banking institutions for practices relating to the sale of additional products associated with the extension of consumer credit. Once Sallie Mae Bank has four consecutive quarters with total assets of at least $10 billion, the CFPB will become its primary compliance supervisor. The UDFI and FDIC will remain the prudential regulatory authorities with respect to Sallie Mae Bank’s financial strength.

Throughout 2013, the CFPB continued to be active in the student loan industry and undertook a number of initiatives relative to the Private Education Loan Market and student loan servicing, including:

 

   

In February 2013, the CFPB published a notice soliciting information on potential options to offer more affordable repayment options to borrowers having difficulty repaying their private student loans. Based on the more than 28,000 comments received, on May 8, 2013, the CFPB published a report highlighting the ways in which private student loan debt can be a roadblock to financial soundness for consumers. The report analyzes the impact of private student loan debt on the broader economy, assesses recent actions of policymakers in the student loan market and discusses policy options put forth by the public regarding private student loans. Reports such as these may continue to influence regulatory developments in the student lending market. The report proposes a number of considerations for policymakers and market participants, such as refinancing relief and monthly payments more closely correlated with a borrower’s debt-to-income ratio. Certain of these CFPB recommendations in the report could negatively affect our private education loan portfolio if implemented. For a discussion on our approach to helping customers, see the section titled “Our Approach to Assisting Students and Families in Repaying their Education Loans.”

 

11


   

On October 16, 2013, the Private Education Loan Ombudsman within the CFPB submitted its second report based on Private Education Loan inquiries received through the CFPB portal from October 1, 2012 through September 30, 2013, including 1,327 inquiries transmitted to Sallie Mae during that period. The Dodd-Frank Act created the Private Education Loan Ombudsman within the CFPB to receive and attempt to informally resolve inquiries about Private Education Loans. The Private Education Loan Ombudsman reports to Congress annually on the trends and issues that it identifies through this process. The report offers analysis, commentary and recommendations to address issues reported by consumers. The report’s key observations included: (1) just under 50 percent of all private student loan inquiries received were related to consumers seeking a loan modification or other option to reduce their monthly payment; (2) payment processing problems continue to represent a significant amount of the inquiries received by the CFPB, such as confusion about payment application policies, the application of excess payments and underpayments, timing of payment processing, access to payment histories, lost payments, obtaining payoff information and servicing transfers; and (3) many of the private student loan inquiries mirror the problems heard from consumers in the mortgage market and that recent changes to mortgage servicing and credit card servicing practices might be applicable to the Private Education Loan market.

 

   

On December 3, 2013, the CFPB issued a final rule defining larger participants of the student loan servicing market. The rule, which will become effective on March 1, 2014, will allow the CFPB to federally supervise certain nonbank student loan servicers for the first time. Under the final rule, the CFPB will have supervisory authority over any nonbank student loan servicer that services more than one million borrower accounts, including accounts for both Private Education Loans and federal student loans. Our student loan servicing subsidiaries will be subject to this new oversight. The CFPB’s supervision will include gathering reports, conducting examinations for compliance with federal consumer financial laws and taking enforcement actions as appropriate, similar to the CFPB’s current supervisory authority over large bank student loan servicers.

Debt Collection Supervision

Consistent with the authority granted to it under the Dodd-Frank Act, the CFPB also maintains supervisory authority over larger consumer debt collectors. On October 24, 2012, the CFPB issued its final debt collection larger participant rule and examination procedures. The rule defines larger participants as third-party debt collectors, debt buyers and collection attorneys with more than $10 million in annual receipts resulting from consumer debt collection. The rule became effective January 2, 2013. Under the rule, our collection subsidiaries are considered larger participants and are subject to supervision. The issuance of the CFPB’s rules does not preempt the various and varied levels of state consumer and collection regulations to which the activities of our subsidiaries are currently subject. We also utilize third-party debt collectors to collect certain defaulted and charged-off education loans. We continue to be responsible for oversight of their procedures and controls.

Regulation of Sallie Mae Bank

Sallie Mae Bank was chartered in 2006 and is a Utah industrial bank regulated by the FDIC and the UDFI. We are currently not a bank holding company and therefore are not subject to the regulation applicable to bank holding companies. However, we and our non-bank subsidiaries are subject to regulation and oversight as institution-affiliated parties. The following discussion sets forth some of the elements of the bank regulatory framework applicable to us, Sallie Mae Bank and our other non-bank subsidiaries.

General

Sallie Mae Bank is currently subject to primary regulation and examination by the FDIC and the UDFI. Numerous other federal and state laws as well as regulations promulgated by the FDIC and the state banking regulator govern almost all aspects of the operations of Sallie Mae Bank and, to some degree, our operations and those of our non-bank subsidiaries as institution-affiliated parties.

 

12


Actions by Federal and State Regulators

Like all depository institutions, Sallie Mae Bank is regulated extensively under federal and state law. Under federal and state laws and regulations pertaining to the safety and soundness of insured depository institutions, the UDFI and separately the FDIC as the insurer of bank deposits have the authority to compel or restrict certain actions on Sallie Mae Bank’s part if they determine that it has insufficient capital or other resources, or is otherwise operating in a manner that may be deemed to be inconsistent with safe and sound banking practices. Under this authority, Sallie Mae Bank’s regulators can require it to enter into informal or formal supervisory agreements, including board resolutions, memoranda of understanding, written agreements and consent or cease and desist orders, pursuant to which Sallie Mae Bank would be required to take identified corrective actions to address cited concerns and to refrain from taking certain actions.

Enforcement Powers

We and our nonbank subsidiaries are “institution-affiliated parties” of Sallie Mae Bank, including our management, employees, agents, independent contractors and consultants, and are generally subject to potential civil and criminal penalties for violations of law, regulations or written orders of a government agency. Violations can include failure to timely file required reports, filing false or misleading information or submitting inaccurate reports. Civil penalties may be as high as $1,000,000 a day for such violations and criminal penalties for some financial institution crimes may include imprisonment for 20 years. Regulators have flexibility to commence enforcement actions against institutions and institution-affiliated parties, and the FDIC has the authority to terminate deposit insurance. When issued by a banking agency, cease and desist and similar orders may, among other things, require affirmative action to correct any harm resulting from a violation or practice, including restitution, reimbursement, indemnifications or guarantees against loss. A financial institution may also be ordered to restrict its growth, dispose of certain assets, rescind agreements or contracts, or take other actions determined to be appropriate by the ordering agency. The federal banking regulators also may remove a director or officer from an insured depository institution (or bar them from the industry) if a violation is willful or reckless.

At the time of this filing, Sallie Mae Bank remains subject to a cease and desist order originally issued in August 2008 by the FDIC and the UDFI. In July 2013, the FDIC notified us that it plans to replace the existing cease and desist order on Sallie Mae Bank with a new formal enforcement action against Sallie Mae Bank that would more specifically address certain cited violations of Section 5 of the FTC Act, including practices relating to payment allocation practices and the disclosures and assessments of certain late fees, as well as alleged violations under the SCRA. In November 2013, the FDIC notified us that the new formal enforcement action would be against Sallie Mae Bank and an additional enforcement action would be against SMI, in its capacity as a servicer of education loans for other financial institutions, and would include civil money penalties and restitution. Sallie Mae Bank has been notified by the UDFI that it does not intend to join the FDIC in issuing any new enforcement action. For additional information regarding these regulatory and related matters and the reserves we have recorded in connection therewith, see Item 3. “Legal Proceedings—Regulatory Matters.” We and Sallie Mae Bank may be required to, or otherwise determine to, make changes to the business practices and products of Sallie Mae Bank and our other affiliates to respond to regulatory concerns. Following the Spin-Off, Sallie Mae Bank will continue to oversee significant activities performed outside Sallie Mae Bank by affiliates.

Standards for Safety and Soundness

The Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDIA”) requires the federal bank regulatory agencies such as the FDIC to prescribe, by regulation or guideline, operational and managerial standards for all insured depository institutions, such as Sallie Mae Bank, relating to internal controls, information systems and audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, and asset quality. The agencies also must prescribe standards for asset quality, earnings, and stock valuation, as well as standards for compensation, fees and benefits. The federal banking regulators have adopted regulations and interagency guidelines prescribing standards for safety and soundness to implement these required standards. These guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards used to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. Under the

 

13


regulations, if a regulator determines that a bank fails to meet any standards prescribed by the guidelines, the regulator may require the bank to submit an acceptable plan to achieve compliance, consistent with deadlines for the submission and review of such safety and soundness compliance plans.

Dividends

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distribution, including payment of a dividend, or paying any management fee to its holding company if the institution would thereafter be undercapitalized. In addition, federal banking regulations applicable to Sallie Mae Bank require minimum levels of capital that limit the amounts available for payment of dividends. In addition, many regulators have a policy, but not a requirement, that a dividend payment should not exceed net income to date in the current year. Finally, the ability of Sallie Mae Bank to pay dividends, and the contents of its respective dividend policy, could be impacted by a range of regulatory changes made pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, many of which will require final implementing rules to become effective.

In addition to the foregoing, Sallie Mae Bank’s annual business plans are periodically reviewed by the FDIC. Recently the FDIC expressed its objection to the payment of dividends from Sallie Mae Bank to the Company prior to the completion of the Spin-Off. The bases for the objection are unrelated to the current capitalization of Sallie Mae Bank or the results of its operations. The FDIC has stated its preference that Sallie Mae Bank refrain from making periodic dividends to the Company for any reason other than the payment of the normal quarterly cash dividend paid by the Company to holders of its two series of preferred stock until all terms of the pending formal enforcement action with the FDIC are resolved and the Spin-Off has been completed. Sallie Mae Bank does not expect to declare such a dividend prior to the occurrence of the Spin-Off and not doing so will not materially or adversely affect the financial condition, operations or liquidity of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole. If the FDIC continues its general objection to the payment of dividends from Sallie Mae Bank to its parent for an extended period of time after the completion of the Spin-Off, SLM BankCo’s financial condition, operations, liquidity and ability to access capital markets could be materially and adversely affected.

Capital Requirements under Basel III

The current risk-based capital guidelines that apply to Sallie Mae Bank are based on the 1988 Basel I capital accord. In 2007, the federal banking regulators established capital standards based on the advanced internal ratings-based approach for credit risk and the advanced measurement approaches for operational risk contained in the Basel Committee’s second capital accord, referred to as “Basel II,” for the largest and most internationally active U.S. banking organizations, which do not and, following the Spin-Off, will not include Sallie Mae Bank. In December 2010, the Basel Committee reached agreement on a revised set of regulatory capital standards: Basel III. These new standards, which are aimed at increasing the quality and quantity of regulatory capital, seek to further strengthen financial institutions’ capital positions by mandating a higher minimum level of common equity to be held, along with a capital conservation buffer to withstand future periods of stress.

In July 2013, the federal banking regulators issued the U.S. Basel III final rule. The final rule implements the Basel III capital framework and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, including the Collins Amendment. Certain aspects of the final rule, such as the new minimum capital ratios and the revised methodology for calculating risk-weighted assets, will become effective on January 1, 2015 for Sallie Mae Bank. Other aspects of the final rule, such as the capital conservation buffer and the new regulatory deductions from and adjustments to capital, will be phased in over several years beginning on January 1, 2015.

Consistent with the Basel Committee’s Basel III capital framework, the U.S. Basel III final rule includes a new minimum ratio of Common Equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.5 percent and a Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer of greater than 2.5 percent of risk-weighted assets that will apply to all U.S. banking organizations, including Sallie Mae Bank. Failure to maintain the capital conservation buffer will result in increasingly stringent restrictions on a banking organization’s ability to make dividend payments and other capital distributions and pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. The final rule also increases the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets from 4 percent to 6 percent, while maintaining the current

 

14


minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 8 percent. In addition, for the largest and most internationally active U.S. banking organizations, which do not, and following the Spin-Off will not, include Sallie Mae Bank, the final rule includes a new minimum supplementary leverage ratio that takes into account certain off-balance sheet exposures.

The U.S. Basel III final rule focuses regulatory capital on Common Equity Tier 1 capital, and introduces new regulatory adjustments and deductions from capital as well as narrower eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments. The new eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments results in, among other things, cumulative perpetual preferred stock not qualifying as Tier 1 capital.

Stress Testing Requirements

As of December 31, 2013, Sallie Mae Bank had total assets of $10.7 billion. Once Sallie Mae Bank’s average total assets over four consecutive quarters exceed $10 billion, it will subsequently become subject to annual Dodd-Frank Act stress testing requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act imposes stress test requirements on banking organizations with total consolidated assets of more than $10 billion. The FDIC’s implementing regulations require FDIC-regulated depository institutions, such as Sallie Mae Bank, to conduct annual company-run stress test scenarios provided by the FDIC and publish a summary of those results.

Deposit Insurance and Assessments

Deposits at Sallie Mae Bank are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”), as administered by the FDIC, up to the applicable limits established by law. The Dodd-Frank Act amended the statutory regime governing the DIF. Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act established a minimum designated reserve ratio (“DRR”) of 1.35 percent of estimated insured deposits, required that the fund reserve ratio reach 1.35 percent by September 30, 2020, and directed the FDIC to amend its regulations to redefine the assessment base used for calculating deposit insurance assessments. Specifically, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the assessment base to be an amount equal to the average consolidated total assets of the insured depository institution during the assessment period, minus the sum of the average tangible equity of the insured depository institution during the assessment period and an amount the FDIC determines is necessary to establish assessments consistent with the risk-based assessment system found in the FDIA.

In December of 2010, the FDIC adopted a final rule setting the DRR at 2.0 percent. Furthermore, on February 7, 2011, the FDIC issued a final rule changing its assessment system from one based on domestic deposits to one based on the average consolidated total assets of a bank minus its average tangible equity during each quarter. The February 7, 2011 final rule modifies two adjustments added to the risk-based pricing system in 2009 (an unsecured debt adjustment and a brokered deposit adjustment), discontinues a third adjustment added in 2009 (the secured liability adjustment), and adds an adjustment for long-term debt held by an insured depository institution where the debt is issued by another insured depository institution. Under the February 7, 2011 final rule, the total base assessment rates will vary depending on the DIF reserve ratio.

With respect to brokered deposits, an insured depository institution must be well-capitalized in order to accept, renew or roll over such deposits without FDIC clearance. An adequately capitalized insured depository institution must obtain a waiver from the FDIC in order to accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits. Undercapitalized insured depository institutions generally may not accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits. For more information on Sallie Mae Bank’s deposits, see the section titled “Certain Unaudited Financial and Statistical Information of SLM BankCo and Sallie Mae Bank.”

Regulatory Examinations

Sallie Mae Bank currently undergoes regular on-site examinations by Sallie Mae Bank’s regulators, which examine for adherence to a range of legal and regulatory compliance responsibilities. A bank regulator conducting an examination has complete access to the books and records of the examined institution. The results

 

15


of the examination are confidential. The cost of examinations may be assessed against the examined institution as the agency deems necessary or appropriate.

Source of Strength

Under the Dodd-Frank Act, we are required to serve as a source of financial strength to Sallie Mae Bank and to commit resources to support Sallie Mae Bank in circumstances when we might not do so absent the statutory requirement. Any loans by us to Sallie Mae Bank would be subordinate in right of payment to depositors and to certain other indebtedness of Sallie Mae Bank.

Community Reinvestment Act

The Community Reinvestment Act requires the FDIC to evaluate the record of Sallie Mae Bank in meeting the credit needs of its local community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. These evaluations are considered in evaluating mergers, acquisitions and applications to open a branch or facility. Failure to adequately meet these criteria could result in additional requirements and limitations on Sallie Mae Bank.

Privacy Laws

Financial institutions are required to disclose their policies for collecting and protecting confidential customer information. Customers generally may prevent financial institutions from sharing nonpublic personal financial information with nonaffiliated third parties, with some exceptions, such as the processing of transactions requested by the consumer. Financial institutions generally may not disclose certain consumer or account information to any nonaffiliated third party for use in telemarketing, direct mail marketing or other marketing. Federal and state banking agencies have prescribed standards for maintaining the security and confidentiality of consumer information, and Sallie Mae Bank is subject to such standards, as well as certain federal and state laws or standards for notifying consumers in the event of a security breach.

Regulation of Systemically Important Non-Bank Financial Companies

As directed by the Dodd-Frank Act, on April 3, 2012, the Financial Stability Oversight Council (“FSOC”) approved the final rule and interpretive guidance it will use for designating non-bank financial companies as systemically important to the financial stability of the United States and subject to supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”) under enhanced prudential supervision and regulatory standards. To be subject to FRB enhanced supervision, a non-bank financial company’s material financial distress, its nature, scope, size, scale, concentration, interconnectedness, or mix of activities, must pose a threat to the financial stability of the United States. For a further discussion of the risks and implications of being designated a Systematically Important Financial Institution (“SIFI”), see Item 1A. “Risk Factors — Legal, Regulatory and Compliance.”

While we have no way of knowing the qualitative judgments the FSOC will use in the future to determine if a non-bank financial company merits SIFI designation, and no assurances can be given, we continue to believe it is unlikely the FSOC will determine that we qualify for SIFI designation, especially in light of the proposed Spin-Off of NewCo from Sallie Mae Bank, which will reduce the complexity of both organizations.

Oversight of Derivatives

The Dodd-Frank Act created a comprehensive new regulatory framework for derivatives transactions, to be implemented by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and the SEC. This new framework, among other things, subjects certain swap participants to new capital and margin requirements, recordkeeping and business conduct standards and imposes registration and regulation of swap dealers and major swap participants. The scope of potential exemptions remains to be further defined through agency rulemakings. Moreover, while we may or may not qualify for exemptions, many of our derivatives counterparties are likely to be subject to the new capital, margin and business conduct requirements.

 

16


Other Significant Sources of Regulation

Many aspects of our businesses are subject to regulation by federal and state regulation and administrative oversight. Some of the most significant of these are described below.

HEA

We are subject to the HEA and our student loan operations are periodically reviewed by ED and Guarantors. As a servicer of federal student loans, we are subject to ED regulations regarding financial responsibility and administrative capability that govern all third-party servicers of insured student loans. In connection with our servicing operations, we must comply with, on behalf of Guarantor clients, ED regulations that govern Guarantor activities as well as agreements for reimbursement between ED and our Guarantor clients.

Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council

As a third-party service provider to financial institutions, we are also subject to examination by the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (the “FFIEC”). The FFIEC is a formal interagency body of the U.S. government empowered to prescribe uniform principles, standards, and report forms for the federal examination of financial institutions by the FRB, the FDIC, the National Credit Union Administration, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the CFPB and to make recommendations to promote uniformity in the supervision of financial institutions.

Consumer Protection and Privacy

Our originating and servicing of federal and Private Education Loans and our debt collection and receivables management activities subject us to federal and state consumer protection, privacy and related laws and regulations. Some of the more significant laws and regulations that are applicable to our business include:

 

   

various laws governing unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices;

 

   

the federal Truth-In-Lending Act and Regulation Z issued by the FRB, which governs disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;

 

   

the Fair Credit Reporting Act and Regulation V issued by the FRB, which governs the use and provision of information to consumer reporting agencies;

 

   

the ECOA and Regulation B issued by the FRB, which prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;

 

   

the SCRA, which applies to all debts incurred prior to commencement of active military service (including education loans) and limits the amount of interest, including service and renewal charges and any other fees or charges (other than bona fide insurance) that are related to the obligation or liability;

 

   

the Fair Debt Collection Act, which governs the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies;

 

   

the Truth in Savings Act and Regulation DD issued by the FRB, which requires disclosure of deposit terms to consumers;

 

   

Regulation CC issued by the FRB, which relates to the availability of deposit funds to consumers;

 

   

the Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain the confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;

 

   

the Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E issued by the FRB, which governs automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights

 

17


   

the Telephone Consumer Protection Act, which governs communication methods that may be used to contact customers; and

 

   

the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, which governs the ability of financial institutions to disclose nonpublic information about consumers to non-affiliated third parties.

Employees

At December 31, 2013, we had approximately 7,200 employees, none of which are covered by collective bargaining agreements.

Reorganization and the Spin-Off

Background

On May 29, 2013, we first announced our intent to separate into two distinct publicly-traded entities — an education loan management business and a consumer banking business. The education loan management business will be comprised primarily of our portfolios of education loans not held by Sallie Mae Bank at the effective date of the Spin-Off, as well as servicing and collection activities on these loans and loans held by third parties. The consumer banking business, comprised primarily of Sallie Mae Bank and its Private Education Loan origination business, the Private Education Loans it holds and a related servicing business, will be a consumer banking franchise with expertise in helping families save, plan and pay for college.

We are in the process of implementing our announced separation of our education loan management business in a new public company, NewCo, which is to be preceded by a related internal corporate reorganization. In connection with the Spin-Off, a newly incorporated, publicly-traded holding company, SLM BankCo, will succeed and continue to operate our consumer banking business through Sallie Mae Bank and Upromise, Inc. and Sallie Mae Insurance Services. SLM BankCo will continue using the brand name “Sallie Mae” and trade under the symbol “SLM” on the NASDAQ. NewCo was incorporated under the temporary name “New Corporation.” The actual and brand name of NewCo will be publicly disclosed prior to the Spin-Off in an amendment to New Corporation’s Form 10 registration statement, which was initially filed with the SEC on December 6, 2013 and subsequently amended on February 7, 2014, which can be accessed through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov/edgar. NewCo will trade under a new symbol on the NASDAQ.

Private education loan origination will continue to be operated out of Sallie Mae Bank as a subsidiary of SLM BankCo. Sallie Mae Bank was chartered in 2006 and is a Utah industrial bank regulated by the UDFI and the FDIC. Sallie Mae Bank had total assets of $10.7 billion as of December 31, 2013, $6.7 billion of which were Private Education Loans and $1.4 billion of which were FFELP Loans.

We have the sole and absolute discretion to determine (and change) the terms of, and whether to proceed with, the Spin-Off and, if we determine to proceed, to determine the distribution date for the shares of NewCo common stock to the U.S. holders of our common stock. It is expected that the Spin-Off, if completed, will occur in the first half of 2014. Our ability to timely effect the Spin-Off is subject to customary conditions, including receipt of a private letter ruling from the IRS to the effect the Spin-Off will be tax-free to SLM BankCo and our stockholders, and the effectiveness of the New Corporation registration statement, which was initially filed with the SEC on December 6, 2013 and subsequently amended on February 7, 2014, which can be accessed through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov/edgar. We cannot assure that we will be able to complete the Spin-Off in a timely fashion, if at all. For these and other reasons, the Spin-Off may not be completed on the terms or timeline contemplated. Further, if the Spin-Off is completed, we may not achieve the intended results or SLM BankCo may, following the Spin-Off, not be composed as described herein. Any such difficulties could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. Further information on the Spin-Off and SLM BankCo may be contained in our future filings with the SEC to the extent we determine, in our sole discretion, to provide such information.

 

18


The Spin-Off

If we determine to proceed with the Spin-Off, there will first be an internal corporate reorganization followed by a distribution of the shares of common stock of NewCo, on a 1-to-1 basis, to the holders of shares of our common stock that will implement the actual separation of the education loan management business. Before the Spin-Off can be effected, our Board of Directors will need to approve the record date and distribution date for the distribution of all of the issued and outstanding shares of NewCo.

Internal Corporate Reorganization

The following diagrams show the progression of the Company, which is referred to below as “Existing SLM,” through the internal corporate reorganization and the structure of SLM BankCo and NewCo after the Spin-Off, simplified for illustrative purposes. As used in the three diagrams below:

 

   

“Existing SLM” refers to SLM Corporation as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. As part of the internal corporate reorganization, Existing SLM will become a limited liability company and ultimately be contributed to, and become a wholly owned subsidiary of, NewCo.

 

   

“SLM BankCo” refers to New BLC Corporation, a newly formed Delaware corporation that (a) is currently a subsidiary of Existing SLM and (b) after the internal corporate reorganization, will replace Existing SLM as the publicly-traded parent company pursuant to the SLM Merger (as defined herein) and change its name to “SLM Corporation.” SLM BankCo will own and operate the consumer banking business and will be the company that distributes all of the issued and outstanding shares of NewCo common stock in the Spin-Off.

 

   

“NewCo” refers to New Corporation, a newly formed Delaware corporation that (a) is currently a subsidiary of Existing SLM, (b) as part of the internal corporate reorganization will be transferred by Existing SLM to, and become a subsidiary of, SLM BankCo and (c) will be distributed to the Existing SLM stockholders pursuant to the Spin-Off. NewCo was formed to own and operate Existing SLM’s education loan management business.

 

   

“Bank” refers to Sallie Mae Bank, a Utah industrial bank that (a) is currently a subsidiary of Existing SLM and (b) as part of the internal corporate reorganization, will be transferred by Existing SLM to, and become a subsidiary of, SLM BankCo.

 

   

“Upromise” refers to Upromise, Inc., a Delaware corporation that operates the Upromise Rewards program that (a) is currently a subsidiary of Existing SLM and (b) as part of the internal corporate reorganization will be transferred by Existing SLM to, and become a subsidiary of, SLM BankCo.

 

   

“Insurance Business” refers to the Existing SLM insurance services business which offers tuition insurance, renters insurance and student health insurance to college students and higher education institutions. The Insurance Business (a) is currently operated through one or more subsidiaries of Existing SLM and (b) as part of the internal corporate reorganization will be transferred by Existing SLM to, and be operated through one or more subsidiaries of, SLM BankCo.

 

   

“SMI” refers to Sallie Mae, Inc., a Delaware corporation that is currently a subsidiary of Existing SLM and is responsible for most of its servicing and collection businesses. In connection with the internal corporate reorganization, SMI will contribute some of the assets and liabilities of its private education loan servicing business to a new subsidiary, referred to herein as Private ServiceCo. After the internal corporate reorganization, SMI will remain a subsidiary of Existing SLM and be an indirect subsidiary of NewCo.

 

   

“Private ServiceCo” refers to SMB Servicing Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation formed to hold the private education loan services assets to be transferred to it by SMI. Private ServiceCo is currently a subsidiary of SMI and as part of the internal corporate reorganization will be transferred to, and become a subsidiary of, SLM BankCo.

 

   

“SLMIC” refers to Sallie Mae Investment Corporation, a Rhode Island corporation that owns the Residual Interests of the FFELP Loans and Private Education Loans that have been funded through securitization

 

19


 

trusts. SLMIC is currently a subsidiary of Existing SLM and after the internal corporate reorganization will remain a subsidiary of Existing SLM and be an indirect subsidiary of NewCo.

 

   

“Unsecured Debt” refers to Existing SLM’s unsecured public indebtedness of $18.3 billion outstanding as of December 31, 2013, consisting of the senior notes and medium term notes. After the internal corporate reorganization, the Unsecured Debt will remain the obligation of Existing SLM, which will be a subsidiary of NewCo.

 

   

“Preferred Stockholders” refers to the holders of Existing SLM’s outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock. As part of the internal corporate reorganization and pursuant to the SLM Merger, all of the outstanding shares of Existing SLM Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock will be converted, on a 1-to-1 basis, into substantially identical shares of SLM BankCo preferred stock without any action being required by these holders.

 

20


TRANSACTION STRUCTURE

(simplified for illustrative purposes)

 

The diagram below shows the structure of Existing SLM before the Spin-Off:    The diagram below shows the structure of SLM BankCo, as the publicly-traded successor to Existing SLM, immediately after completion of the internal corporate reorganization but before the separation and distribution:
LOGO    LOGO

The diagram below shows the structure of SLM BankCo and NewCo immediately after completion of the

Spin-Off:

 

LOGO

 

21


In connection with and just prior to the Spin-Off, Existing SLM will undergo an internal corporate reorganization to facilitate the separation of the education loan management business and the consumer banking business in a manner intended to be largely tax-free to SLM BankCo.

As part of the internal corporate reorganization, Existing SLM has formed the following three new companies:

 

   

NewCo, which is initially a wholly owned subsidiary;

 

   

SLM BankCo, which is initially a wholly owned subsidiary; and

 

   

A limited liability company wholly owned by SLM BankCo that is referred to as “Merger Sub.”

Pursuant to Section 251(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”), by action of Existing SLM’s Board of Directors and without the requirement for a stockholder vote, Existing SLM will merge with and into Merger Sub (the “SLM Merger”). As a result of the SLM Merger:

 

   

All issued and outstanding shares of Existing SLM’s common stock will be converted, through no action on the part of the holders thereof and by operation of law, into shares of SLM BankCo common stock, on a 1-to-1 basis;

 

   

Each series of issued and outstanding shares of Existing SLM’s 6.97% cumulative redeemable preferred stock, Series A, par value $.20 per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) and Existing SLM’s floating rate non-cumulative preferred stock, Series B, par value $.20 per share (the “Series B Preferred Stock”) will be converted, through no action on the part of the holders thereof and by operation of law, into the same series of substantially identical shares of SLM BankCo preferred stock, on a 1-to-1 basis;

 

   

Existing SLM will be merged with and into Merger Sub and will become a limited liability company wholly-owned by SLM BankCo; and

 

   

SLM BankCo will change its name to “SLM Corporation.”

The charter and by-laws of SLM BankCo following the SLM Merger will be substantially identical to Existing SLM’s charter and by-laws as they exist today.

Following the SLM Merger, through a series of internal transactions, all of the assets and liabilities related to Existing SLM’s consumer banking business, including Sallie Mae Bank, a new private education loan servicing company, Existing SLM’s Upromise business and Sallie Mae Insurance Services business, will be distributed by Existing SLM to SLM BankCo. Existing SLM will also distribute the capital stock of NewCo to SLM BankCo. In addition, on a pro forma basis as of December 31, 2013 and as currently proposed as part of the Spin-Off, SLM BankCo will retain an additional $578 million of cash primarily to offset the liability represented by SLM BankCo becoming the issuer of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock as a result of the SLM Merger. SLM BankCo will then contribute to NewCo, its direct subsidiary, the limited liability company interests of Existing SLM, which will continue to own substantially all of the assets and liabilities associated with portfolio of FFELP Loans and Private Education Loans not owned by Sallie Mae Bank, as well as substantially all of Existing SLM’s existing business of servicing and collecting student education loans. Existing SLM will continue to hold substantially all of its assets and liabilities related to the education loan management businesses, which will then be contributed by SLM BankCo to NewCo. Existing SLM’s liabilities included, as of December 31, 2013, outstanding unsecured public debt of $18.3 billion and derivative contracts with a net liability of $794 million.

Once the internal corporate reorganization is completed, SLM BankCo (as Existing SLM’s publicly-traded successor holding company) will distribute all of the issued and outstanding shares of NewCo common stock, on the basis of one share of NewCo common stock for each share of Existing SLM’s common stock issued and outstanding as of the close of business on the record date for the distribution. The completion of the internal corporate reorganization is a condition to the distribution.

 

22


After the completion of the Spin-Off,

 

   

SLM BankCo, as the publicly-traded successor to Existing SLM, will own the assets, liabilities and operations of Sallie Mae Bank, including the student loans it holds, a new private education loan servicing business that will service the Private Education Loans currently held and subsequently originated by Sallie Mae Bank, Upromise and the Sallie Mae Insurance Services businesses; and

 

   

NewCo will be an independent, publicly-traded company and will own, through its wholly-owned subsidiary Existing SLM, Existing SLM’s portfolio of student loans not held by Sallie Mae Bank, together with substantially all of Existing SLM’s student loan servicing and collection businesses.

Reasons for the Spin-Off

Our Board of Directors believes that separating us into two companies—an education loan management business and a consumer banking business—is in our best interest and the best interests of our stockholders. We considered a wide variety of factors during our evaluation of the Spin-Off. Among other things, our Board of Directors considered the following potential benefits of the Spin-Off:

 

   

Distinct identities and strategies. The consumer banking business and the education loan management business have evolved independently over time. The FFELP loan portfolio and related servicing businesses generate highly predictable income, but are in wind down as the universe of FFELP loans amortizes over a period of approximately 20 years. By contrast, the Private Education Loan business is expected to grow over time as Sallie Mae Bank continues to originate and service more Private Education Loans. The additional expense of originating these loans, their higher rates of return and growth, their higher risk profile, the capital support risks associated with ownership of a federally insured financial institution and increasing demands of regulatory compliance require a different business model than that of the education loan management business. As a result, the investor bases for these two businesses are different. The Spin-Off will allow investors to separately value SLM BankCo and NewCo based on their unique operating identities and strategies, including the merits, performance and future prospects of their respective businesses. The Spin-Off will also provide investors with two distinct and targeted investment opportunities.

 

   

Enhanced strategic and management focus. The Spin-Off will allow each of SLM BankCo and NewCo to more effectively pursue its respective distinct operating priorities and strategies, which have diverged over time, and will enable the management of each company to focus on pursuing unique opportunities for long-term growth and profitability. For example, NewCo will seek to acquire additional student loan portfolios and grow its servicing and collection businesses, while SLM BankCo will initially be focused on Private Education Loan origination, servicing those loans and other activities related to or associated with Sallie Mae Bank, including the Upromise Rewards program and the Sallie Mae Insurance services business.

 

   

Distinct regulatory profiles. SLM BankCo and NewCo will be able to better manage their distinct regulatory profiles post-Spin-Off:

 

  ¡    

Sallie Mae Bank, a Utah industrial bank and insured depository institution, will continue to be subject to prudential bank regulatory oversight and periodic examination by both the UDFI and the FDIC. Sallie Mae Bank has voluntarily entered into the FDIC’s large bank supervision program. In addition, it is further expected that by the end of 2014, Sallie Mae Bank and SLM BankCo will be subject to the requirements established under the Dodd-Frank Act applicable to institutions with total assets greater than $10 billion, including regulation by the CFPB and the establishment of an independent risk committee.

 

  ¡    

NewCo will continue to be subject to CFPB enforcement, supervisory and examination authority. As a FFELP loan servicer, NewCo will continue to be subject to the HEA and related regulations, in addition to regulation, and periodic examinations, by ED. As a third-party service provider to financial institutions, NewCo will also continue to be subject to examination by the FFIEC. Although NewCo

 

23


 

will not be subject to direct regulatory oversight by the FDIC, certain subsidiaries of NewCo that will continue to be third-party vendors of services to, and “institution affiliated parties” of, Sallie Mae Bank will continue to be subject to the FDIC’s examination and enforcement authority. In addition, to facilitate compliance with certain consumer information privacy laws during an information technology transition period post-Spin-Off in which both NewCo and SLM BankCo loans and associated customer accounts will continue to be serviced from a single information technology system hosted by SMI, SMI will remain an affiliate of each of NewCo and SLM BankCo for broader bank regulatory purposes for the duration of that transition period. Among other things, this will mean that transactions between SMI and Sallie Mae Bank will remain subject to the affiliate transaction restrictions of Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act during this transition period.

 

   

Reduced complexity. The Spin-Off of NewCo from SLM BankCo will reduce the complexity of both organizations, creating greater transparency for investors and potentially unlocking further value in each company.

 

   

Direct access to capital markets. The Spin-Off will create an independent equity structure for each of SLM BankCo and NewCo that will afford each company direct access to the capital markets for the purpose of pursuing their unique operating strategies and facilitate the ability of each company to effect future alliances and acquisitions utilizing their respective common stock. As a result, each company will have more flexibility to capitalize on its unique opportunities.

There can be no assurance that the following the Spin-Off, any of the benefits described above or otherwise will be realized to the extent anticipated or at all.

Our Board of Directors also considered a number of potentially negative factors in evaluating the Spin-Off, including the risks described in Item 1A. “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Spin-Off” and the following:

 

   

Possible loss of synergies and joint purchasing power and increased costs. Currently, the consumer banking business has historically taken advantage of our size and purchasing power in procuring goods and services. After the Spin-Off, SLM BankCo may be unable to obtain these goods and services at prices or on terms as favorable as those we have obtained prior to the Spin-Off. SLM BankCo will also incur costs to build systems and administrative functions to replace those that will be retained by NewCo.

 

   

Disruptions to the business as a result of the Spin-Off. The actions required to separate SLM BankCo’s and NewCo’s respective businesses will take significant management time and attention and could disrupt our operations.

 

   

One-time costs of the Spin-Off. NewCo and SLM BankCo will incur costs in connection with the transition to being two stand-alone publicly-traded companies, including costs to separate information systems, accounting, tax, legal and other professional services costs, recruiting and relocation costs associated with hiring key senior management personnel and costs related to establishing a new brand identity in the marketplace for NewCo.

 

   

NewCo may not realize anticipated benefits of the Spin-Off. NewCo may not achieve the anticipated benefits of the Spin-Off for a variety of reasons, including, among others: (a) the Spin-Off will require significant amounts of management’s time and effort, which may divert management’s attention from operating NewCo’s business; (b) following the Spin-Off, NewCo may be more susceptible to market fluctuations and other adverse events than if it were still a part of the Company; (c) following the Spin-Off, NewCo’s business will be less diversified than our business prior to the Spin-Off; and (d) NewCo may be unable to replace or supplement the revenue and servicing fees from its FFELP Loan portfolio, which has a weighted average life of 7.6 years and will amortize over the next 20 years.

 

   

SLM BankCo may not realize anticipated benefits of the Spin-Off. SLM BankCo may not achieve the anticipated benefits of the Spin-Off for a variety of reasons, including, among others: (a) the Spin-Off will require significant amounts of management’s time and effort, which may divert management’s attention from operating SLM BankCo’s business; (b) following the Spin-Off, SLM BankCo may be

 

24


 

more susceptible to market fluctuations and other adverse events than if it were still a part of the Company; (c) following the Spin-Off, SLM BankCo’s business will be less diversified than our business prior to the Spin-Off; and (d) other actions required to separate SLM BankCo’s and NewCo’s respective businesses could disrupt SLM BankCo’s operations. For additional information, see Item 1A. “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Spin-Off.”

 

   

Limitations placed upon NewCo and SLM BankCo as a result of the tax sharing agreement. To preserve the tax-free treatment to the Company of the Spin-Off, under the tax sharing agreement that NewCo will enter into with SLM BankCo, both SLM BankCo and NewCo will be restricted from taking any action that prevents the distribution and related transactions from being tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes. These restrictions could limit both SLM BankCo’s and NewCo’s near–term ability to repurchase its respective shares or to issue additional shares, pursue strategic transactions or engage in other transactions that might increase the value of its respective businesses. For additional information, see Item 1A “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Spin-Off.”

Our Board of Directors concluded that the potential benefits of the Spin-Off outweighed these negative factors.

NewCo After the Spin-Off

Following completion of the Spin-Off, NewCo will hold the largest portfolio of education loans insured or guaranteed under FFELP Loans, as well as the largest portfolio of Private Education Loans. FFELP Loans are insured or guaranteed by state or not-for-profit agencies and are also protected by contractual rights to recovery from the United States pursuant to guaranty agreements among ED and these agencies. Private Education Loans are education loans to students or their families that are non-federal loans and not insured or guaranteed under FFELP. Private Education Loans bear the full credit risk of the customer and any cosigner and are made primarily to bridge the gap between the cost of higher education and the amount funded through financial aid, federal loans or students’ and families’ resources. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 85 percent of the FFELP Loans and 60 percent of the Private Education Loans held by NewCo were funded to term with non-recourse, long-term securitization debt through the use of securitization trusts.

NewCo will service and collect on its own portfolio of education loans, as well as on those owned by ED, financial institutions, banks, credit unions and non-profit education lenders. It will also provide servicing support for Guarantor agencies, which serve as intermediaries between the U.S. federal government and FFELP lenders and are responsible for paying claims on defaulted FFELP Loans. These services include account maintenance, default aversion, post default collections and claim processing. NewCo will also be one of four large servicers to ED under its DSLP, and will provide collection services to ED. NewCo will also generate revenue through collection of delinquent debt (consisting of both education loans as well as other asset classes) on behalf of its clients on a contingent basis. In addition, NewCo will service and collect on SLM BankCo’s portfolio of FFELP Loans and, during a transition period, SLM BankCo’s portfolio of Private Education Loans. It is currently anticipated that NewCo will continue to service Private Education Loans owned by SLM BankCo with respect to individual borrowers who also have Private Education Loans which are owned by NewCo.

In 2010, Congress passed legislation ending the origination of education loans under the FFELP program. FFELP Loans that remain outstanding will amortize over approximately the next 20 years, and NewCo’s goal is to maximize the cash flow generated by its FFELP Loan portfolio, including by acquiring additional FFELP Loans from third parties and expanding its related servicing business.

As of December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, NewCo’s principal assets consisted of:

 

   

$103.2 billion in FFELP Loans, which yield an average of 2.05 percent annually on a “Core Earnings” basis and have a weighted average life of 7.6 years;

 

25


   

$31.0 billion in Private Education Loans, which yield an average of 6.31 percent annually on a “Core Earnings” basis and have a weighted average life of 7.1 years;

 

   

$6.9 billion of other interest-earning assets, including securitization trust restricted cash;

 

   

a leading student loan servicing platform that services loans for more than 12 million FFELP Loan, Direct Loan and Private Education Loan customers (including cosigners), including 5.7 million customer accounts serviced under NewCo’s contract with ED; and

 

   

a leading student loan contingent collection platform with an outstanding inventory of contingent collection receivables of approximately $16.2 billion, of which approximately $13.5 billion was student loans and the remainder was other debt.

In connection with the internal corporate reorganization, we will become a subsidiary of NewCo and will retain all of our liabilities and obligations, including as obligor on our $18.3 billion of unsecured public debt outstanding as of December 31, 2013. We are also a party to derivative contracts on which we had a net liability of $794 million as of December 31, 2013.

For more information regarding the businesses to be transferred to and operated by NewCo, NewCo pro forma financial information, information regarding NewCo’s management and other information concerning NewCo, please review the registration statement on Form 10 filed by New Corporation, which was initially filed with the SEC on December 6, 2013 and subsequently amended on February 7, 2014, which can be accessed through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov/edgar.

SLM BankCo After the Spin-Off

Following completion of the Spin-Off, SLM BankCo will continue to originate Private Education Loans by promoting products on campus through the financial aid office and through direct marketing to students and their families in the education loan market.

SLM BankCo will provide ongoing Private Education Loan servicing and collection on loans it originates and sells to third parties as a secondary fee-based business. It will also continue to offer various products both to help families save for college — including its free Upromise service that provides financial rewards on everyday purchases — and to protect their college investment through tuition, rental and life insurance services.

SLM BankCo will continue to fund Private Education Loan originations through retail and brokered deposits, and obtain additional funding through sales of Private Education Loans and their securitization.

Business of SLM BankCo

The following description of the business of SLM BankCo is based in part on Sallie Mae Bank’s current business plan. Sallie Mae Bank’s business plan has been approved and is subject to periodic review by our Board of Directors and the Board of Directors of Sallie Mae Bank. Sallie Mae Bank’s business plan is also reviewed annually by the FDIC as Sallie Mae Bank’s regulator. The business plan is based on assumptions and other factors that are subject to change.

Private Education Loans

SLM BankCo will market, price, underwrite and disburse its Private Education Loan products. To maintain high credit standards, it will:

 

   

focus its business on helping students attending four-year and graduate schools;

 

   

continue the use of regularly revised and updated statistical underwriting models utilizing ten or more years of proprietary credit performance data;

 

   

generally require a credit qualified cosigner as a co-obligor; and

 

26


   

certify and disburse all Private Education Loans through schools.

In 2009, we introduced, and SLM BankCo will continue to offer, the Smart Option private education loan product emphasizing in-school payment features to minimize total finance charges. The product features three repayment types. The first two, Interest Only and $25 Fixed Pay options, require monthly payments while the student is in school and they accounted for approximately 56 percent of the Private Education Loans originated during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. The third repayment option is the more traditional deferred private education loan product where customers do not begin making payments until after graduation.

Private Education Loan Servicing

A subsidiary of SLM BankCo (“Private ServiceCo”) will provide servicing and loan collection for Private Education Loans originated and held by Sallie Mae Bank, as well as those sold to third parties. As part of the Spin-Off of the consumer banking business and the education loan management business, SLM BankCo will obtain ownership, and transition into management and operation of, all assets and personnel needed to operate all aspects of its Private Education Loan business from asset origination to asset servicing to asset funding. Over time, SLM BankCo’s business plan contemplates seeking additional funding, liquidity and revenue from the sale or securitization of loan assets it originates as well as the servicing of the loan assets it sells to third parties. SLM BankCo’s business plan does not contemplate servicing financial assets originated by other institutions. The physical and logistical separation of SLM BankCo’s servicing and collection platforms from those of NewCo is currently expected to be completed within twelve months after completion of the Spin-Off, but could take significantly longer. During that period, SLM BankCo’s Private Education Loan servicing will be conducted by NewCo, Sallie Mae Bank and Private ServiceCo employees pursuant to various transition agreements. For further detail on these agreements, see the section titled “SLM BankCo’s Post-Separation Relationship with NewCo.”

Upromise

The Upromise save-for-college membership program stands alone as a consumer service committed exclusively to helping Americans save money for higher education. Membership is free and each year more than one million customers enroll as members to use the service. Members earn money for college by receiving cash back when shopping at on-line or brick-and-mortar retailers, booking travel, dining out or buying gas or groceries at participating merchants or by using their Upromise MasterCard. As of December 31, 2013, more than 1,000 merchants participated by providing discounts on purchases that are returned to the customer. Since inception, Upromise members have saved approximately $800 million for college, and more than 340,000 members actively use the Upromise credit card for everyday purchases.

Sallie Mae Insurance Services

Through the existing Sallie Mae Insurance Services venture, SLM BankCo will continue to partner with an established insurance brokerage to offer America’s college students and young adults insurance programs that address their unique life-stage needs, including tuition insurance, renters insurance, life insurance and auto insurance.

SLM BankCo Funding Sources

Deposits

Sallie Mae Bank gathers low-cost retail deposits through its direct banking platform which serves as an important source of funding. Sallie Mae Bank also utilizes brokered deposits as needed to supplement its funding needs and enhance its liquidity position. As of December 31, 2013, Sallie Mae Bank had $9.3 billion of customer deposits, representing 86 percent of interest earning assets, composed of $2.9 billion of retail deposits, $5.9 billion of brokered deposits and $0.5 billion of other deposits on a pro forma basis.

 

27


Loan Sales and Securitizations

Prior to the Spin-Off, we have operated our Private Education Loan business as an integrated set of activities and used various subsidiaries to perform the functions necessary to underwrite, originate, fund in the short-term, fund long-term, service and collect Private Education Loans. These Private Education Loans are originated by Sallie Mae Bank and initially funded with its deposits. During the year-ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, Sallie Mae Bank sold loans to our affiliates in the amount of $2.4 billion and $2.6 billion, respectively. During the same periods, Sallie Mae Bank originated $3.8 billion and $3.3 billion of Private Education Loans.

After the Spin-Off, SLM BankCo may continue to sell Private Education Loans to third parties through an open auction process as well as through securitization transactions. It may retain servicing of these transferred Private Education Loans at prevailing market rates for such services. As such, it may incur gains and losses on sales in future periods. Loan sales and securitization volumes will be determined to prudently manage SLM BankCo’s asset values, growth rates, and capital and liquidity needs. NewCo may participate in open auction processes on arm’s length terms. While there may be limited, near-term Private Education Loans sales to NewCo to facilitate an orderly transition after the Spin-Off, neither SLM BankCo nor NewCo will have any ongoing obligation to buy or sell Private Education Loans to the other. Following the Spin-Off, it is currently anticipated that Private Education Loans that are originated by SLM BankCo for individual borrowers who also have Private Education Loans which are owned by NewCo, will be sold by SLM BankCo to NewCo from time to time.

Competitive Strengths

SLM BankCo will have the following competitive strengths:

Industry Leader with the Most Recognized Brand in Education Loan Industry. SLM BankCo will continue operating our Private Education Loan origination business under the brand “Sallie Mae.” Once the Spin-Off is complete, SLM BankCo operations will contain all the capabilities, resources and personnel responsible for generating our current Private Education Loan originations.

Simple Low-Cost Delivery System. SLM BankCo will leverage an experienced regional-based sales force and a well-established loan origination network that operates through financial aid offices, direct marketing and the internet without the need for a physical distribution infrastructure. It will also benefit from the ability of Sallie Mae Bank to gather deposits and to service accounts online without need of a branch network.

Disciplined Credit Approach. SLM BankCo will continue a disciplined approach to credit. It will use a proprietary scorecard and deploy experienced credit analysts for selective review. Since the introduction of the Smart Option loan in 2009, approximately 92 percent of our Smart Option loans have cosigners. As of December 31, 2013, the average FICO score at origination for our Smart Option loans was 746. To reinforce responsible borrowing, SLM BankCo will continue to disburse loan proceeds directly to schools, encourage customers to make payments while in school, and send statements to borrowers and cosigners during matriculation.

Strong Capital Position and Experienced Funding Capabilities. Sallie Mae Bank is well-capitalized. As of December 31, 2013, it had a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 16.4 percent.

In addition, on a pro forma basis as of December 31, 2013 and as currently proposed as part of the Spin-Off, SLM BankCo will serve as an additional source of strength by having $165 million of Series A Preferred Stock and $400 million of Series B Preferred Stock. The existing Series B Preferred Stock could potentially qualify as Additional Tier 1 capital under Basel III standards were Basel III to apply at the SLM BankCo level.

SLM BankCo will also retain experienced capital markets professionals currently responsible for securitizing our current Private Education Loans in the asset-backed market.

 

28


Attractive Customer Base. SLM BankCo’s customer base will be dominated by college students, graduate students and credit qualified cosigners. SLM BankCo’s customer base also includes more than 12 million Upromise members who enroll in the college saving service. Customers who are our current customers or will become customers of SLM BankCo through the Sallie Mae and Upromise brands following the Spin-Off may also use SLM BankCo’s other products. Approximately 49 percent of Sallie Mae Bank’s depositors have another product with us.

Experienced Management Team. SLM BankCo’s management team is experienced industry professionals with extensive expertise in managing rigorous underwriting, marketing, servicing, collection and financing platforms. Most have at least 25 years of experience in the financial services and consumer banking industries. The SLM BankCo leadership team have been key players in the development and execution of our Private Education Loan and consumer banking strategy, including the design of the Smart Option product.

SLM BankCo’s Post-Separation Relationship with NewCo

SLM BankCo will enter into a separation and distribution agreement with the Company and NewCo (the “Separation and Distribution Agreement”). In connection with the closing of the Spin-Off, SLM BankCo will enter into various other agreements with NewCo to effect the Spin-Off and provide a framework for its relationship with NewCo after the Spin-Off, such as a transition services agreement, a tax sharing agreement, an employee matters agreement, a loan servicing and administration agreement, a joint marketing agreement, a key services agreement, a data sharing agreement and a master sublease agreement. For additional information regarding the Separation and Distribution Agreement and the other transaction agreements, see the registration statement on Form 10 filed by New Corporation, which was initially filed with the SEC on December 6, 2013 and subsequently amended on February 7, 2014, which can be accessed through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov/edgar.

SLM BankCo Pro Forma Financial Information (Unaudited)

Shortly after the completion of the Spin-Off, SLM BankCo will be required to issue audited consolidated financial statements on a stand-alone basis for SLM BankCo and its subsidiaries for each of the three years ended December 31, 2013. These carve-out financial statements will be presented on a basis of accounting that reflects a change in reporting entity. Our historical financial statements prior to the Spin-Off will become the historical financial statements of NewCo. As a result, the presentation of the financial results of the business and operations of SLM BankCo, which will be the publicly-traded successor registrant to the Company, for periods arising after the completion of the Spin-Off will be substantially different from the presentation of our financial results in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in our prior filings with the SEC. To provide additional information to our investors regarding the anticipated impact of the Spin-Off, we have included certain unaudited pro forma financial information of SLM BankCo, on a carve-out stand-alone basis as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013, to provide some reference for SLM BankCo’s expected reissued historical financial statements post Spin-Off and future manner of presentation of its financial condition and results of operations.

The following unaudited condensed consolidated financial information of SLM BankCo as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013, which has been adjusted pro forma for the effects of the Spin-Off as currently proposed, is presented for informational purposes only. These carve-out pro forma financial statements and selected financial information are unaudited and represent only those operations, assets, liabilities and equity that will form SLM BankCo on a stand-alone basis. These carve-out pro forma financial statements do not take into account certain yet to be determined separation adjustments.

The stand-alone SLM BankCo unaudited financial information is comprised of financial information relating to Sallie Mae Bank, Upromise, Sallie Mae Insurance Services, and the Private Education Loan origination functions. Also included are certain general corporate overhead expenses allocated to SLM BankCo.

The stand-alone SLM BankCo unaudited financial information has then been adjusted to give effect to the Spin-Off of NewCo by way of a share distribution. The unaudited balance sheet of SLM BankCo as of

 

29


December 31, 2013 is adjusted pro forma for the effects of the Spin-Off as if it had been completed at December 31, 2013. The unaudited condensed consolidated income statement of SLM BankCo for the year ended December 31, 2013 is adjusted pro forma for the effects of the Spin-Off as if it had been completed on January 1, 2013. The stand-alone SLM BankCo financial information has further been adjusted pro forma for the effects of the Spin-Off by reflecting that the Spin-Off will be accounted for as a distribution by means of a tax-free distribution of the shares of common stock of NewCo, on a 1-to-1 basis, to the holders of shares of our common stock that will implement the actual separation of the education loan management business from SLM BankCo. The Spin-Off will also account for the transfer of certain assets and liabilities that were historically operated by NewCo and that will be held by SLM BankCo, SLM BankCo’s anticipated post-separation capital structure and the impact of, and transactions contemplated by, certain agreements entered into by SLM BankCo in connection with the Spin-Off.

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of SLM BankCo adjusted pro forma for the effects of the Spin-Off do not give effect to future estimated annual cost increases after the Spin-Off, attributable to various factors such as the following:

 

   

personnel required to operate as a stand-alone public company;

 

   

possible changes in compensation with respect to new and existing positions;

 

   

the level of assistance required from professional service providers; and

 

   

the amount of capital expenditures for information technology infrastructure investments associated with being a stand-alone public company.

In addition, prior to the Spin-Off, Sallie Mae Bank sold loans to affiliates for two reasons: (1) to fund the loans to term through the issuance of an asset back securitization; and (2) to enable the affiliates to manage loans that were granted forbearance or were 90 days or more past due. As a result of these past practices, Sallie Mae Bank’s historical credit results do not reflect charge-offs or recoveries. The following results, pro forma for the effects of the Spin-Off, have not been adjusted to reflect what the delinquencies, charge-offs and recoveries would have been, had Sallie Mae Bank not sold these loans to its affiliates. After the Spin-Off, Sallie Mae Bank’s results will reflect delinquencies and related charge-offs/recoveries as it is contemplated that it will retain loans throughout the life of the account and will charge off loans at 120 days past due.

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of SLM BankCo adjusted pro forma for the effects of the Spin-Off have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and related carve-out conventions.

The pro forma adjustments are based on preliminary estimates, accounting judgments and currently available information and assumptions that our management believes are reasonable. The unaudited financial information of SLM BankCo adjusted pro forma for the effects of the Spin-Off has been prepared for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the financial position (had the Spin-Off actually occurred on December 31, 2013, for purposes of the pro forma balance sheet) or results of operations (had the Spin-Off actually occurred on January 1, 2013, for purposes of the pro forma income statement), nor is such unaudited pro forma financial information necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. A number of factors may affect the results. See the section titled “Risks Related to the Spin-Off” in Item 1A. “Risk Factors” for a discussion of the risks and uncertainties related to the Spin-Off.

For additional information on the preparation of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements of NewCo and the structure and accounting of the Spin-Off, please review the registration statement on Form 10 of New Corporation, which was initially filed with the SEC on December 6, 2013 and subsequently amended on February 7, 2014, which can be accessed through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov/edgar.

Below is the unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet for SLM BankCo pro forma for the effects of the Spin-Off as of December 31, 2013, assuming such Spin-Off occurred on December 31, 2013.

 

30


SLM BANKCO

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2013

(In millions)

 

     Stand-alone
SLM  BankCo(1)
    Separation
Adjustments
    Pro Forma
SLM BankCo
 

Assets

      

Interest earning assets:

      

Cash and investments

   $ 2,286      $ 578 (a)    $ 2,864   

Private Education Loans (net of allowance for losses of $62)

     6,506        —         6,506   

FFELP Loans (net of allowance for losses of $6)

     1,425        —         1,425   

Other interest-earning assets

     4        —         4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

     10,221        578        10,799   

Other assets

     486        —          486   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 10,707      $ 578      $ 11,285   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

      

Deposits

   $ 8,952      $ —        $ 8,952   

Other liabilities

     588        —          588   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     9,540        —          9,540   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Preferred stock, par value $.20 per share, 20 million shares authorized

      

Series A: 3.3 million shares issued, respectively, at stated value of $50 per share

     —         165 (a)      165   

Series B: 4 million shares issued, respectively, at stated value of $100 per share

     —         400 (a)      400   

Common stock

     —         —         —    

Additional paid-in capital

     690        13 (a)      703   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (3     —         (3

Retained earnings

     475        —         475   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,162        578        1,740   

Non-controlling interest

     5        —         5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     1,167        578        1,745   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 10,707      $ 578      $ 11,285   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Represents the operations, assets, liabilities and equity of SLM BankCo, which will be comprised of Sallie Mae Bank, Upromise, Sallie Mae Insurance Services, and the Private Education Loan origination functions. Included in these amounts are also certain general corporate overhead payables related to SLM BankCo.

Notes:

 

(a) In connection with the Spin-Off, SLM BankCo, by reason of a statutory merger, will succeed us as the issuer of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock. SLM BankCo will retain an additional $578 million of cash, $565 million of which will offset the obligation attributable to the principal of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock. The remainder of $13 million will be treated as additional paid-in capital. The amount of additional cash retained beyond the amount related to offset the preferred stock obligation was based upon meeting a targeted ending equity balance for SLM BankCo.

Below is the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated income statement for SLM BankCo pro forma for the effects of the Spin-Off for the year ended December 31, 2013. This assumes that the Spin-Off occurred on January 1, 2013, for purposes of this presentation.

 

31


SLM BANKCO

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013

(In millions)

 

     Stand-alone
SLM  BankCo(1)
    Separation
Adjustments
    Pro Forma
SLM BankCo
 

Interest income:

      

Total interest income

   $ 551      $ —       $ 551   

Total interest expense

     89        —         89   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     462        —         462   

Less: provisions for loan losses

     69        —         69   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provisions for loan losses

     393        —         393   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income:

      

Gains on sales of loans and investments(2)

     260        —         260   

Other

     38        —         38   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income

     298        —         298   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses:

      

Operating expenses

     268        4 (a)      272   

Acquired intangible asset amortization expense

     3        —         3   

Restructuring and other reorganization expenses

     2        —         2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     273        4        277   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before tax expense

     418        (4     414   

Income tax expense(3)

     159        (2     157   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     259        (2     257   

Less: net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (1     —         (1

Preferred stock dividends

     —         20 (b)      20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income available to common shareholders

   $ 260      $ (22   $ 238   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Represents the operations, assets, liabilities and equity of SLM BankCo, which will be comprised of Sallie Mae Bank, Upromise, Sallie Mae Insurance Services, and the Private Education Loan origination functions. Included in these amounts are also certain general corporate overhead expenses related to SLM BankCo. General corporate overhead of $77 million consisted of costs primarily associated with accounting, finance, legal, human resources, certain information technology, stock-based compensation, executive management and the Board of Directors.

 

(2)

Gains on sales of loans and investments during the period represent $196 million of gains from the sale of loans to NewCo and $64 million from the sale of investments.

 

(3) 

The pro forma income tax expense rate of approximately 38 percent is based on historical statutory rates. However, SLM BankCo’s post-spin effective tax rate will increase to approximately 40 percent. The increase is primarily driven by operations being moved into Sallie Mae Bank. These operations are located in jurisdictions with higher tax rates than current Sallie Mae Bank operations. The rate increase should have an immaterial impact on SLM BankCo’s equity.

Notes:

 

(a) Represents $21 million of personnel and information technology costs related to the servicing functions moving out of NewCo and into SLM BankCo and $7 million in long-term service contracts with NewCo (primarily related to servicing and sales and marketing) and is net of the $24 million intercompany servicing fee historically paid to NewCo to service SLM BankCo’s Private Education Loans.

 

(b) In connection with the Spin-Off, SLM BankCo, by reason of a statutory merger, will succeed us as the issuer of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock. The adjustment reflects the effect of the dividends on the Series A and B Preferred Stock.

 

32


Certain Unaudited Financial and Statistical Information of SLM BankCo and Sallie Mae Bank

This section provides an overview of certain unaudited financial and statistical information of SLM BankCo and Sallie Mae Bank. The information includes SLM BankCo’s net interest margin and deposits adjusted pro forma for the effects of the Spin-Off and historical information on Sallie Mae Bank’s net interest margin, allowance for loan losses, its key credit quality indicators, and its capital information.

Net Interest Margin

The following table shows SLM BankCo’s daily average net interest margin before provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2013 adjusted pro forma for the effects of the Spin-Off.

 

     Year ended December 31, 2013  

(Dollars in millions)

   Average
Balance
     Interest
Income/

Expense
     % Yield  

Average Assets

        

Private education loans

   $ 5,997       $ 489         8.16

FFELP loans

     1,141         38         3.33   

Taxable securities

     493         20         3.98   

Cash and short term investments

     2,089         4         .20   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

     9,720       $ 551         5.67
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-interest-earning assets

     651         
  

 

 

       

Total assets

   $ 10,371         
  

 

 

       

Average Liabilities and Equity

        

Brokered deposits

   $ 5,010       $ 62         1.24

Retail and other deposits

     3,010         26         .87   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

     8,020         88         1.10   

Other interest-bearing liabilities

     21         1         3.06   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     8,041       $ 89         1.11
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-interest-bearing liabilities

     689         

Equity

     1,641         
  

 

 

       

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 10,371         
  

 

 

       

Net interest margin

      $ 462         4.75 % 
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

33


The following table shows Sallie Mae Bank’s historical daily average net interest margin on the loans that are part of the Private Education Loan portfolio for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

     Year ended
December 31, 2013
 

Net loan yield

     8.16

Cost of funds

     (0.93
  

 

 

 

Private Education Loan spread

     7.23
  

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

      

Average Private Education Loans

   $ 5,997   
  

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

The following table summarizes Sallie Mae Bank’s historical allowance for loan losses activity for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

     Allowance for Loan Losses  

(Dollars in millions)

   FFELP     Private
Education
Loans
    Total  

Year ended December 31, 2013

      

Allowance at beginning of period

   $ 4      $ 65      $ 69   

Less charge-offs(1)

     (2     —          (2

Plus recoveries

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (2     —          (2

Write-down to fair market value(2)

     —          (68     (68

Plus provisions

     4        65        69   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance at end of period

   $ 6      $ 62      $ 68   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1) 

Private Education Loans were sold to NewCo prior to being charged off.

 

  (2) 

Represents fair value write-downs on delinquent loans sold to NewCo recorded at the time of sale.

 

34


Key Credit Quality Indicators

The following table highlights the principal historical balance of the Private Education Loan portfolio of Sallie Mae Bank stratified by the key credit quality indicators as of December 31, 2013.

 

     Credit Quality  Indicators
Private Education Loans
 
     December 31, 2013  

(Dollars in millions)

   Balance     %  

Cosigner

    

With cosigners

   $ 5,899        90

Without cosigner

     664        10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,563        100
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

FICO at Origination

    

Less than 670

   $ 461        7

670 — 709

     1,364        21   

710 — 749

     1,649        25   

Greater than or equal to 750

     3,089        47   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,563        100
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average FICO at origination

     746     

Seasoning

    

1 — 12 payments

   $ 1,840        28

13 — 24 payments

     1,085        17   

25 — 36 payments

     670        10   

37 — 48 payments

     362        6   

More than 48 payments

     31        —     

Not yet in repayment

     2,575        39   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,563        100
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Delinquencies by vintage

    

Loans in school/grace/deferment

   $ 2,575        39

Loans in forbearance

     16        —     

Loans in repayment:

    

Loans current

     3,933        60   

Loans delinquent 31 — 60 days

     29        1   

Loans delinquent 61 — 90 days

     10        —     

Loans delinquent greater than 90 days

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans in repayment

     3,972        61   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Private Education Loans, gross

     6,563     

Unamortized premium/discount

     5     

Allowance for loan losses

     (62  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Private Education Loans, net

   $ 6,506        100
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

35


Deposits

The following tables show SLM BankCo’s deposits pro forma for the effects of the Spin-Off as of December 31, 2013.

 

     Deposit Portfolio  

(Dollars in millions)

   December 31,
2013
    % of
Total
    %
Cost
 

Brokered deposits(1)

   $ 5,895        63     1.15

Retail deposits

     2,879        31        .93   

Other deposits

     521        6        .24   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Sallie Mae Bank deposits

     9,295        100     1.03
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less deposits with SLM BankCo affiliates

     (293    

Less pro forma reclasses to other liabilities

     (50    
  

 

 

     

Total SLM BankCo deposits

   $ 8,952       
  

 

 

     

 

  (1)

Total brokered deposits include money market deposit accounts, which are excluded from the maturity schedule below.

 

     Deposit Maturity Schedule  

(Dollars in millions)

   December 31, 2013  

Brokered deposits(a)

  

Remaining maturity:

  

Three months or less

   $ 306   

After three through six months

     534   

After six through twelve months

     897   

After twelve months

     2,807   
  

 

 

 

Total brokered deposits(a)

   $ 4,544   
  

 

 

 

 

  (a) 

The brokered deposits maturity schedule excludes money market deposit accounts.

Sallie Mae Bank Capital

The following tables show Sallie Mae Bank’s actual, reported capital levels and capital ratios as of December 31, 2013, which do not take into account the effects of the change in reporting entity accounting treatment.

Capital Ratios

 

     December 31, 2013  

 Total risk-based capital

     17.3

 Tier 1 risk-based capital

     16.4

 Tier 1 leverage

     11.7

 

36


GAAP to Regulatory Capital Reconciliation

 

(Dollars in millions)

   December 31, 2013  

Shareholder equity(1)

   $ 1,218   

Less intangible assets

     —     

Less preferred stock(1)

     —     
  

 

 

 

Tangible common equity

     1,218   

Total assets

     10,742   

Less intangible assets

     —     
  

 

 

 

Tangible assets

     10,742   

Tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio

     11.3

Tier 1 common equity:

  

Shareholder equity(1)

     1,218   

Qualifying capital securities:

  

Less goodwill

     —     

Less accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (3

Less other assets

     —     
  

 

 

 

Total Tier 1 capital

     1,221   

Less qualifying capital securities

     —     

Less preferred stock(1)

     —     
  

 

 

 

Total Tier 1 common equity

     1,221   

Net risk-weighted assets

   $ 7,472   

 

  (1) 

Does not include the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock outstanding at the time of the closing of the separation and distribution.

In July 2013, the federal banking regulators issued the U.S. Basel III final rule. For a more detailed description of the U.S. Basel III final rule, please see Item 1A. “Risk Factors.” Sallie Mae Bank will be subject to the U.S. Basel III final rule, including its increased risk-based capital requirements and increased leverage capital requirements beginning on January 1, 2015. In addition, as currently proposed as part of the Spin-Off, SLM BankCo will serve as an additional source of strength by having $165 million of Series A Preferred Stock and $400 million of Series B Preferred Stock. The existing Series B Preferred Stock could potentially qualify as additional Tier 1 capital under Basel III standards were Basel III to apply at the SLM BankCo level.

At the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the FDIC has lodged a continuing objection to the payment of dividends by Sallie Mae Bank to the Company for any reason other than the payment of normal quarterly cash dividends paid by the Company to holders of its two series of preferred stock. For more information on this matter and potential implications post-Spin-Off, see Item 1. “Business—Regulation of Sallie Mae Bank—Dividends.”

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Our business activities involve a variety of risks. Below we describe the significant risk factors affecting our business. These risk factors should be considered in connection with evaluating the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K because these factors could cause our actual results or financial condition to differ materially from those projected in forward-looking statements.

Economic Environment

Economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and stock price.

Our business is always influenced by economic conditions. Economic growth in the United States remains slow and uneven. Our earnings are dependent on the expected future creditworthiness of our student loan customers, especially with respect to our Private Education Loan portfolio. High unemployment rates and the failure of our in-school borrowers to graduate are two of the most significant macroeconomic factors that could increase loan delinquencies, defaults and forbearance, or otherwise negatively affect performance of our existing

 

37


education loan portfolios. Since 2009, the unemployment rate has been higher than historical norms. In 2008, the unemployment rate was 5.8 percent; it reached a high of 9.6 percent in 2010 and declined to 7.4 percent in 2013. Forbearance programs may have the effect of delaying default emergence as customers are granted a temporary waiver from having to make payments on their loans. If the type and amount of federal funds available to pay for a college education or refinance existing education loans increases, the volume of our new loan originations and the repayment rates of our existing loans could be materially and adversely effected.

Further deterioration in the economy could result in a decrease in demand for consumer credit and credit quality could adversely be affected. Higher credit-related losses and weaker credit quality could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and limit funding options, including capital markets activity, which could also adversely impact our liquidity position.

Funding and Liquidity

Legislation passed by Congress in 2010 prohibits new loan originations under the FFELP program, and, as a result, interest income on the existing FFELP Loan portfolio and fee-based revenue from servicing FFELP Loans will decline over time. We may not be able to develop revenue streams to replace the declining revenue from FFELP loans.

In 2010, Congress passed legislation ending the origination of student loans under the FFELP program. All federal student loans are now originated through the DSLP of the ED. The law did not alter or affect the terms and conditions of existing FFELP Loans. As a result of this legislation, interest income on our FFELP Loan portfolio and fee-based revenue from servicing that portfolio and third-party FFELP Loans will decline over time as existing FFELP Loans are paid down, refinanced or repaid after default by Guarantors. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, our FFELP Loan portfolio declined by approximately $21.0 billion, or 17 percent, $12 billion of which was attributed to the sale of Residual Interests in securitization trusts, and our intercompany FFELP Loan servicing revenue declined by approximately $140 million, or 21 percent, compared to the prior year. If we do not acquire new loan portfolios or otherwise grow or develop new revenue streams to replace or supplement our existing, and declining, FFELP net interest and servicing revenue, our consolidated revenue and operating income will continue to decrease which could materially and adversely impact our earnings.

Our business can be affected by the cost and availability of funding in the capital markets.

The capital markets have from time to time experienced periods of significant volatility. This volatility can dramatically and adversely affect our financing costs when compared to historical norms. Additional factors that could make financing more expensive or unavailable include, but are not limited to, financial losses, events that have an adverse impact on our reputation, changes in the activities of our business partners, events that have an adverse impact on the financial services industry, counterparty availability, changes affecting our assets, corporate and regulatory actions, absolute and comparative interest rate changes, ratings agencies’ actions, general economic conditions and the legal, regulatory, accounting and tax environments governing our funding transactions. If financing becomes more difficult, expensive or unavailable, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

During 2013, we funded Private Education Loan originations through term-brokered and retail deposits raised by Sallie Mae Bank. Assets funded in this manner result in refinancing risk because the average term of the deposits is shorter than the expected term of some of the assets. There is no assurance that this or other sources of funding, such as the term asset-backed securities market, will be available at a level and cost that makes new Private Education Loan originations possible or profitable, nor is there any assurance that the loans can be refinanced at profitable margins. For additional discussion on regulatory and compliance risks relating to Sallie Mae Bank, see below at Item 1A. “Risk Factors — Legal, Regulatory and Compliance.” If we are unable to obtain funds from which to make new Private Education Loans, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected.

 

38


The interest rate characteristics of our earning assets do not always match the interest rate characteristics of our funding arrangements, which may increase the price of, or decrease our ability to obtain, necessary liquidity.

Net interest income is the primary source of cash flow generated by our portfolios of FFELP Loans and Private Education Loans. Interest earned on FFELP Loans and Private Education Loans is primarily indexed to one-month LIBOR rates and either one-month LIBOR rates or the one-month Prime rate, respectively, but our cost of funds is primarily indexed to three-month LIBOR, creating the possibility of re-pricing risk related to these assets. In a declining interest rate environment, this difference in timing may compress the net interest margin on FFELP Loans and Private Education Loans.

The different interest rate characteristics of our loan portfolio and liabilities funding these loans also result in basis risk and re-pricing risk. It is not possible to hedge all of our exposure to such risks. While the asset and hedge indices are short-term with rate movements that are typically highly correlated, there can be no assurance that the historically high correlation will not be disrupted by capital market dislocations or other factors not within our control. In these circumstances, our earnings could be materially adversely affected.

Adverse market conditions or an inability to effectively manage our liquidity risk could negatively impact our ability to meet our liquidity and funding needs, which could materially and adversely impact our business operations and our overall financial condition.

We must effectively manage the liquidity risk to which we are exposed. We require liquidity to meet cash requirements such as day-to-day operating expenses, extensions of credit on our Private Education Loans, required payments of principal and interest on our borrowings, and distributions to our stockholders. Our primary sources of liquidity and funding are from fees we collect for servicing education loans, payments made on FFELP and Private Education Loans that we hold, proceeds and distributions from securitization transactions and trusts that we undertake and offerings of debt and equity securities. We may maintain too much liquidity, which can be costly, or we may be too illiquid, which could result in financial distress during times of financial stress or capital market disruptions.

Unexpected and sharp changes in the overall economic environment may negatively impact the performance of our loan and credit portfolios.

Unexpected changes in the overall economic environment, including unemployment, may result in the credit performance of our loan portfolio being materially different from what we expect. Our earnings are dependent on the expected future creditworthiness of our student loan customers, especially with respect to our Private Education Loan portfolio. We maintain a reserve for credit losses based on expected future charge-offs expected over primarily the next two years, which considers many factors, including levels of past due loans and forbearances and expected economic conditions. However, management’s determination of the appropriate reserve level may under- or over-estimate future losses. If the credit quality of our customer base materially decreases, if a market risk changes significantly, or if our reserves for credit losses are not adequate, our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer.

We are also subject to the creditworthiness of other third parties, including counterparties to derivative transactions. For example, we have exposure to the financial conditions of various lending, investment and derivative counterparties. If a counterparty fails to perform its obligations, we could, depending on the type of counterparty arrangement, experience a loss of liquidity or an economic loss. In addition, we might not be able to cost effectively replace the derivative position depending on the type of derivative and the current economic environment, and thus be exposed to a greater level of interest rate and/or foreign currency exchange rate risk which could lead to additional losses. Our counterparty exposure is more fully discussed in Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Counterparty Exposure.” If our counterparties are unable to perform their obligations, our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer.

 

39


Higher than expected prepayments of loans could reduce servicing revenues or reduce or delay payments we receive as the holder of the Residual Interests of securitization trusts holding education loans.

FFELP Loans and Private Education loans may be voluntarily prepaid without penalty by borrowers or, in the case of FFELP Loans, consolidated with the borrowers’ other education loans through refinancing into the federal DSLP. FFELP Loans may also be repaid after default by the Guarantors of FFELP Loans. Prepayment rates and levels are subject to many factors which are beyond our control, including repayment through loan consolidation programs. When education loans contained within a securitization trust are prepaid, the fees we earn as servicer decrease and the value of any Residual Interest we own in the securitization trust may decline. While some fluctuation in prepayment levels is to be expected, extraordinary or extended increases in prepayment levels could materially adversely affect our liquidity, income and the value of those Residual Interests.

Our credit ratings are important to our liquidity. A reduction in our credit ratings could adversely affect our liquidity, increase our borrowing costs and limit our access to the capital markets.

We have unsecured debt that totaled, as of December 31, 2013, approximately $18.3 billion. In connection with our May 28, 2013 announcement of the proposed Spin-Off, three rating agencies took negative ratings actions with regard to our long-term unsecured debt ratings. Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”) lowered its senior unsecured long-term debt rating one notch to BB+, one notch below its investment grade, and also placed its rating on negative watch. Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services LLC (“S&P”) placed their ratings on our senior unsecured long-term debt on review and watch, respectively, for possible downgrade. Moody’s current rating is Ba1, one notch below its investment grade, and S&P’s rating is BBB-, its lowest investment grade. Fitch and S&P indicated that if the Spin-Off occurs as planned, they expect to further lower their ratings by one notch and up to two notches, respectively. As a result of Fitch’s action, two of the three credit rating agencies now rate our long term unsecured debt at below investment grade such that we are no longer considered an investment grade issuer. Whereas we had previously been included in the Investment Grade Index, we are now included in the High Yield Index. This has resulted in a higher cost of funds for us, and our senior unsecured debt to trade with greater volatility.

The negative actions taken by the credit rating agencies were based on concerns that the Spin-Off will have a negative impact on the holders of our senior unsecured debt. According to their ratings reports, these concerns primarily focus on NewCo’s lack of future Private Student Loan originations and related servicing income, the loss of access to the earnings, cash flow, equity and potential market value of Sallie Mae Bank, the run-off of the FFELP Loan portfolio and strategic uncertainty as to the source of incremental earnings and cash flow to replace that in run-off, and an expected increase in our cost of accessing the unsecured debt markets, including for refinancing purposes.

We utilize the unsecured debt markets to help fund our business. The amount, type and cost of our funding directly affects the cost of operating our business and growing our assets and is dependent upon outside factors, including our credit ratings from ratings agencies. There can be no assurance that our credit ratings will not be changed in the future. A reduction in the credit ratings of our senior unsecured debt could adversely affect our liquidity, increase our borrowing costs or limit our access to the capital markets. We may also face additional challenges in the future, including more limited capital resources to invest in or expand our businesses.

Our use of derivatives to manage interest rate sensitivity exposes us to credit and market risk that could have a material adverse effect on our earnings.

We maintain an overall interest rate strategy that uses derivatives to minimize the economic effect of interest rate changes. Developing an effective strategy for dealing with movements in interest rates is complex, and no strategy can completely avoid the risks associated with these fluctuations. For example, our student loan portfolio remains subject to prepayment risk that could result in its being under- or over-hedged, which could result in material losses. In addition, our interest rate risk management activities expose us to mark-to-market losses if interest rates move in a materially different way than was expected when we entered into the related

 

40


derivative contracts. As a result, there can be no assurance that hedging activities using derivatives will effectively manage our interest rate sensitivity, have the desired beneficial impact on our results of operations or financial condition or not adversely impact our liquidity and earnings.

Our use of derivatives also exposes us to market risk and credit risk. Market risk is the chance of financial loss resulting from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates and market liquidity. Our Floor Income Contracts and some of the basis swaps we use to manage earnings variability caused by having different reset characteristics on interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment. Therefore, the change in fair value, called the “mark-to-market,” of these derivative instruments is included in our statement of income. A decline in the fair value of these derivatives could have a material adverse effect on our reported earnings.

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not perform its obligations under a contract. Credit risk is limited to the loss of the fair value gain in a derivative that the counterparty or clearinghouse owes us and therefore exists for derivatives with a positive fair value. At December 31, 2013, we had a net positive exposure (derivative gain positions less collateral posted by counterparties) related to derivatives of $83 million, excluding securitization trusts discussed below. If a counterparty or clearinghouse fails to perform its obligations, we could, depending on the type of counterparty arrangement, experience a loss of liquidity or an economic loss. In addition, we might not be able to cost effectively replace the derivative position depending on the type of derivative and the current economic environment.

Our securitization trusts, which we are required to consolidate on our balance sheet, have $10.7 billion of Euro and British Pound Sterling denominated bonds outstanding as of December 31, 2013. To convert these non-U.S. dollar denominated bonds into U.S. dollar liabilities, the trusts have entered into foreign-currency swaps with highly rated counterparties. In addition, the trusts have entered into $12.8 billion of interest rate swaps, which are primarily used to convert Prime rate payments received on securitized loans to LIBOR paid on the bonds. At December 31, 2013, the net positive exposure on swaps in securitization trusts was $968 million. A failure by a swap counterparty to perform its obligations could, if the swap has a positive fair value to us, materially and adversely affect our earnings.

High or increasing interest rate environments may cause our Floor Income to decline, which may adversely affect our earnings.

FFELP Loans disbursed before April 1, 2006, generally earn interest at the higher of either the borrower rate, which is fixed over a period of time, or a floating rate based on a Special Allowance Payment (“SAP”) formula set by ED. We have generally financed our FFELP Loans with floating rate debt whose interest is matched closely to the floating nature of the applicable SAP formula. If a decline in interest rates causes the borrower rate to exceed the SAP formula rate, we will continue to earn interest on the loan at the fixed borrower rate while the floating rate interest on our debt will continue to decline. The additional spread earned between the fixed borrower rate and the SAP formula rate is referred to as “Floor Income.”

Depending on the type of FFELP Loan and when it was originated, the borrower rate is either fixed to term or is reset to a market rate each July 1. For loans where the borrower rate is fixed to term, we may earn Floor Income for an extended period of time; for those loans where the borrower interest rate is reset annually on July 1, we may earn Floor Income to the next reset date. In accordance with legislation enacted in 2006, holders of FFELP Loans are required to rebate Floor Income to ED for all FFELP Loans disbursed on or after April 1, 2006. After accounting for these required rebates, as of December 31, 2013, approximately $56.8 billion of our FFELP Loan portfolio was eligible to earn Floor Income.

Floor Income can be volatile as rates on the underlying student loans move up and down. We generally hedge this risk by selling Floor Income Contracts to counterparties which lock in the value of the Floor Income over the term of the contract. As of December 31, 2013, approximately $31.7 billion (56 percent) of our FFELP Loans eligible to earn Floor Income were economically hedged with Floor Income Contracts. A rise in interest rates will reduce the amount of Floor Income received on the approximately $25.1 billion of FFELP Loans not hedged with Floor Income Contracts, which will compress our interest margins and depress its earnings.

 

41


Defaults on student education loans, particularly Private Education Loans, could adversely affect our earnings.

FFELP Loans are insured or guaranteed by state or not-for-profit agencies and are also protected by contractual rights to recovery from the United States pursuant to guaranty agreements among ED and these agencies. These guarantees generally cover at least 97 percent of a FFELP Loan’s principal and accrued interest for loans disbursed and, in limited circumstances, 100 percent of the loan’s principal and accrued interest. Nevertheless, we are exposed to credit risk on the non-guaranteed portion of the FFELP Loans in our portfolio and to the possible loss of the insurance or guarantee due to a failure to comply with HEA and related regulations.

We bear the full credit exposure on Private Education Loans. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the annual charge-off rate for our Private Education Loans (as a percentage of loans in repayment) was 2.8 percent. Delinquencies are an important indicator of the potential future credit performance for Private Education Loans. Our delinquencies, as a percentage of Private Education Loans in repayment, were 8.3 percent at December 31, 2013.

The evaluation of our allowance for loan losses is inherently subjective, as it requires material estimates that may be subject to significant changes. As of December 31, 2013, our allowance for FFELP Loan and Private Education Loan losses was approximately $119 million and $2.1 billion, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recognized provisions for FFELP Loan and Private Education Loan losses of $52 million and $787 million, respectively. The provision for loan losses reflects the activity for the applicable period and provides an allowance at a level that management believes is appropriate to cover probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. However, future defaults can be higher than anticipated due to a variety of factors outside of our control, such as downturns in the economy, regulatory or operational changes and other unforeseen future trends. Losses on Private Education Loans are also determined by risk characteristics such as school type, loan status (in-school, grace, forbearance, repayment and delinquency), loan seasoning (number of months in active repayment), underwriting criteria (e.g., credit scores), a cosigner and the current economic environment. General economic and employment conditions, including employment rates for recent college graduates, during the recent recession led to higher rates of student loan defaults. Although default rates have decreased recently as economic conditions have improved, they remain higher than pre-recession levels. If actual loan performance is worse than currently estimated, it could materially affect our estimate of the allowance for loan losses and the related provision for loan losses in our statements of income and, as a result, adversely affect our results of operations.

Operations

A failure of our operating systems or infrastructure could disrupt our business, cause significant losses, result in regulatory action or damage our reputation.

A failure of operating systems or infrastructure could disrupt our business. Our business is dependent on our ability to process and monitor large numbers of daily transactions in compliance with legal and regulatory standards and our product specifications, which change to reflect our business needs and new or revised regulatory requirements. As processing demands change and our loan portfolios grow in both volume and differing terms and conditions, developing and maintaining our operating systems and infrastructure becomes increasingly challenging. There is no assurance that we can adequately or efficiently develop, maintain or acquire access to such systems and infrastructure.

Our loan originations and conversions and the servicing, financial, accounting, data processing or other operating systems and facilities that support them may fail to operate properly or become disabled as a result of events that are beyond our control, adversely affecting our ability to process these transactions. Any such failure could adversely affect our ability to service our clients, result in financial loss or liability to our clients, disrupt our business, result in regulatory action or cause reputational damage. Despite the plans and facilities we have in

 

42


place, our ability to conduct business may be adversely affected by a disruption in the infrastructure that supports our businesses. This may include a disruption involving electrical, communications, Internet, transportation or other services used by us or third parties with which we conduct business. Notwithstanding our efforts to maintain business continuity, a disruptive event impacting our processing locations could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We depend on secure information technology, and a breach of those systems could result in significant losses, disclosure of confidential customer information and reputational damage, which would adversely affect our business.

Our operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of personal, confidential and other information in our computer systems and networks. Although we take protective measures, our computer systems, software and networks may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses, malicious attacks and other events that could have a security impact beyond our control. Our technologies, systems, networks and those of third parties may become the target of cyber-attacks or information security breaches that could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of our or our customers’ confidential, proprietary and other information, or otherwise disrupt our or our customers’ or other third parties’ business operations. Moreover, information security risks for large financial institutions have generally increased in recent years in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, the use of the Internet and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions, and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists, activists, and other external parties.

If one or more of such events occur, personal, confidential and other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our computer systems and networks, could be jeopardized or could cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations that could result in significant losses or reputational damage. We also routinely transmit and receive personal, confidential and proprietary information, some through third parties. We have put in place secure transmission capability, and work to ensure third parties follow similar procedures. An interception, misuse or mishandling of personal, confidential or proprietary information being sent to or received from a customer or third party could result in legal liability, regulatory action and reputational harm. In the event personal, confidential or other information is jeopardized, intercepted, misused or mishandled, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures or to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures, and we may be subject to fines, penalties, litigation costs and settlements and financial losses that are either not insured against or not fully covered through any insurance maintained by us. If one or more of such events occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be significantly and adversely affected.

We depend on third parties for a wide array of services, systems and information technology applications, and a breach or violation of law by one of these third parties could disrupt our business or provide our competitors with an opportunity to enhance their position at our expense.

We increasingly depend on third parties for a wide array of services, systems and information technology applications. Third-party vendors are significantly involved in aspects of our software and systems development, the timely transmission of information across our data communication network, and for other telecommunications, processing, remittance and technology-related services in connection with our banking and payment services businesses. We also utilize third-party debt collectors significantly in the collection of defaulted Private Education Loans. If a service provider fails to provide the services we require or expect, or fails to meet applicable contractual or regulatory requirements, such as service levels or compliance with applicable laws, the failure could negatively impact our business by adversely affecting our ability to process customers’ transactions in a timely and accurate manner, otherwise hampering our ability to serve our customers, or subjecting us to litigation and regulatory risk for matters as diverse as poor vendor oversight or improper release or protection of personal information. Such a failure could adversely affect the perception of the reliability of our networks and services, and the quality of our brands, and could materially adversely affect our revenues and/or our results of operations.

 

43


Federal funding constraints and spending policy changes triggered by associated federal spending deadlines may result in disruption of federal payments for services we provide to the government, which could materially and adversely affect our business strategy or future business prospects.

We receive payments from the federal government on our FFELP Loan portfolio and for other services we provide to them, including servicing loans under the DSLP and providing default aversion and contingency collections to ED. Payments for these services may be affected by various factors, including the following:

 

   

The Bipartisan Budget Act enacted on December 26, 2013, includes several provisions that will have or could have an effect on our business. First, the Act reduced the amount paid to guaranty agencies for defaulted FFELP Loans rehabilitated under Section 428F of the HEA, beginning on July 1, 2014. See the section titled “Business Services Segment” in Item 1. “Business” for a discussion on the potential impact of the Budget Act on future operations. In addition, the Budget Act eliminated funding for the direct loan servicing performed by not-for-profit servicers. The Budget Act requires that all servicing funding be provided through the annual appropriations process which is subject to certain limitations. Although the payments for our direct loan servicing contract is already funded from annual appropriations, the requirement to fund all servicing from the limited appropriated funding could have an effect on our future business in ways we cannot predict at this time.

 

   

Other Higher Education Legislation: As Congress considers the reauthorization of the HEA, it could consider legislation that would reduce the payments to Guarantors or change the consolidation program to incentivize student loan borrowers to refinance their existing student loans, both private and federal. Such reforms could reduce our cash flows from servicing and interest income as well as its net interest margin.

It is possible that the Administration and Congress in the future could engage in a prolonged debate linking the federal deficit, debt ceiling and other budget issues resulting in a similar debate to the one that occurred around the Budget Control Act of 2011 and the raising of the debt ceiling in October 2013. If U.S. lawmakers in the future fail to reach agreement on these issues, the federal government could stop or delay payment on its obligations, including those on services we provide. We cannot predict how or what programs will be impacted by any actions that the Administration, Congress or the federal government may take. Further, legislation to address the federal deficit and spending could include proposals that would adversely affect FFELP and DSLP-related servicing businesses. A protracted reduction, suspension or cancellation of the demand for the services we provide, or proposed changes to the terms or pricing of services provided under existing contracts with the federal government, including our contract with ED, could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, cash flows, profitability and business outlook, and, as a result, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We continue to undertake numerous cost-cutting initiatives to realign and restructure our business in light of significant legislative changes in the past several years and the amortization of the FFELP Loan portfolios we service. Our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected if we do not effectively align our cost structure with our current business operations, regulatory compliance obligations and future business prospects.

In response to significant legislative changes in the past several years, including the end of FFELP, we have undertaken and continue to undertake cost-cutting initiatives, including workforce reductions, servicing center closures, restructuring and transfers of business functions to new locations, enhancements to our web-based customer services, adoption of new procurement strategies and investments in operational efficiencies. Our business and financial condition could be adversely affected by these cost-cutting initiatives if cost reductions taken are so dramatic as to cause disruptions in our business, reductions in the quality of the services we provide or cause us to fail to comply with applicable regulatory standards. We may be unable to successfully execute on

 

44


certain growth and other business strategies or achieve certain business goals or objectives if cost reductions are too dramatic. Alternatively, we may not be able to achieve our desired cost savings. In either case our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Incorrect estimates and assumptions by management in connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements could adversely affect the reported assets, liabilities, income and expenses.

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires management to make critical accounting estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses during the reporting periods. Incorrect estimates and assumptions by management in connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements could adversely affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of income and expenses. A description of our critical accounting estimates and assumptions may be found in Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” and in “Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies” to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. If we make incorrect assumptions or estimates, we may under- or overstate reported financial results, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Acquisitions or strategic investments that we pursue may not be successful and could disrupt our business, harm our financial condition or reduce our earnings.

We may consider or undertake strategic acquisitions of, or material investments in, businesses, products, or portfolios of loans. We may not be able to identify suitable opportunities and, if not, some of our strategies could fail. We may not be able to obtain necessary financing on satisfactory terms. We may not be able obtain necessary regulatory approvals or complete the transactions on appropriate terms. If we pay the purchase price of any acquisition or investment in cash, it may have an adverse effect on our financial condition; if the purchase price is paid with our stock, it could be dilutive to our stockholders. We may assume liabilities, including unrecorded liabilities that are not discovered at the time of the transaction, and the repayment of those liabilities may have an adverse effect on our financial condition.

We may not be able to successfully integrate personnel, operations, businesses, products, or technologies of an acquisition. There may be additional risks if we enter into a line of business in which we have limited experience or the business operates in a legal, regulatory or competitive environment with which we are not familiar. We may not have or be able to maintain the expertise needed to manage the new business. Acquisitions and investments also may not perform to our expectations for various reasons, including the loss of key personnel, customers or vendors. If we fail to integrate acquisitions or investments or realize the expected benefits, we may lose the return on these acquisitions or investments or incur additional transaction costs, and our business and financial condition may be harmed as a result.

Risks Related to the Spin-Off

The proposed Spin-Off of our current business into two, distinct, publicly-traded entities is contingent upon the satisfaction of a number of conditions, which may not be consummated on the terms or timeline currently contemplated or may not achieve the intended results.

We are currently pursuing a strategic plan to separate our existing organization into two publicly-traded companies, an education loan management company and a consumer banking company. It is expected the Spin-Off, if completed, will occur in the first half of 2014. Our ability to timely effect the Spin-Off is subject to several conditions, including, among others, the receipt of a favorable private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service and the SEC declaring effective a registration statement relating to the securities of the separated entity. We cannot assure that the Spin-Off will be completed in a timely fashion, if at all. For these and other reasons, the Spin-Off may not be completed on the terms or timeline contemplated. Further, if the Spin-Off is completed, it may not achieve the intended results. Any such difficulties could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

45


The actions required to implement the complete separation of our current businesses into two, distinct, publicly-traded entities have and will continue to take significant management time and attention and could disrupt operations.

The complete separation of our existing organization into two publicly-traded companies will require significant ongoing execution and administration at all levels of the internal organization. A team of employees is charged with implementing the Spin-Off reporting frequently to management on status and progress of the project. For the foreseeable future, high-level employees and management will continue to dedicate a significant amount of time to the implementation of the Spin-Off to ensure that it is carried out timely and appropriately. The time and attention that high-level employees and management dedicate to the Spin-Off could limit the time and attention spent on managing the business which could disrupt current and future operations.

SLM BankCo will incur significant costs in connection with being a stand-alone company and lose the advantage of our larger size and purchasing power.

SLM BankCo will incur significant costs in connection with the transition to being a stand-alone public company and implementing the Spin-Off, including costs to separate information systems, accounting, tax, legal and other professional services costs and recruiting and relocation costs associated with hiring key senior management personnel new to SLM BankCo. In addition, the businesses that will be operated out of SLM BankCo have historically taken advantage of our current size and purchasing power in procuring goods and services. After the Spin-Off, as a separate independent entity, SLM BankCo will no longer be able to rely on this joint purchasing power and, as a result, it may be unable to obtain goods and services from third-party service providers and vendors at prices or on terms as favorable as those it obtained prior to the Spin-Off. Furthermore, prior to the Spin-Off, the SLM BankCo businesses have obtained services from, or engaged in transactions with, our affiliates under intercompany agreements. NewCo and its affiliates will provide services for SLM BankCo and its affiliates following the Spin-Off under a transition services agreement for a transition period and potentially thereafter. The fees charged by NewCo and its affiliates for the provision of these services to SLM BankCo and its affiliates may be higher than those charged prior to the Spin-Off. All of these factors will result in costs that are higher than the amounts reflected in historical financial statements which could cause SLM BankCo’s profitability to decrease.

SLM BankCo may not achieve some or all of the expected benefits of the Spin-Off, and the Spin-Off may adversely affect its business.

SLM BankCo may not be able to achieve the full strategic and financial benefits expected to result from the Spin-Off, or such benefits may be delayed or not occur at all. The Spin-Off is expected to provide the following benefits, among others: (i) a distinct investment identity allowing investors to evaluate the merits, performance, and future prospects of SLM BankCo separately from NewCo; (ii) cash flows significantly in excess of preferred stock dividend and debt service obligations; (iii) more efficient allocation of capital for SLM BankCo and NewCo; (iv) reducing the likelihood SLM BankCo is designated a systemically important financial institution; and (v) a separate equity structure that allows direct access by SLM BankCo to the capital markets and the use of SLM BankCo equity for acquisitions and equity compensation.

SLM BankCo may not be able to realize these and other anticipated benefits for a variety of reasons, including, among others: (a) the Spin-Off will continue to require significant amounts of management’s time and effort for the foreseeable future, which may divert management’s attention from operating SLM BankCo’s business; (b) following the Spin-Off, SLM BankCo may be more susceptible to market fluctuations and other adverse events than if it were still a part of us as a whole; (c) following the Spin-Off, SLM BankCo’s business will be less diversified than our business prior to the Spin-Off; and (d) other actions required to separate SLM BankCo’s and NewCo’s respective businesses could disrupt SLM BankCo’s operations. If SLM BankCo fails to achieve some or all of the benefits expected to result from the Spin-Off, or if such benefits are delayed, the business, financial condition and results of operations of SLM BankCo could be adversely affected and the value of its stock could be impacted.

 

46


We cannot predict the effect of the Spin-Off on the market value of SLM BankCo’s common stock and after the Spin-Off its stock price may fluctuate significantly.

We cannot predict the prices at which shares of SLM BankCo’s common stock may trade after the Spin-Off. We can also not predict the effect of the Spin-Off on the trading prices of SLM BankCo’s common stock or whether the combined market value of the shares of SLM BankCo common stock and the shares of NewCo common stock will be less than, equal to or greater than the market value of our common stock immediately prior to the Spin-Off.

The market price of shares of SLM BankCo common stock may fluctuate significantly due to a number of factors, some of which may be beyond SLM BankCo’s control, including:

 

   

Actual or anticipated fluctuations in SLM BankCo’s operating results;

 

   

The smaller market capitalization of SLM BankCo;

 

   

Changes in earnings estimated by securities analysts or SLM BankCo’s ability to meet those estimates;

 

   

Uncertainty relating to the dividend policy between Sallie Mae Bank and SLM BankCo as a stand-alone entity;

 

   

The operating and stock price performance of comparable companies;

 

   

Changes to the regulatory and legal environment under which SLM BankCo operates; and

 

   

Domestic and worldwide economic conditions.

In addition, when the market price of a company’s common stock drops significantly, stockholders often institute securities class action lawsuits against the company. A securities class action lawsuit against SLM BankCo could cause it to incur substantial costs and could divert the time and attention of its management and other resources, which could materially adversely affect SLM BankCo’s business, financing condition and results of operations.

Sallie Mae Bank and SMI are currently subject to ongoing consumer regulation investigations. Sallie Mae Bank is also subject to an ongoing 2008 cease and desist order jointly issued by the FDIC and the UDFI. Though we are unaware of any applicable requirement that the FDIC, UDFI, or CFPB approve of the Spin-Off, there can be no assurances that these or other federal or state consumer or financial regulators will not seek to affect the timing, manner or terms of the Spin-Off, or prohibit the Spin-Off altogether.

Sallie Mae Bank is subject to state and FDIC regulation, oversight and regular examination, including by the CFPB. The FDIC and state regulators have the authority to impose fines, penalties or other limitations on Sallie Mae Bank’s operations should they conclude that its operations are not compliant with applicable laws and regulations. Sallie Mae Bank is currently subject to a 2008 cease and desist order issued jointly by the FDIC and the UDFI for weaknesses in its compliance function. Many of these weaknesses have previously been attributed to Sallie Mae Bank’s oversight of significant activities performed outside Sallie Mae Bank by its affiliates, including by companies that will become subsidiaries of NewCo. The Spin-Off is expected to ameliorate this condition due to our separation into two, independent publicly-traded companies.

At the time of this filing, Sallie Mae Bank remains subject to a cease and desist order originally issued in August 2008 by the FDIC and the UDFI. In July 2013, the FDIC notified us that it plans to replace the existing cease and desist order on Sallie Mae Bank with a new formal enforcement action against Sallie Mae Bank that would more specifically address certain cited violations of Section 5 of the FTC Act, including practices relating to payment allocation practices and the disclosures and assessments of certain late fees, as well as alleged violations under the SCRA. In November 2013, the FDIC notified us that the new formal enforcement action would be against Sallie Mae Bank and an additional enforcement action would be against SMI, in its capacity as a servicer of education loans for other financial institutions, and would include civil money penalties and restitution. For additional information regarding these and related regulatory matters and the reserves we have recorded in connection therewith, see Item 3. “Legal Proceedings—Regulatory Matters.”

 

47


SLM BankCo and NewCo will each be subject to restrictions under a tax sharing agreement between them, and a violation of the tax sharing agreement may result in tax liability to SLM BankCo and to its stockholders at the time of the Spin-Off.

In connection with the Spin-Off, SLM BankCo will enter into a tax sharing agreement with NewCo to preserve the tax-free treatment of the separation and distribution of NewCo. Under this tax sharing agreement, both SLM BankCo and NewCo will be restricted from engaging in certain transactions that could prevent the Spin-Off from being tax-free to SLM BankCo and its stockholders at the time of the Spin-Off for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Compliance with the tax sharing agreement and the restrictions therein may limit SLM BankCo’s near-term ability to pursue certain strategic transactions or engage in activities that might be beneficial from a business perspective, including M&A transactions. This may result in missed opportunities or the pursuit of business strategies that may not be as beneficial for SLM BankCo and which may negatively affect SLM BankCo’s anticipated profitability. Were NewCo to fail to comply with the restrictions in the tax sharing agreement and as a result the Spin-Off was determined to be taxable for U.S. federal income tax purposes, SLM BankCo and its stockholders at the time of the Spin-Off that are subject to U.S. federal income tax could incur significant U.S. federal income tax liabilities. Although the tax sharing agreement will provide that NewCo is required to indemnify SLM BankCo for taxes incurred by SLM BankCo that may arise were NewCo to fail to comply with its obligations under the tax sharing agreement, there is no assurance that NewCo will have the funds to satisfy that liability. Also, NewCo will not be required to indemnify our stockholders for any tax liabilities they may incur for its violation of the tax sharing agreement.

Competition

We operate in a competitive environment. Our product offerings are primarily concentrated in loan and savings products for higher education.

We compete in the private credit lending business with banks and other consumer lending institutions, many with strong consumer brand name recognition and greater financial resources. We compete based on our products, origination capability and customer service. To the extent our competitors compete aggressively or more effectively, we could lose market share to them or subject our existing loans to refinancing risk. Our product offerings may not prove to be profitable and may result in higher than expected losses.

We are a leading provider of saving- and paying-for-college products and programs. This concentration gives us a competitive advantage in the marketplace. This concentration also creates risks in our business, particularly in light of our concentrations as a Private Education Loan lender and as a servicer for the FFELP and DSLP. If population demographics result in a decrease in college-age individuals, if demand for higher education decreases, if the cost of attendance of higher education decreases, if public resistance to higher education costs increases, or if the demand for higher education loans decreases, our consumer lending business could be negatively affected. In addition, the federal government, through the DSLP, poses significant competition to our private credit loan products. If loan limits under the DSLP increase, DSLP loans could be more widely available to students and their families and DSLP loans could increase, resulting in further decreases in the size of the Private Education Loan market and demand for our Private Education Loan products.

We serviced approximately 5.7 million accounts under a DSLP servicing contract with ED as of December 31, 2013. We compete for DSLP servicing volume from ED with three other servicing companies with whom we share the contract. New account allocations for each contract year are awarded annually based on each company’s performance on five different metrics over the most recently ended contract year: defaulted borrower count; defaulted borrower dollar amount; a survey of borrowers; a survey of schools; and a survey of ED personnel. Pursuant to the contract terms related to annual volume allocation of new loans, the maximum a servicer can be awarded for any new contract year is 40 percent of net new borrowers in that contract year. We ranked last in the allocation of net accounts for the upcoming contract year. Our allocation of new customer loans serviced for ED under the DSLP servicing contract was 15 percent for the most recent contract year and is 18 percent for the upcoming contract year. If we are unable to improve on our performance metrics and increase our

 

48


relative standing compared to the three other servicing companies we compete with for account allocations under the DSLP servicing contract, our ability to increase our servicing business with ED may be materially adversely affected. In November 2013, ED gave notice to Sallie Mae of its intent to exercise its five-year renewal option to extend the DSLP servicing contract.

Legal, Regulatory and Compliance

Our businesses are regulated by various state and federal laws and regulations, and our failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in significant costs, sanctions, litigation or the loss of insurance and guarantees on affected FFELP Loans.

Our consumer lending and debt collection businesses are subject to regulation and oversight by various state and federal agencies, particularly in the area of consumer protection, and are subject to numerous state and federal laws and regulations. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in significant costs, including litigation costs, and/or business sanctions. In addition, changes to such laws and regulations could adversely impact our business and results of operations if we are not able to adequately mitigate the impact of such changes. We are subject, and may be subject in the future, to inquiries and audits from state and federal regulators as well as litigation from private plaintiffs.

The CFPB, in particular, has broad authority with respect to our loan servicing and collection business. It has authority to write regulations under federal consumer financial protection laws and to directly or indirectly enforce those laws and examine us for compliance. The CFPB also has examination and enforcement authority with respect to various federal consumer financial laws for some providers of consumer financial products and services, including the Company. In December 2013, the CFPB issued a final rule, effective March 2014, defining “larger participants” in the student loan servicing market that will be subject to supervision and examination by the CFPB, a category that also includes us. In October, 2012, the CFPB issued a final rule, effective in January, 2013, defining “larger participants” in the debt collection market that will be subject to supervision and examination by the CFPB, a category that includes us but which would not apply to the SLM BankCo after the Spin-Off. However, in November, 2013, the CFPB issued an Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking for rules to govern debt collection practices under the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, including a request for comments on whether it should issue rules covering the conduct of creditors collecting their own debts and if the CFPB issues such rules, they may apply to SLM BankCo after the Spin-Off.

The CFPB is authorized to collect fines and provide consumer restitution in the event of violations, engage in consumer financial education, track consumer complaints, request data and promote the availability of financial services to underserved consumers and communities. The CFPB has authority to prevent unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices and to ensure that all consumers have access to fair, transparent and competitive markets for consumer financial products and services. The review of products and practices to prevent unfair, deceptive or abusive conduct will be a continuing focus of the CFPB. The ultimate impact of this heightened scrutiny as well as any new rules promulgated by the CFPB is uncertain, but it has resulted in, and could continue to result in, changes to pricing, practices, products and procedures. It could also result in increased costs related to servicing and collection activities, regulatory oversight, supervision and examination, additional remediation efforts and possible penalties.

In furtherance of its regulatory and supervisory powers, the CFPB has the authority to impose monetary penalties for violations of applicable federal consumer financial laws, require remediation of practices and pursue administrative proceedings or litigation for violations of applicable federal consumer financial laws (including the CFPB’s own rules). The CFPB has the authority to issue cease and desist orders (which can include orders for restitution or rescission of contracts, as well as other kinds of affirmative relief) and monetary penalties ranging from $5,000 per day for ordinary violations of federal consumer financial laws to $25,000 per day for reckless violations and $1 million per day for knowing violations. Also, where a company has violated Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act or CFPB regulations implemented under Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Dodd-Frank Act empowers state attorneys general and state regulators to bring civil actions to remedy violations of state law. If

 

49


the CFPB or one or more state attorneys general or state regulators believe that we have violated any of the applicable laws or regulations, they could exercise their enforcement powers in ways that could have a material adverse effect on us or our business.

Loans serviced under the FFELP are subject to the HEA and related regulations. Our servicing operations are designed and monitored to comply with the HEA, related regulations and program guidance; however, ED could determine that we are not in compliance for a variety of reasons, including that we misinterpreted ED guidance or incorrectly applied the HEA and its related regulations or policies. Failure to comply could result in fines, the loss of the insurance and related federal guarantees on affected FFELP Loans, expenses required to cure servicing deficiencies, suspension or termination of our right to participate as a FFELP servicer, negative publicity and potential legal claims. The imposition of significant fines, the loss of the insurance and related federal guarantees on a material number of FFELP Loans, the incurrence of additional expenses and/or the loss of our ability to participate as a FFELP servicer could individually or in the aggregate have a material, negative impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Sallie Mae Bank is subject to state and FDIC regulation, oversight and regular examination, including by the CFPB. The FDIC and state regulators have the authority to impose fines, penalties or other limitations on Sallie Mae Bank’s operations should they conclude that its operations are not compliant with applicable laws and regulations. For additional information on regulatory matters relating to Sallie Mae Bank and SMI, as its servicer, see Item 3. “Legal Proceedings—Regulatory Matters.”

We may be required to make further changes to the business practices and products of Sallie Mae Bank and our other affiliates, which may lead to additional costs that must be incurred to comply with the terms of any order.

We have made and, following the Spin-Off will continue to make, changes to Sallie Mae Bank’s oversight of significant activities performed outside Sallie Mae Bank by affiliates and to its business practices in order to comply with all applicable laws and regulations and the terms of any cease and desist orders. With respect to many of the weaknesses attributed to Sallie Mae Bank under the 2008 cease and desist order issued jointly by the FDIC and the UDFI for weaknesses in its compliance function, the Spin-Off is expected to ameliorate this condition due to our proposed separation into two, independent publicly-traded companies. However, depending on the outcome of currently pending actions by the FDIC, UDFI, the Department of Justice (the “DOJ”) and CFPB, we or Sallie Mae Bank could be required to, or otherwise determine to, make further changes to the business practices and products of Sallie Mae Bank, its other affiliates and third-party provider relationships following the Spin-Off to respond to regulatory concerns. Such changes to the business practices and products of Sallie Mae Bank or our other affiliates in response to current or future regulatory concerns and enforcement, or other action by the above referenced or other regulators, which may include civil money penalties and require restitution to customers, could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in law, regulation or regulatory policy involving student loans could have a material impact on our profitability, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows or future prospects.

Our businesses are subject to numerous state and federal laws and regulations and changes to such laws and regulations could adversely impact our business and results of operations if we are not able to adequately mitigate the impact of such changes.

Our FFELP Loan business has been affected extensively by changes in law, most notably by the legislation Congress passed in 2010 to eliminate new FFELP Loans. Changes in the laws, regulations and policies governing federal loan servicing or the terms and conditions of existing FFELP Loans could have an adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and business prospects.

Our Private Education Loan business may also be impacted by changes in law, regulations or regulatory policy. For example, the CFPB’s 2012 Report on the Private Education Loan marketplace provided a number of

 

50


recommendations, including reconsideration by Congress of the federal Bankruptcy Code’s treatment of Private Education Loans and subjecting additional credit products to the disclosure and consumer protection framework applicable to Private Education Loans. The CFPB’s 2013 Report recommended Congress consider making reforms to the disclosures and guidelines that apply to payment application, records retention and other aspects of student loan servicing to mirror changes previously made for the credit card and mortgage businesses. In the future, Congress or the Administration may act on these recommendations or choose to take actions beyond or unrelated to the CFPB’s recommendations to further regulate the Private Education Loan market or dictate the terms and conditions applicable to Private Education Loans. Additionally, even in the absence of Congress or the Administration pursuing the CFPB’s recommendations, the CFPB may use its regulatory authority and enforcement actions to make substantial changes on its own to the Private Education Loan market and we believe that the CFPB has shown through its actions that it is willing to do so. The taking of any such actions may adversely impact the profitability and growth of our business and/or significantly alter the costs and manner in which we choose to conduct this business.

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act contains comprehensive provisions that govern the practices and oversight of financial institutions (including large non-bank financial institutions) and other participants in the financial markets. It imposes significant regulations on almost every aspect of the U.S. financial services industry, including enhanced supervisory authority over our business. Many of the Dodd-Frank Act’s provisions have become effective but remain subject to interpretation and formal implementation by regulatory authorities through final rulemaking. As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, the CFPB and other financial regulators have introduced and continue to introduce new regulations and guidance, even as they impose enforcement actions against financial institutions and financial service providers which often contain additional cautions and guidance which must be taken into consideration. Due to the uncertainty engendered by these new regulations, guidance and actions, coupled with the likelihood of additional changes or additions to the statutes, regulations and practices applicable to our business, we are not able to estimate the ultimate impact of changes in law on its financial results, business operations or strategies. We believe that the cost of responding to and complying with these evolving laws and regulations, as well as any guidance from enforcement actions, will continue to increase, as will the risk of penalties and fines from any enforcement actions that may be imposed on its businesses. Our profitability, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows or future business prospects could be materially and adversely affected as a result.

The Dodd-Frank Act authorizes state officials to enforce regulations issued by the CFPB and to enforce the Dodd- Frank Act’s general prohibition against unfair, deceptive or abusive practices. Most states also have statutes that prohibit unfair and deceptive practices. To the extent states enact requirements that differ from federal standards or state officials and courts adopt interpretations of federal consumer laws that differ from those adopted by the CFPB under the Dodd-Frank Act, or states increase their examination, supervision and enforcement activities, our compliance costs could increase and reduce our ability to offer the same products and services to consumers nationwide and we may be subject to a higher risk of state enforcement actions.

The FSOC could designate us as a systemically important non-bank financial company to be supervised by the FRB. Designation as a so-called “SIFI” would impose significant additional statutorily–defined monitoring and compliance regimes on our business and could significantly increase the levels of risk-based capital and highly liquid assets we are required to hold. Required implementation of some or all of the measures currently proposed by the FRB to be applicable to SIFIs would have a material impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

As directed by the Dodd-Frank Act, on April 3, 2012, FSOC approved the final rule and interpretive guidance regarding the designation of non-bank financial companies as SIFIs (the “SIFI Rules”). If designated as a SIFI, a non-bank financial company will be supervised by the FRB and be subject to enhanced prudential supervision and regulatory standards. While the separation of our businesses will reduce the complexity of both organizations and may reduce our risk of designation as a SIFI under the SIFI Rules, no assurance can be given that such a designation will not occur.

 

51


The revised capital requirements under the U.S. Basel III capital rules impose heightened capital standards which may adversely affect us, our business, results of operations and financial position.

In July 2013, the federal banking regulators issued the U.S. Basel III final rule. The final rule implements the Basel III capital framework in the United States and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, including the Collins Amendment. The U.S. Basel III final rule will apply to Sallie Mae Bank beginning on January 1, 2015. Consistent with the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s Basel III capital framework, the U.S. Basel III final rule includes a new minimum ratio of Common Equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.5 percent and a Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer of greater than 2.5 percent of risk-weighted assets that will apply to all U.S. banking organizations, including Sallie Mae Bank. Failure to maintain the capital conservation buffer will result in increasingly stringent restrictions on a banking organization’s ability to make dividend payments and other capital distributions and pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. The capital conservation buffer and certain other aspects of the U.S. Basel III final rule will be phased in over several years. The final rule also increases the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets from 4 percent to 6 percent, while maintaining the current minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 8 percent. Sallie Mae Bank will also be subject to increased leverage capital requirements as its leverage ratio, Tier 1 capital to average total consolidated assets (minus amounts deducted from Tier 1 capital), must be at least 4 percent. Effective January 1, 2015, the final rule revises the capital categories, including the well-capitalized category, in the prompt corrective action framework applicable to insured depository institutions such as Sallie Mae Bank to reflect the higher Basel III capital ratios. If Sallie Mae Bank fails to satisfy regulatory capital or leverage capital requirements, it may be subject to serious regulatory sanctions which could also have an impact on us. If any of these sanctions were to occur, they could prevent us from successfully executing our business plan and may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial position.

Our ability to continue to grow our businesses related to contracting with state and federal governments is partly reliant on our ability to remain compliant with the laws and regulations applicable to those contracts.

We are subject to a variety of laws and regulations related to our government contracting businesses, including our contracts with ED. In addition, these government contracts are subject to termination rights, audits and investigations. If we were found in noncompliance with the contract provisions or applicable laws or regulations, or the government exercised its termination or other rights for that or other reasons, our reputation could be negatively affected, and our ability to compete for new contracts could be diminished. If this were to occur, the future prospects, revenues and results of operations of this portion of our business could be negatively affected.

Our framework for managing risks may not be effective in mitigating our risk of loss.

Our risk management framework seeks to mitigate risk and appropriately balance risk and return. We have established processes and procedures intended to identify, measure, monitor, control and report the types of risk to which we are subject. We seek to monitor and control our risk exposure through a framework of policies, procedures, limits and reporting requirements. Management of risks in some cases depends upon the use of analytical and/or forecasting models. If the models that we use to mitigate these risks are inadequate, we may incur increased losses. In addition, there may be risks that exist, or that develop in the future, that we have not appropriately anticipated, identified or mitigated. If our risk management framework does not effectively identify or mitigate our risks, we could suffer unexpected losses and our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

 

52


Item 2. Properties

The following table lists the principal facilities owned by us as of December 31, 2013:

 

Location

  Function   Business Segment(s)   Approximate
Square Feet
 

Fishers, IN

  Loan Servicing and Data Center   Consumer Lending; Business Services; FFELP Loans     450,000   

Newark, DE

  Headquarters   Consumer Lending; Business Services; FFELP Loans; Other     160,000   

Wilkes-Barre, PA

  Loan Servicing Center   Consumer Lending; Business Services; FFELP Loans     133,000   

Indianapolis, IN

  Loan Servicing Center   Business Services     100,000   

Big Flats, NY

  GRC and Pioneer Credit
Recovery — Collection Center
  Business Services     60,000   

Arcade, NY(1)

  Pioneer Credit Recovery —
Collection Center
  Business Services     46,000   

Perry, NY

  Pioneer Credit Recovery —
Collection Center
  Business Services     45,000   

 

  (1) 

In 2005, we entered into a ten-year lease with the Wyoming County Industrial Development Authority. This property reverts back to us in March 2015.

The following table lists the principal facilities leased by us as of December 31, 2013:

 

Location

  Function   Business Segment(s)   Approximate
Square Feet
 

Reston, VA

  Administrative Offices   Consumer Lending; Business Services; FFELP Loans; Other     90,000   

Newark, DE

  Sallie Mae — Operations Center   Consumer Lending; Business Services; Other     86,000   

Newton, MA

  Upromise   Business Services     78,000   

Cincinnati, OH

  GRC Headquarters and Collection
Center
  Business Services     59,000   

Muncie, IN

  Collection Center   Consumer Lending; Business Services     54,000   

Moorestown, NJ

  Pioneer Credit Recovery —
Collection Center
  Business Services     30,000   

Kansas City, MO

  Upromise   Business Services     21,000   

Salt Lake City, UT

  Sallie Mae Bank   Consumer Lending     11,000   

None of the facilities that we own is encumbered by a mortgage. We believe that our headquarters, loan servicing centers, data center, back-up facility and data management and collection centers are generally adequate to meet our long-term student loan and business goals. Our headquarters are currently in owned space at 300 Continental Drive, Newark, Delaware, 19713.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

We and our subsidiaries and affiliates are subject to various claims, lawsuits and other actions that arise in the normal course of business. We believe that these claims, lawsuits and other actions will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Most of these matters are claims against our servicing and collection subsidiaries by borrowers and debtors alleging the violation of state or federal laws in connection with servicing or collection activities on their student loans and other debts. In addition, our collection subsidiaries are routinely named in individual plaintiff or class action lawsuits in which the plaintiffs allege that those subsidiaries have violated a federal or state law in the process of collecting their accounts.

In the ordinary course of our business, it is common for the Company, our subsidiaries and affiliates to receive information and document requests and investigative demands from state attorneys general, legislative committees and administrative agencies. These requests may be informational or regulatory in nature and may relate to our business practices, the industries in which we operate, or other companies with whom we conduct business. Our practice has been and continues to be to cooperate with these bodies and to be responsive to any such requests.

 

53


We are continuing to experience significant year-over-year increases in not only the numbers of requests and investigative demands from various regulators, states attorney generals and administrative agencies, but also in the depth and breadth of information being requested. The main drivers of the increase in regulatory inquiries in 2013 are CFPB and states attorney generals investigative demands related to our business and those of others with whom we conduct business. These increases in the number of inquiries and the volume of related information demands are increasing the costs and resources we must dedicate to timely respond to these requests and may, depending on their outcome, result in payments of additional amounts of restitution, fines and penalties in addition to those described below.

Regulatory Matters

At the time of this filing, Sallie Mae Bank remains subject to a cease and desist order originally issued in August 2008 by the FDIC and the UDFI. In July 2013, the FDIC notified us that it plans to replace the existing cease and desist order on Sallie Mae Bank with a new formal enforcement action against Sallie Mae Bank that would more specifically address certain cited violations of Section 5 of the FTC Act, including practices relating to payment allocation practices and the disclosures and assessments of certain late fees, as well as alleged violations under the SCRA. In November 2013, the FDIC notified us that the new formal enforcement action would be against Sallie Mae Bank and an additional enforcement action would be against SMI, in its capacity as a servicer of education loans for other financial institutions, and would include civil money penalties and restitution. Sallie Mae Bank has been notified by the UDFI that it does not intend to join the FDIC in issuing any new enforcement action. In September 2013 and December 2013, SMI also received Civil Investigative Demands from the CFPB as part of its separate investigation regarding allegations relating to SMI’s payment allocation practices and the disclosures and assessment of late fees.

With respect to alleged civil violations of the SCRA, Sallie Mae Bank and SMI are also separately negotiating a comprehensive settlement, remediation and restitution plan with the DOJ, in its capacity as the agency having primary authority for enforcement of such matters.

We have made and continue to make changes to Sallie Mae Bank’s oversight of significant activities performed outside Sallie Mae Bank by affiliates and to our business practices in order to comply with all applicable laws and regulations and the terms of any cease and desist orders, including in connection with our pursuit of a strategic plan to separate our existing organization into two publicly-traded companies. We are cooperating fully with the FDIC, DOJ and CFPB in response to their investigations and requests for information and are in active discussions with each with respect to any potential actions to be taken against us. We could be required to, or otherwise determine to, make further changes to the business practices and products of Sallie Mae Bank and our other affiliates to respond to regulatory concerns.

As of December 31, 2013, we reserved $70 million for estimated amounts and costs that are probable of being incurred for expected compliance remediation efforts with respect to the FDIC and DOJ matters described above.

OIG Investigation

The Office of the Inspector General (the “OIG”) of the ED commenced an audit regarding Special Allowance Payments on September 10, 2007. On September 25, 2013, we received the final audit determination of Federal Student Aid (the “Final Audit Determination”) on the final audit report issued by the OIG on August 3, 2009 related to our billing practices for Special Allowance Payments. The Final Audit Determination concurred with the final audit report issued by the OIG and instructed us to make adjustment to our government billing to reflect the policy determination. We have the right to appeal the Final Audit Determination to the Administrative Actions and Appeals Service Group of the ED, and we have until March 24, 2014 to do so. We continue to believe that our practices were proper, considering then existing ED guidance and lack of applicable regulations on the method of billing Special Allowance Payments. It is not possible at this time to estimate a range of potential exposure, if any, for amounts that may be payable by us in connection therewith.

 

54


Investor Litigation

On January 28, 2014, a stockholder filed a putative class action complaint in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware against the Company and our Board of Directors. The complaint is captioned William McCrady v. SLM Corporation et. al., C.A. No. 9285-VCL. Plaintiff purports to bring the complaint on behalf of a class of the holders of our Series B Preferred Stock in connection with our plan to separate our existing business into two public companies, SLM BankCo, which will retain our consumer banking business, and NewCo, which will retain our education loan management business. The complaint generally alleges, among other things, that our Board of Directors breached its fiduciary duties to the Series B Preferred stockholders and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing in structuring the proposed Spin-Off, given that the holders of Series B Preferred Stock will not receive an interest in NewCo and, according to Plaintiff, the Spin-Off will fundamentally and inequitably alter the Series B Preferred stockholders’ original investment. The complaint seeks declaratory relief and unspecified compensatory and recissory damages, as well as costs and Plaintiff’s attorneys fees. We believe that the lawsuit is entirely without merit and intend to defend it vigorously.

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

N/A

 

55


PART II.

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Our common stock is listed and traded on the NASDAQ under the symbol SLM since December 12, 2011. Previously, our common stock was listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange. As of January 31, 2014, there were 428,698,212 shares of our common stock outstanding and 421 holders of record. The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices for our common stock for each full quarterly period within the two most recent fiscal years.

Common Stock Prices

 

          1st Quarter      2nd Quarter      3rd Quarter      4th Quarter  

2013

   High    $ 20.50       $ 26.17       $ 25.49       $ 26.81   
   Low      16.57         19.32         22.69         23.93   

2012

   High    $ 16.89       $ 15.96       $ 16.94       $ 17.99   
   Low      13.11         12.85         15.07         15.75   

We paid quarterly cash dividends on our common stock of $0.125 per share for the four quarters of 2012 and $0.150 per share for the four quarters of 2013. Following completion of the Spin-Off, SLM BankCo does not anticipate continuing to pay dividends on its common stock.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table provides information relating to our purchase of shares of our common stock in the three months ended December 31, 2013.

 

    Total Number
of Shares
Purchased(1)
    Average Price
Paid per
Share
    Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs(2)
    Approximate Dollar
Value
of Shares that
May Yet Be
Purchased Under
Publicly Announced
Plans or
Programs(2)
 

(In millions, except per share data)

                       

Period:

       

October 1 – October 31, 2013

    .1      $ 25.47        —        $ 400   

November 1 – November 30, 2013

    4.0        26.06        3.4        311   

December 1 – December 31, 2013

    4.3        26.13        4.3        200   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total fourth quarter

    8.4      $ 26.09        7.7     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  (1) 

The total number of shares purchased includes: (i) shares purchased under the stock repurchase program discussed below and (ii) shares of our common stock tendered to us to satisfy the exercise price in connection with cashless exercise of stock options, and tax withholding obligations in connection with exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted stock and restricted stock units.

 

  (2) 

In July 2013, our Board of Directors authorized us to purchase up to $400 million of shares of our common stock.

 

56


Stock Performance

The following graph compares the yearly change in our cumulative total shareholder return on our common stock to that of Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index and Standard & Poor’s Financials Index. The graph assumes a base investment of $100 at December 31, 2008 and reinvestment of dividends through December 31, 2013.

Five Year Cumulative Total Stockholder Return

 

LOGO

 

Company/Index

   12/31/08      12/31/09      12/31/10      12/31/11      12/31/12      12/31/13  

SLM Corporation

   $ 100.0       $ 126.6       $ 141.5       $ 153.8       $ 203.0       $ 319.6   

S&P 500 Financials

     100.0         117.2         131.4         109.0         140.3         190.2   

S&P Index

     100.0         126.5         145.5         148.6         172.3         228.1   

 

Source: Bloomberg Total Return Analysis

 

57


Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

Selected Financial Data 2009-2013

(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

The following table sets forth our selected financial and other operating information prepared in accordance with GAAP. The selected financial data in the table is derived from our consolidated financial statements. The data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, related notes, and Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  

Operating Data:

          

Net interest income

   $ 3,167      $ 3,208      $ 3,529      $ 3,479      $ 1,723   

Net income (loss) attributable to SLM Corporation:

          

Continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 1,312      $ 941      $ 598      $ 729      $ 531   

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     106        (2     35        (199     (207
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to SLM Corporation

   $ 1,418      $ 939      $ 633      $ 530      $ 324   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per common share attributable to SLM Corporation:

          

Continuing operations

   $ 2.94      $ 1.93      $ 1.12      $ 1.35      $ .82   

Discontinued operations

     .24        —         .07        (.41     (.44
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3.18      $ 1.93      $ 1.19      $ .94      $ .38   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share attributable to SLM Corporation:

          

Continuing operations

   $ 2.89      $ 1.90      $ 1.11      $ 1.35      $ .82   

Discontinued operations

     .23        —         .07        (.41     (.44
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3.12      $ 1.90      $ 1.18      $ .94      $ .38   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividends per common share attributable to SLM Corporation common shareholders

   $ .60      $ .50      $ .30      $ —       $ —    

Return on common stockholders’ equity

     29     21     14     13     5

Net interest margin

     1.98        1.78        1.85        1.82        1.05   

Return on assets

     .89        .52        .33        .28        .20   

Dividend payout ratio

     19        26        25        —         —    

Average equity/average assets

     3.28        2.69        2.54        2.47        2.96   

Balance Sheet Data:

          

Student loans, net

   $ 142,100      $ 162,546      $ 174,420      $ 184,305      $ 143,807   

Total assets

     159,543        181,260        193,345        205,307        169,985   

Total borrowings

     150,443        172,257        183,966        197,159        161,443   

Total SLM Corporation stockholders’ equity

     5,637        5,060        5,243        5,012        5,279   

Book value per common share

     11.82        9.92        9.20        8.44        8.05   

Other Data:

          

Off-balance sheet securitized student loans, net

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 32,638   

 

* Pursuant to Item 601(b)(21)(ii) of Regulation S-K, the names of other subsidiaries of SLM Corporation are omitted because, considered in the aggregate, they would not constitute a significant subsidiary as of the end of the year covered by this report.

 

58


Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion and analysis also contains forward-looking statements and should also be read in conjunction with the disclosures and information contained in “Forward-Looking and Cautionary Statements” and Item 1A. “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Through this discussion and analysis, we intend to provide the reader with some narrative context for how our management views our consolidated financial statements, additional context within which to assess our operating results, and information on the quality and variability of our earnings, liquidity and cash flows.

Overview

The following discussion and analysis presents a review of our business and operations as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013.

In May 2013, we announced plans to separate our consumer banking and education loan management operations into two separate businesses and complete the Spin-Off in the first half of 2014. See Item 1. “Business” for a further discussion of the Spin-Off.

We monitor and assess our ongoing operations and results based on the following four reportable segments: (1) Consumer Lending; (2) Business Services; (3) FFELP Loans; and (4) Other.

Consumer Lending Segment

In this segment, we originate, acquire, finance and service Private Education Loans. The Private Education Loans we make are primarily to bridge the gap between the cost of higher education and the amount funded through financial aid, federal loans or customers’own financial resources. In this segment, we earn net interest income on the Private Education Loan portfolio (after provision for loan losses) as well as servicing fees, primarily late fees.

Business Services Segment

Our Business Services segment generates the majority of its revenue from servicing our FFELP Loan portfolio. We also provide servicing, loan default aversion and defaulted loan collection services for loans on behalf of Guarantors of FFELP Loans and other institutions, including ED. We also operate a consumer savings network that provides financial rewards on everyday purchases to help families save for college.

FFELP Loans Segment

Our FFELP Loans segment consists of our FFELP Loan portfolio and underlying debt and capital funding these loans. Even though FFELP Loans are no longer originated we continue to seek to acquire FFELP Loan portfolios to leverage our servicing scale to generate incremental earnings and cash flow. This segment is expected to generate significant amounts of cash as the FFELP Loan portfolio amortizes.

Other

Our Other segment primarily consists of activities of our holding company, including the repurchase of debt, the corporate liquidity portfolio and all overhead. We also include results from certain smaller wind-down and discontinued operations within this segment.

 

59


Key Financial Measures

Our operating results are primarily driven by net interest income from our student loan portfolios (which include financing costs), provision for loan losses, the revenues and expenses generated by our service businesses, and gains and losses on subsidiary sales, loan sales and debt repurchases. We manage and assess the performance of each business segment separately as each is focused on different customers and each derives its revenue from different activities and services. A brief summary of our key financial measures are listed below.

Net Interest Income

The most significant portion of our earnings is generated by the spread earned between the interest income we receive on assets in our student loan portfolios and the interest expense on debt funding these loans. We report these earnings as net interest income. Net interest income in our Consumer Lending and FFELP Loans segments are driven by significantly different factors.

Consumer Lending Segment

Net interest income in this segment is determined by the balance of Private Education Loans outstanding and Private Education Loan asset yields less our cost of funds. The asset yield is determined by interest rates we establish based upon the credit of the customer and the level of price competition in the Private Education Loan market. As of December 31, 2013, we had $37.5 billion of Private Education Loans outstanding. In 2013, we originated $3.8 billion of Private Education Loans, up 14 percent from $3.3 billion in the prior year. The majority of our Private Education Loans earn variable rate interest and are funded primarily with variable rate liabilities. The Consumer Lending segment’s “Core Earnings” net interest margin was 4.16 percent in 2013 compared with 4.13 percent in 2012. Our cost of funds can be influenced by a number of factors, including the quality of the loans in our portfolio, our corporate credit rating, general economic conditions, investor demand for Private Education Loan asset-backed securities (“ABS”) and corporate unsecured debt and competition in the deposit market. At December 31, 2013, 49 percent of our Private Education Loan portfolio was funded to term with non-recourse, long-term securitization debt.

FFELP Loans Segment

Net interest income will be the primary source of cash flow generated by this segment over the next 20 years as this portfolio amortizes. Interest earned on our FFELP Loans is indexed to one-month LIBOR rates and our cost of funds is primarily indexed to three-month LIBOR, creating the possibility of basis and repricing risk related to these assets. As of December 31, 2013, we had $104.6 billion of FFELP Loans outstanding. The FFELP Loans segment’s “Core Earnings” net interest margin was 0.88 percent in 2013 compared with 0.84 percent in 2012.

The major source of variability in net interest income is expected to be Floor Income we earn on certain FFELP Loans. Pursuant to the terms of the FFELP, certain FFELP Loans continue to earn interest at the stated fixed rate of interest as underlying debt costs decrease. We refer to this additional spread income as “Floor Income.” Floor Income can be volatile. We frequently hedge this volatility by selling Floor Income Contracts which lock in the value of the Floor Income over the term of the contract.

At December 31, 2013, 84 percent of our FFELP Loan portfolio was funded to term with non-recourse, long-term securitization debt.

Provisions for Loan Losses

Management estimates and maintains an allowance for loan losses at a level sufficient to cover charge-offs expected over the next two years, plus an additional allowance to cover life-of-loan expected losses for loans classified as a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). The provision for loan losses increases the related allowance

 

60


for loan losses. Generally, the allowance for loan losses rises when charge-offs are expected to increase and falls when charge-offs are expected to decline. Our loss exposure and resulting provision for losses is small for FFELP Loans because we generally bear a maximum of three percent loss exposure on them. We bear the full credit exposure on our Private Education Loans. Our provision for losses in our FFELP Loans segment was $52 million in 2013 compared with $72 million in 2012. Losses in our Consumer Lending segment are determined by risk characteristics, such as school type, loan status (in-school, grace, forbearance, repayment and delinquency), loan seasoning (number of months in active repayment), underwriting criteria (e.g., credit scores), a cosigner and the current economic environment. Our provision for loan losses in our Consumer Lending segment was $787 million in 2013 compared with $1.0 billion in 2012.

Charge-Offs and Delinquencies

When we conclude a loan is uncollectible, the unrecoverable portion of the loan is charged against the allowance for loan losses in the applicable segment. Charge-off data provides relevant information with respect to the performance of our loan portfolios. Management focuses on delinquencies as well as the progression of loans from early to late stage delinquency. The Consumer Lending segment’s charge-off rate was 2.8 percent of loans in repayment in 2013 compared with 3.4 percent of loans in repayment in 2012. Delinquencies are a very important indicator of the potential future credit performance. Private Education Loan delinquencies as a percentage of Private Education Loans in repayment decreased from 9.3 percent at December 31, 2012 to 8.3 percent at December 31, 2013.

Servicing and Contingency Revenues

We earn servicing revenues from servicing student loans. We earn contingency revenue related to default aversion and contingency collection work we perform primarily on federal loans. The fees we recognize are primarily driven by our success in collecting or rehabilitating defaulted loans, the number of transactions processed and the underlying volume of loans we are servicing on behalf of others.

Other Income / (Loss)

In managing our loan portfolios and funding sources, we periodically engage in sales of loans and the repurchase of our outstanding debt. In each case, depending on market conditions, we may incur gains or losses from these transactions that affect our results from operations.

We also sold our Campus Solutions business and our 529 college-savings plan administration business in 2013 in connection with better aligning our core business. The results of both of these businesses are reported in discontinued operations for all periods presented.

Operating Expenses

The operating expenses reported for our Consumer Lending and Business Services segments are those that are directly attributable to the generation of revenues by those segments. The operating expenses for the FFELP Loans segment primarily represent an intercompany servicing charge from the Business Services segment and do not reflect our actual underlying costs incurred to service the loans. We have included corporate overhead expenses and certain information technology costs (together referred to as “Overhead”) in our Other segment rather than allocate those expenses by segment. Overhead expenses include executive management, the Board of Directors, accounting, finance, legal, human resources, stock-based compensation expense and certain information technology and infrastructure costs.

“Core Earnings”

We report financial results on a GAAP basis and also present certain “Core Earnings” performance measures. Our management, equity investors, credit rating agencies and debt capital providers use these “Core Earnings” measures to monitor our business performance. “Core Earnings” is the basis in which we prepare our

 

61


segment disclosures as required by GAAP under ASC 280 “Segment Reporting” (see “Note 15 — Segment Reporting”). For a full explanation of the contents and limitations of “Core Earnings,” see the section titled “‘Core Earnings’ — Definition and Limitations” of this Item 7.

2013 Summary of Results

Our 2013 accomplishments are discussed below.

GAAP 2013 net income was $1.42 billion ($3.12 diluted earnings per share), versus net income of $939 million ($1.90 diluted earnings per share) in the prior year. The changes in GAAP net income are driven by the same “Core Earnings” items discussed below as well as changes in “mark-to-market” unrealized gains and losses on derivative contracts and amortization and impairment of goodwill and intangible assets that are recognized in GAAP but not in “Core Earnings” results. In 2013 and 2012, GAAP results included gains of $243 million and losses of $194 million, respectively, resulting from derivative accounting treatment which is excluded from “Core Earnings” results.

“Core Earnings” for 2013 were $1.29 billion compared with $1.06 billion in 2012. “Core Earnings” increased due to a $302 million increase in gains on sales of loans and investments, a $241 million lower provision for loan loss, a $109 million after-tax increase in gains from the sale of subsidiaries and a $75 million increase in servicing and contingency revenue. This was partially offset by a $106 million decrease in net interest income, a $145 million increase in operating expenses, a $97 million decrease in debt repurchase gains and a $61 million increase in restructuring and other reorganization expenses.

During 2013, we issued $3.75 billion of unsecured debt, and issued $6.5 billion of FFELP ABS and $3.1 billion of Private Education Loan ABS. We also repurchased $1.3 billion of debt and realized “Core Earnings” gains of $48 million in 2013, compared with repurchases of $711 million and gains of $145 million in 2012. In addition, we repurchased $600 million of common stock in 2013 compared with $900 million repurchased in 2012.

2013 Management Objectives

In 2013, we set out five major goals to create shareholder value. They were: (1) prudently grow Consumer Lending segment assets and revenues; (2) maximize cash flows from FFELP Loans; (3) reduce operating expenses while improving efficiency and customer experience; (4) maintain our financial strength; and (5) expand the capabilities of Sallie Mae Bank.

The following describes our performance relative to each of our 2013 goals.

Prudently Grow Consumer Lending Segment Assets and Revenues

We continued to pursue managed growth in our Private Education Loan portfolio in 2013, with $3.8 billion in new originations for the year compared with $3.3 billion in 2012, a 14 percent increase. The average FICO score of our 2013 originations was 745 and approximately 90 percent of the originated loans were cosigned. We continued to help our customers manage their borrowings and succeed in its payoff, which resulted in lower charge-offs and provision for loan losses. The charge-off rate was 2.8 percent in 2013, the lowest rate since 2007, and down from 3.4 percent in 2012, an 18 percent decrease. The provision for Private Education Loan losses decreased $221 million from 2012, a 22 percent decrease.

Maximize Cash Flows from FFELP Loans

In 2013, management set out to explore alternative transactions and structures that could increase our ability to maximize the value of our ownership interests in FFELP securitization trusts and allow us to diversify our holdings while maintaining servicing fee income. In 2013, we sold our ownership interest in five of our FFELP Loan securitization trusts ($12.5 billion of securitization trust assets and $12.1 billion of related liabilities) which generated a $312 million gain on sale. During 2013 we also purchased $736 million of FFELP Loans.

 

62


Reduce Operating Expenses While Improving Efficiency and Customer Experience

For 2013, we set out to reduce unit costs, and balance our Private Education Loan growth and the challenge of increased regulatory oversight. We also planned and accomplished improving efficiency and customer experience by replacing certain of our legacy systems and making enhancements to our self-service platform and call centers (including improved call segmentation that routes an in-bound customer call directly to the appropriate agent who can answer the customer’s inquiry). In the fourth quarter of 2013, we reserved $70 million for expected compliance remediation efforts relating to pending regulatory inquiries. Excluding this compliance remediation expense, full-year 2013 operating expenses were $972 million compared with $897 million for 2012. The $75 million increase was primarily the result of increases in third-party servicing and collection activities (which resulted in $108 million of additional revenue), continued investments in technology and increased Private Education Loan marketing activities (which resulted in a 14 percent increase in originations volume).

Although total operating expenses, excluding the $70 million compliance remediation expense, were $75 million higher from the prior year, the majority of the increase related to generating higher fee income and loan originations as discussed above. An example of becoming more efficient can be seen in our Consumer Lending segment; direct operating expenses as a percentage of revenues (revenues calculated as net interest income after provision plus total other income) were 31 percent and 38 percent in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Maintain Our Financial Strength

It was management’s objective for 2013 to continue paying dividends and repurchasing common shares through our share repurchase program while ending 2013 with capital and reserve positions as strong as those with which we ended 2012. In February 2013, we announced an increase in our quarterly common stock dividend to $0.15 per share, resulting in full-year common stock dividends paid of $264 million or $0.60 per share. In 2013, we authorized a total of $800 million for common stock repurchases. We repurchased an aggregate of 27 million shares for $600 million in 2013. At December 31, 2013, there was $200 million remaining authorization for additional common stock repurchases under our current stock repurchase program. We did this while achieving diluted “Core Earnings” per share of $2.83 and maintaining our strong balance sheet and capital positions.

In addition, on June 10, 2013, we closed on a new $6.8 billion credit facility that matures in June 2014, to facilitate the term securitization of FFELP Loans. The facility was used in June 2013 to refinance all of the FFELP Loans previously financed through the ED Conduit Program.

On July 17, 2013, we closed on a $1.1 billion asset-backed borrowing facility that matures on August 15, 2015. The facility was used to fund the call and redemption of our SLM 2009-D Private Education Loan Trust ABS, which occurred on August 15, 2013.

Expand Sallie Mae Bank Capabilities

Sallie Mae Bank continued to fund our Private Education Loan originations in 2013. We continued to evolve the operational and enterprise risk oversight program at Sallie Mae Bank in preparation for expected growth and designation as a “large bank,” which will entail enhanced regulatory scrutiny. In addition, we voluntarily made similar changes at the holding company level. See Item 1. “Business” for additional information about Sallie Mae Bank’s regulatory environment once it becomes a “large bank.”

2014 Outlook and Management Objectives

In May 2013, we announced plans to separate our consumer banking and education loan management operations into two separate businesses and complete the Spin-Off in the first half of 2014. Our primary objective for 2014 is successfully completing this transaction. We continue to believe a first half 2014 separation to be achievable. See Item 1. “Business” for a further discussion of the Spin-Off. Upon a successful separation, NewCo and SLM BankCo will each put in place their 2014 Management Objectives. We expect those objectives to be similar, as appropriate, to the 2013 Management Objectives that were established.

 

63


Results of Operations

We present the results of operations first on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. As discussed earlier, we have four business segments: Consumer Lending, Business Services, FFELP Loans and Other. Since these segments operate in distinct business environments, the discussion following the Consolidated Earnings Summary is presented on a segment basis and is shown on a “Core Earnings” basis. See Item 1. “Business — Business Segments” for further discussion on the components of each segment.

 

64


GAAP Consolidated Statements of Income

 

           Increase (Decrease)  
     Years Ended December 31,     2013 vs. 2012     2012 vs. 2011  

(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

   2013     2012     2011     $     %     $     %  

Interest income

              

FFELP Loans

   $ 2,822      $ 3,251      $ 3,461      $ (429     (13 )%    $ (210     (6 )% 

Private Education Loans

     2,527        2,481        2,429        46        2        52        2   

Other loans

     11        16        21        (5     (31     (5     (24

Cash and investments

     17        21        19        (4     (19     2        11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     5,377        5,769        5,930        (392     (7     (161     (3

Total interest expense

     2,210        2,561        2,401        (351     (14     160        7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     3,167        3,208        3,529        (41     (1     (321     (9

Less: provisions for loan losses

     839        1,080        1,295        (241     (22     (215     (17
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provisions for loan losses

     2,328        2,128        2,234        200        9        (106     (5

Other income (loss):

              

Gains (losses) on sales of loans and investments

     302        —         (35     302        100        35        (100

Losses on derivative and hedging activities, net

     (268     (628     (959     360        (57     331        (35

Servicing revenue

     290        279        283        11        4        (4     (1

Contingency revenue

     420        356        333        64        18        23        7   

Gains on debt repurchases

     42        145        38        (103     (71     107        282   

Other income

     100        92        69        8        9        23        33   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (loss)

     886        244        (271     642        263        515        190   

Expenses:

              

Operating expenses

     1,042        897        1,005        145        16        (108     (11

Goodwill and acquired intangible assets impairment and amortization expense

     13        27        21        (14     (52     6        29   

Restructuring and other reorganization expenses

     72        11        12        61        555        (1     (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     1,127        935        1,038        192        21        (103     (10

Income from continuing operations, before income tax expense

     2,087        1,437        925        650        45        512        55   

Income tax expense

     776        498        328        278        56        170        52   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income from continuing operations

     1,311        939        597        372        40        342        57   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax expense (benefit)

     106        (2     35        108        5,400        (37     (106
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     1,417        937        632        480        51        305        48   

Less: net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (1     (2     (1     1        (50     (1     100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to SLM Corporation

     1,418        939        633        479        51        306        48   

Preferred stock dividends

     20        20        18        —          —          2        11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to SLM Corporation common stock

   $ 1,398      $ 919      $ 615      $ 479        52   $ 304        49
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share attributable to SLM Corporation:

              

Continuing operations

   $ 2.94      $ 1.93      $ 1.12      $ 1.01        52   $ .81        72

Discontinued operations

     .24        —         .07        .24        100        (.07     (100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3.18      $ 1.93      $ 1.19      $ 1.25        65   $ .74        62
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share attributable to SLM Corporation:

              

Continuing operations

   $ 2.89      $ 1.90      $ 1.11      $ .99        52   $ .79        71

Discontinued operations

     .23        —         .07        .23        100        (.07     (100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3.12      $ 1.90      $ 1.18      $ 1.22        64   $ .72        61
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividends per common share

   $ .60      $ .50      $ .30      $ .10        20   $ .20        67
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

65


Consolidated Earnings Summary — GAAP-basis

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 2012

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, net income was $1.4 billion, or $3.12 diluted earnings per common share, and $939 million, or $1.90 diluted earnings per common share, respectively. The increase in net income was primarily due to a $360 million decrease in net losses on derivative and hedging activities, a $302 million increase in gains on sales of loans and investments, a $241 million decrease in provisions for loan losses, and a $108 million after-tax increase in income from discontinued operations, which were partially offset by $103 million of lower gains on debt repurchases, higher operating expenses of $145 million and higher restructuring and other reorganization expenses of $61 million.

The primary contributors to each of the identified drivers of changes in net income for 2013 compared with 2012 are as follows:

 

   

Net interest income decreased by $41 million in the current year compared with the prior year primarily due to a reduction in FFELP net interest income from a $20 billion decline in average FFELP Loans outstanding in part due to the sale of Residual Interests in FFELP Loan securitization trusts in the first half of 2013. There were approximately $12 billion of FFELP Loans in these trusts.

 

   

Provisions for loan losses decreased by $241 million primarily as a result of the overall improvement in Private Education Loans’ credit quality, delinquency and charge-off trends leading to decreases in expected future charge-offs.

 

   

Gains on sales of loans and investments increased by $302 million as a result of $312 million in gains on the sales of the Residual Interests in FFELP Loan securitization trusts in 2013. See the section titled “Business Segment Earnings Summary — ‘Core Earnings’ Basis — FFELP Loans Segment” for further discussion.

 

   

Losses on derivative and hedging activities, net, resulted in a net loss of $268 million in 2013 compared with a net loss of $628 million in 2012. The primary factors affecting the change were interest rate and foreign currency fluctuations, which primarily affected the valuations of our Floor Income Contracts, basis swaps and foreign currency hedges during each period. Valuations of derivative instruments vary based upon many factors including changes in interest rates, credit risk, foreign currency fluctuations and other market factors. As a result, net gains and losses on derivative and hedging activities may continue to vary significantly in future periods.

 

   

Servicing and contingency revenue increased $75 million from the prior year primarily from an increase in the number of accounts serviced and in collection volumes in 2013.

 

   

Gains on debt repurchases decreased $103 million. Debt repurchase activity will fluctuate based on market fundamentals and our liability management strategy.

 

   

Operating expenses increased $145 million primarily as a result of increases in our third-party servicing and collection activities, increased Private Education Loan marketing activities, continued investments in technology and an increase in compliance remediation expense. In the fourth quarter of 2013, we reserved $70 million for estimated compliance remediation efforts relating to pending regulatory inquiries. For additional information regarding these remediation efforts, see Item 3. “Legal Proceedings — Regulatory Matters.”

 

   

Restructuring and other reorganization expenses were $72 million compared with $11 million in the prior year. For 2013, these consisted of $43 million primarily related to third-party costs incurred in connection with our previously announced plan to separate our existing organization into two, separate, publicly traded companies and $29 million related to severance costs. The $11 million of expenses in 2012 related to restructuring expenses.

 

   

The effective tax rates for 2013 and 2012 were 37 percent and 35 percent, respectively. The movement in the effective tax rate was primarily driven by the impact of state law changes recorded in the year-ago period.

 

66


   

Income from discontinued operations increased $108 million primarily as a result of the sale of our Campus Solutions business in the second quarter of 2013 and our 529 college-savings plan administration business in the fourth quarter of 2013, which resulted in after-tax gains of $38 million and $65 million, respectively.

We repurchased 27 million shares and 58 million shares of our common stock during 2013 and 2012, respectively, as part of our common share repurchase program. Primarily as a result of these repurchases, our average outstanding diluted shares decreased by 34 million common shares in 2013.

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 2011

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, net income was $939 million, or $1.90 diluted earnings per common share, and $633 million, or $1.18 diluted earnings per common share, respectively. The increase in net income was primarily due to a $331 million decrease in net losses on derivative and hedging activities, a $215 million decrease in provisions for loan losses, a $108 million decrease in operating expenses and a $107 million increase in gains on debt repurchases, which more than offset the $321 million decline in net interest income.

The primary contributors to each of the identified drivers of changes in net income for 2012 compared with 2011 are as follows:

 

   

Net interest income declined by $321 million primarily due to an $11 billion reduction in average FFELP Loans outstanding, higher cost of funds, which were partly due to refinancing debt into longer term liabilities, as well as the impact from the acceleration of $50 million of non-cash loan premium amortization in the second-quarter 2012 related to the Special Direct Consolidation Loan (“SDCL”) initiative (see the section titled “FFELP Loans Segment” for further discussion). The decline in FFELP Loans outstanding was driven by normal loan amortization as well as loans that were consolidated under the SDCL initiative.

 

   

Provisions for loan losses decreased by $215 million primarily as a result of overall improvements in the credit quality and delinquency trends of the Private Education Loan portfolio. In second-quarter 2012, we increased our focus on encouraging our customers to enter repayment plans in lieu of additional forbearance usage to better help customers manage their overall payment obligations. As expected, this change resulted in an increase in charge-offs in fourth-quarter 2012, followed by a decline in 2013 charge-offs. See the section titled “Consumer Lending Segment — Private Education Loan Provision for Loan Losses and Charge-offs” for a further discussion of this change and impact.

 

   

We did not incur any losses on sales of loans and investments in 2012. In 2011, we recorded $26 million of impairment on certain investments in aircraft leveraged leases and a $9 million mark-to-market loss related to classifying our entire $12 million portfolio of non-U.S. dollar-denominated student loans as held-for-sale.

 

   

Net losses on derivative and hedging activities decreased by $331 million. The primary factors affecting the change were interest rate and foreign currency fluctuations, which primarily affected the valuations of our Floor Income Contracts, basis swaps and foreign currency hedges during each period. Valuations of derivative instruments vary based upon many factors including changes in interest rates, credit risk, foreign currency fluctuations and other market factors. As a result, net gains and losses on derivative and hedging activities may continue to vary significantly in future periods.

 

   

Gains on debt repurchases increased $107 million. Debt repurchase activity will fluctuate based on market fundamentals and our liability management strategy.

 

   

Operating expenses decreased $108 million primarily due to the current-year benefit of the cost-cutting efforts we implemented throughout 2011.

 

   

Net income from discontinued operations decreased $37 million due to the sale of our Purchased Paper — Non-Mortgage portfolio in 2011.

 

67


In addition, we repurchased 58 million shares and 19 million shares of our common stock during 2012 and 2011, respectively, as part of our common share repurchase program. Primarily as a result of these repurchases, our average outstanding diluted shares decreased by 40 million common shares in 2012.

“Core Earnings” — Definition and Limitations

We prepare financial statements in accordance with GAAP. However, we also evaluate our business segments on a basis that differs from GAAP. We refer to this different basis of presentation as “Core Earnings.” We provide this “Core Earnings” basis of presentation on a consolidated basis for each business segment because this is what we review internally when making management decisions regarding our performance and how we allocate resources. We also refer to this information in our presentations with credit rating agencies, lenders and investors. Because our “Core Earnings” basis of presentation corresponds to our segment financial presentations, we are required by GAAP to provide “Core Earnings” disclosure in the notes to our consolidated financial statements for our business segments. For additional information, see “Note 15 — Segment Reporting.”

“Core Earnings” are not a substitute for reported results under GAAP. We use “Core Earnings” to manage each business segment because “Core Earnings” reflect adjustments to GAAP financial results for two items, discussed below, that create significant volatility mostly due to timing factors generally beyond the control of management. Accordingly, we believe that “Core Earnings” provide management with a useful basis from which to better evaluate results from ongoing operations against the business plan or against results from prior periods. Consequently, we disclose this information as we believe it provides investors with additional information regarding the operational and performance indicators that are most closely assessed by management. The two items for which we adjust our “Core Earnings” presentations are (1) our use of derivative instruments to hedge our economic risks that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment or do qualify for hedge accounting treatment but result in ineffectiveness and (2) the accounting for goodwill and acquired intangible assets.

While GAAP provides a uniform, comprehensive basis of accounting, for the reasons described above, our “Core Earnings” basis of presentation does not. “Core Earnings” are subject to certain general and specific limitations that investors should carefully consider. For example, there is no comprehensive, authoritative guidance for management reporting. Our “Core Earnings” are not defined terms within GAAP and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Accordingly, our “Core Earnings” presentation does not represent a comprehensive basis of accounting. Investors, therefore, may not be able to compare our performance with that of other financial services companies based upon “Core Earnings.” “Core Earnings” results are only meant to supplement GAAP results by providing additional information regarding the operational and performance indicators that are most closely used by management, our Board of Directors, rating agencies, lenders and investors to assess performance.

Specific adjustments that management makes to GAAP results to derive our “Core Earnings” basis of presentation are described in detail in the section titled “‘Core Earnings’ — Definition and Limitations — Differences between ‘Core Earnings’ and GAAP” of this Item 7.

The following tables show “Core Earnings” for each business segment and our business as a whole along with the adjustments made to the income/expense items to reconcile the amounts to our reported GAAP results as required by GAAP and reported in “Note 15 — Segment Reporting.”

 

68


    Year Ended December 31, 2013  

(Dollars in millions)

  Consumer
Lending
    Business
Services
    FFELP
Loans
    Other     Eliminations(1)     Total
“Core
Earnings”
    Adjustments     Total
GAAP
 
              Reclassifications     Additions/
(Subtractions)
    Total
Adjustments(2)
   

Interest income:

                   

Student loans

  $ 2,527      $ —        $ 2,313      $ —        $ —        $ 4,840      $ 816      $ (307   $ 509      $ 5,349   

Other loans

    —          —          —          11        —          11        —          —          —          11   

Cash and investments

    7        5        6        4        (5     17        —          —          —          17   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

    2,534        5        2,319        15        (5     4,868        816        (307     509        5,377   

Total interest expense

    825        —          1,285        51        (5     2,156        55        (1 )(4)      54        2,210   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (loss)

    1,709        5        1,034        (36     —          2,712        761        (306     455        3,167   

Less: provisions for loan losses

    787        —          52        —          —          839        —          —          —          839   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (loss) after provisions for loan losses

    922        5        982        (36     —          1,873        761        (306     455        2,328   

Other income (loss):

                   

Gains (losses) on sales of loans and investments

    —          —          312        (10     —          302        —          —          —          302   

Servicing revenue

    34        710        76        —          (530     290        —          —          —          290   

Contingency revenue

    —          420        —          —          —          420        —          —          —          420   

Gains on debt repurchases

    —          —          —          48        —          48        (6     —          (6     42   

Other income (loss)

    —          34        —          4        —          38        (755     549 (5)      (206     (168
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (loss)

    34        1,164        388        42        (530     1,098        (761     549        (212     886   

Expenses:

                   

Direct operating expenses

    299        400        557        80        (530     806        —          —          —          806   

Overhead expenses

    (1     —          —          237        —          236        —          —          —          236   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

    298        400        557        317        (530     1,042        —          —          —          1,042   

Goodwill and acquired intangible asset impairment and amortization expense

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          13        13        13   

Restructuring and other reorganization expenses

    6        2        —          64        —          72        —          —          —          72   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

    304        402        557        381        (530     1,114        —          13        13        1,127   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations, before income tax expense (benefit)

    652        767        813        (375     —          1,857        —          230        230        2,087   

Income tax expense (benefit)(3)

    239        281        298        (138     —          680        —          96        96        776   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

    413        486        515        (237     —          1,177        —          134        134        1,311   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax expense (benefit)

    (1     112        —          1        —          112        —          (6     (6     106   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    412        598        515        (236     —          1,289        —          128        128        1,417   

Less: net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

    —          (1     —          —          —          (1     —          —          —          (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to SLM Corporation

  $ 412      $ 599      $ 515      $ (236   $ —        $ 1,290      $ —        $ 128      $ 128      $ 1,418   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

The eliminations in servicing revenue and direct operating expense represent the elimination of intercompany servicing revenue where the Business Services segment performs the loan servicing function for the FFELP Loans segment.

 

(2) 

“Core Earnings” adjustments to GAAP:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2013  

(Dollars in millions)

   Net Impact of
Derivative
Accounting
     Net Impact of
Goodwill and
Acquired

Intangibles
     Total  

Net interest income after provisions for loan losses

   $ 455       $ —         $ 455   

Total other loss

     (212      —           (212

Goodwill and acquired intangible asset impairment and amortization expense

     —           13         13   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total “Core Earnings” adjustments to GAAP

   $ 243       $ (13      230   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income tax expense

           96   

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax benefit

           (6
        

 

 

 

Net income

         $ 128   
        

 

 

 

 

(3) 

Income taxes are based on a percentage of net income before tax for the individual reportable segment.

 

(4) 

Represents a portion of the $63 million of “other derivative accounting adjustments.”

 

(5) 

Represents the $487 million of “unrealized gains on derivative and hedging activities, net” as well as the remaining portion of the $63 million of “other derivative accounting adjustments.”

 

69


    Year Ended December 31, 2012  

(Dollars in millions)

  Consumer
Lending
    Business
Services
    FFELP
Loans
    Other     Eliminations(1)     Total
“Core
Earnings”
    Adjustments     Total
GAAP
 
              Reclassifications     Additions/
(Subtractions)
    Total
Adjustments(2)
   

Interest income:

                   

Student loans

  $ 2,481      $ —        $ 2,744      $ —        $ —        $ 5,225      $ 858      $ (351   $ 507      $ 5,732   

Other loans

    —          —          —          16        —          16        —          —          —          16   

Cash and investments

    7        7        11        2        (6     21        —          —          —          21   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

    2,488        7        2,755        18        (6     5,262        858        (351     507        5,769   

Total interest expense

    822        —          1,591        37        (6     2,444        115        2 (4)      117        2,561   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (loss)

    1,666        7        1,164        (19     —          2,818        743        (353     390        3,208   

Less: provisions for loan losses

    1,008        —          72        —          —          1,080        —          —          —          1,080   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (loss) after provisions for loan losses

    658        7        1,092        (19     —          1,738        743        (353     390        2,128   

Other income (loss):

                   

Gains (losses) on sales of loans and investments

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Servicing revenue

    46        813        90        —          (670     279        —          —          —          279   

Contingency revenue

    —          356        —          —          —          356        —          —          —          356   

Gains on debt repurchases

    —          —          —          145        —          145        —          —          —          145   

Other income (loss)

    —          33        —          15        —          48        (743     159 (5)      (584     (536
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (loss)

    46        1,202        90        160        (670     828        (743     159        (584     244   

Expenses:

                   

Direct operating expenses

    265        364        702        12        (670     673        —          —          —          673   

Overhead expenses

    —          —          —          224        —          224        —          —          —          224   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

    265        364        702        236        (670     897        —          —          —          897   

Goodwill and acquired intangible asset impairment and amortization expense

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          27        27        27   

Restructuring expenses

    3        3        —          5        —          11        —          —          —          11   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

    268        367        702        241        (670     908        —          27        27        935   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations, before income tax expense (benefit)

    436        842        480        (100     —          1,658        —          (221     (221     1,437   

Income tax expense (benefit)(3)

    157        303        173        (36     —          597        —          (99     (99     498   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

    279        539        307        (64     —          1,061        —          (122     (122     939   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax expense (benefit)

    (2     —          —          1        —          (1     —          (1     (1     (2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    277        539        307        (63     —          1,060        —          (123     (123     937   

Less: net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

    —          (2     —          —          —          (2     —          —          —          (2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to SLM Corporation

  $ 277      $ 541      $ 307      $ (63   $ —        $ 1,062      $ —        $ (123   $ (123   $ 939   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

The eliminations in servicing revenue and direct operating expense represent the elimination of intercompany servicing revenue where the Business Services segment performs the loan servicing function for the FFELP Loans segment.

 

(2) 

“Core Earnings” adjustments to GAAP:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2012  

(Dollars in millions)

   Net Impact of
Derivative
Accounting
     Net Impact of
Goodwill and
Acquired

Intangibles
     Total  

Net interest income after provisions for loan losses

   $ 390       $ —         $ 390   

Total other loss

     (584      —           (584

Goodwill and acquired intangible asset impairment and amortization expense

     —           27         27   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total “Core Earnings” adjustments to GAAP

   $ (194    $ (27      (221
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income tax benefit

           (99

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax benefit

           (1
        

 

 

 

Net loss

         $ (123
        

 

 

 

 

(3) 

Income taxes are based on a percentage of net income before tax for the individual reportable segment.

 

(4) 

Represents a portion of the $42 million of “other derivative accounting adjustments.”

 

(5) 

Represents the $115 million of “unrealized gains on derivative and hedging activities, net” as well as the remaining portion of the $42 million of “other derivative accounting adjustments.”

 

70


    Year Ended December 31, 2011  

(Dollars in millions)

  Consumer
Lending
    Business
Services
    FFELP
Loans
    Other     Eliminations(1)     Total
“Core
Earnings”
    Adjustments     Total
GAAP
 
              Reclassifications     Additions/
(Subtractions)
    Total
Adjustments(2)
   

Interest income:

                   

Student loans

  $ 2,429      $ —        $ 2,914      $ —        $ —        $ 5,343      $ 902      $ (355   $ 547      $ 5,890   

Other loans

    —          —          —          21        —          21        —          —          —          21   

Cash and investments

    9        8        5        5        (8     19        —          —          —          19   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

    2,438        8        2,919        26        (8     5,383        902        (355     547        5,930   

Total interest expense

    801        —          1,472        54        (8     2,319        71        11 (4)      82        2,401   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (loss)

    1,637        8        1,447        (28     —          3,064        831        (366     465        3,529   

Less: provisions for loan losses

    1,179        —          86        30        —          1,295        —          —          —          1,295   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (loss) after provisions for loan losses

    458        8        1,361        (58     —          1,769        831        (366     465        2,234   

Other income (loss):

                   

Gains (losses) on sales of loans and investments

    (9     —          —          (26     —          (35     —          —          —          (35

Servicing revenue

    64        872        86        —          (739     283        —          —          —          283   

Contingency revenue

    —          333        —          —          —          333        —          —          —          333   

Gains on debt repurchases

    —          —          —          64        —          64        (26     —          (26     38   

Other income (loss)

    —          69        —          20        —          89        (805     (174 )(5)      (979     (890
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (loss)

    55        1,274        86        58        (739     734        (831     (174     (1,005     (271

Expenses:

                   

Direct operating expenses

    291        393        772        19        (739     736        —          —          —          736   

Overhead expenses

    —          —          —          269        —          269        —          —          —          269   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

    291        393        772        288        (739     1,005        —          —          —          1,005   

Goodwill and acquired intangible asset impairment and amortization expense

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          21        21        21   

Restructuring expenses

    3        5        1        3        —          12        —          —          —          12   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

    294        398        773        291        (739     1,017        —          21        21        1,038   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations, before income tax expense (benefit)

    219        884        674        (291     —          1,486        —          (561     (561     925   

Income tax expense (benefit)(3)

    81        325        248        (107     —          547        —          (219     (219     328   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

    138        559        426        (184     —          939        —          (342     (342     597   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax expense (benefit)

    (2     5        —          34        —          37        —          (2     (2     35   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    136        564        426        (150     —          976        —          (344     (344     632   

Less: net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

    —          (1     —          —          —          (1     —          —          —          (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to SLM Corporation

  $ 136      $ 565      $ 426      $ (150   $ —        $ 977      $ —        $ (344   $ (344   $ 633   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

The eliminations in servicing revenue and direct operating expense represent the elimination of intercompany servicing revenue where the Business Services segment performs the loan servicing function for the FFELP Loans segment.

 

(2) 

“Core Earnings” adjustments to GAAP:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2011  

(Dollars in millions)

   Net Impact of
Derivative
Accounting
     Net Impact of
Goodwill and
Acquired
Intangibles
     Total  

Net interest income after provisions for loan losses

   $ 465       $ —         $ 465   

Total other loss

     (1,005      —           (1,005

Goodwill and acquired intangible asset impairment and amortization expense

     —           21         21   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total “Core Earnings” adjustments to GAAP

   $ (540    $ (21      (561
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income tax benefit

           (219

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax benefit

           (2
        

 

 

 

Net loss

         $ (344
        

 

 

 

 

(3) 

Income taxes are based on a percentage of net income before tax for the individual reportable segment.

 

(4) 

Represents a portion of the $(32) million of “other derivative accounting adjustments.”

 

(5) 

Represents the $(153) million of “unrealized gains on derivative and hedging activities, net” as well as the remaining portion of the $(32) million of “other derivative accounting adjustments.”

 

71


Differences between “Core Earnings” and GAAP

The two adjustments required to reconcile our “Core Earnings” results to our GAAP results of operations relate to differing treatments for: (1) our use of derivative instruments to hedge our economic risks that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment or do qualify for hedge accounting treatment but result in ineffectiveness; and (2) the accounting for goodwill and acquired intangible assets. The following table reflects aggregate adjustments associated with these areas.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2013     2012     2011  

“Core Earnings” adjustments to GAAP:

      

Net impact of derivative accounting

   $ 243      $ (194   $ (540

Net impact of goodwill and acquired intangible assets

     (13     (27     (21

Net income tax effect

     (96     99        219   

Net effect from discontinued operations

     (6     (1     (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total “Core Earnings” adjustments to GAAP

   $ 128      $ (123   $ (344
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

1) Derivative Accounting: “Core Earnings” exclude periodic unrealized gains and losses that are caused by the mark-to-market valuations on derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment under GAAP, as well as the periodic unrealized gains and losses that are a result of ineffectiveness recognized related to effective hedges under GAAP. These unrealized gains and losses occur in our Consumer Lending, FFELP Loans and Other business segments. Under GAAP, for our derivatives that are held to maturity, the cumulative net unrealized gain or loss over the life of the contract will equal $0 except for Floor Income Contracts, where the cumulative unrealized gain will equal the amount for which we sold the contract. In our “Core Earnings” presentation, we recognize the economic effect of these hedges, which generally results in any net settlement cash paid or received being recognized ratably as an interest expense or revenue over the hedged item’s life.

The accounting for derivatives requires that changes in the fair value of derivative instruments be recognized currently in earnings, with no fair value adjustment of the hedged item, unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. We believe that our derivatives are effective economic hedges, and as such, are a critical element of our interest rate and foreign currency risk management strategy. However, some of our derivatives, primarily Floor Income Contracts and certain basis swaps, do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment and the stand-alone derivative must be marked-to-market in the income statement with no consideration for the corresponding change in fair value of the hedged item. These gains and losses recorded in “Gains (losses) on derivative and hedging activities, net” are primarily caused by interest rate and foreign currency exchange rate volatility and changing credit spreads during the period as well as the volume and term of derivatives not receiving hedge accounting treatment.

Our Floor Income Contracts are written options that must meet more stringent requirements than other hedging relationships to achieve hedge effectiveness. Specifically, our Floor Income Contracts do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment because the pay down of principal of the student loans underlying the Floor Income embedded in those student loans does not exactly match the change in the notional amount of our written Floor Income Contracts. Additionally, the term, the interest rate index, and the interest rate index reset frequency of the Floor Income Contract can be different than that of the student loans. Under derivative accounting treatment, the upfront payment is deemed a liability and changes in fair value are recorded through income throughout the life of the contract. The change in the value of Floor Income Contracts is primarily caused by changing interest rates that cause the amount of Floor Income earned on the underlying student loans and paid to the counterparties to vary. This is economically offset by the change in value of the student loan portfolio earning Floor Income but that offsetting change in value is not recognized. We believe the Floor Income Contracts are economic hedges because they effectively fix the amount of Floor Income earned over the contract period, thus eliminating the timing and uncertainty that changes in interest rates can have on Floor Income for that period. Therefore, for purposes of “Core Earnings,” we have removed the unrealized gains and losses related to these contracts and

 

72


added back the amortization of the net premiums received on the Floor Income Contracts. The amortization of the net premiums received on the Floor Income Contracts for “Core Earnings” is reflected in student loan interest income. Under GAAP accounting, the premiums received on the Floor Income Contracts are recorded as revenue in the “gains (losses) on derivative and hedging activities, net” line item by the end of the contracts’ lives.

Basis swaps are used to convert floating rate debt from one floating interest rate index to another to better match the interest rate characteristics of the assets financed by that debt. We primarily use basis swaps to hedge our student loan assets that are primarily indexed to LIBOR or Prime (for $128 billion of our FFELP assets as of April 1, 2012, we elected to change the index from commercial paper to LIBOR; see “FFELP Loans Segment — FFELP Loans Net Interest Margin” for further discussion). The accounting for derivatives requires that when using basis swaps, the change in the cash flows of the hedge effectively offset both the change in the cash flows of the asset and the change in the cash flows of the liability. Our basis swaps hedge variable interest rate risk; however, they generally do not meet this effectiveness test because the index of the swap does not exactly match the index of the hedged assets as required for hedge accounting treatment. Additionally, some of our FFELP Loans can earn at either a variable or a fixed interest rate depending on market interest rates and therefore swaps economically hedging these FFELP Loans do not meet the criteria for hedge accounting treatment. As a result, under GAAP, these swaps are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value reflected currently in the income statement.

The table below quantifies the adjustments for derivative accounting on our net income.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2013     2012     2011  

“Core Earnings” derivative adjustments:

      

Gains (losses) on derivative and hedging activities, net, included in other income(1)

   $ (268   $ (628   $ (959

Plus: Realized losses on derivative and hedging activities, net(1)

     755        743        806   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative and hedging activities, net(2)

     487        115        (153

Amortization of net premiums on Floor Income Contracts in net interest income for “Core Earnings”

     (307     (351     (355

Other derivative accounting adjustments(3)

     63        42        (32
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net impact derivative accounting(4)

   $ 243      $ (194   $ (540
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1) 

See the section titled “Reclassification of Realized Gains (Losses) on Derivative and Hedging Activities” below for a detailed breakdown of the components of realized losses on derivative and hedging activities.

 

  (2) 

“Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative and hedging activities, net” comprises the following unrealized mark-to-market gains (losses):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2013     2012     2011  

Floor Income Contracts

   $ 785      $ 412      $ (267

Basis swaps

     (14     (66     104   

Foreign currency hedges

     (248     (199     (32

Other

     (36     (32     42   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total unrealized gains (losses) on derivative and hedging activities, net

   $ 487      $ 115      $ (153
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (3) 

Other derivative accounting adjustments consist of adjustments related to: (1) foreign currency denominated debt that is adjusted to spot foreign exchange rates for GAAP where such adjustment are reversed for “Core Earnings”; and (2) certain terminated derivatives that did not receive hedge accounting treatment under GAAP but were economic hedges under “Core Earnings” and, as a result, such gains or losses amortized into “Core Earnings” over the life of the hedged item.

 

  (4) 

Negative amounts are subtracted from “Core Earnings” net income to arrive at GAAP net income and positive amounts are added to “Core Earnings” to arrive at GAAP net income.

 

73


Reclassification of Realized Gains (Losses) on Derivative and Hedging Activities

Derivative accounting requires net settlement income/expense on derivatives and realized gains/losses related to derivative dispositions (collectively referred to as “realized gains (losses) on derivative and hedging activities”) that do not qualify as hedges to be recorded in a separate income statement line item below net interest income. Under our “Core Earnings” presentation, these gains and losses are reclassified to the income statement line item of the economically hedged item. For our “Core Earnings” net interest margin, this would primarily include: (a) reclassifying the net settlement amounts related to our Floor Income Contracts to student loan interest income; and (b) reclassifying the net settlement amounts related to certain of our basis swaps to debt interest expense. The table below summarizes the realized losses on derivative and hedging activities and the associated reclassification on a “Core Earnings” basis.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2013     2012     2011  

Reclassification of realized gains (losses) on derivative and hedging activities:

      

Net settlement expense on Floor Income Contracts reclassified to net interest income

   $ (816   $ (858   $ (902

Net settlement income on interest rate swaps reclassified to net interest income

     55        115        71   

Net realized gains (losses) on terminated derivative contracts reclassified to other income

     6       —         25   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total reclassifications of realized losses on derivative and hedging activities

   $ (755   $ (743   $ (806
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cumulative Impact of Derivative Accounting under GAAP compared to “Core Earnings”

As of December 31, 2013, derivative accounting has reduced GAAP equity by approximately $926 billion as a result of cumulative net unrealized net losses (after tax) recognized under GAAP, but not in “Core Earnings.” The following table rolls forward the cumulative impact to GAAP equity due to these unrealized net losses related to derivative accounting.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2013     2012     2011  

Beginning impact of derivative accounting on GAAP equity

   $ (1,080   $ (977   $ (676

Net impact of net unrealized gains/(losses) under derivative accounting(1)

     154        (103     (301
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending impact of derivative accounting on GAAP equity

   $ (926   $ (1,080   $ (977
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1) 

Net impact of net unrealized gains (losses) under derivative accounting is composed of the following:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2013     2012     2011  

Total pre-tax net impact of derivative accounting recognized in net income(a)

   $ 243      $ (194   $ (540

Tax impact of derivative accounting adjustment recognized in net income

     (111     82        208   

Change in unrealized gains on derivatives, net of tax recognized in Other Comprehensive Income

     22        9        31   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net impact of net unrealized gains (losses) under derivative accounting

   $ 154      $ (103   $ (301
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a)

See “ ‘Core Earnings’ derivative adjustments” table above.

 

74


Net Floor premiums received on Floor Income Contracts that have not been amortized into “Core Earnings” as of the respective year-ends are presented in the table below. These net premiums will be recognized in “Core Earnings” in future periods and are presented net of tax. As of December 31, 2013, the remaining amortization term of the net floor premiums was approximately 2.5 years for existing contracts. Historically, we have sold Floor Income Contracts on a periodic basis and depending upon market conditions and pricing, we may enter into additional Floor Income Contracts in the future. The balance of unamortized Floor Income Contracts will increase as we sell new contracts and decline due to the amortization of existing contracts.

 

     December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2013     2012     2011  

Unamortized net Floor premiums (net of tax)

   $ (354   $ (551   $ (772

2) Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets: Our “Core Earnings” exclude goodwill and intangible asset impairment and the amortization of acquired intangible assets. The following table summarizes the goodwill and acquired intangible asset adjustments.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

     2013         2012         2011    

“Core Earnings” goodwill and acquired intangible asset adjustments(1):

      

Goodwill and intangible impairment of acquired intangible assets

   $ —        $ (9   $ —     

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

     (13     (18     (21
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total “Core Earnings” goodwill and acquired intangible asset adjustments(1)

   $ (13   $ (27   $ (21
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1) 

Negative amounts are subtracted from “Core Earnings” to arrive at GAAP net income and positive amounts are added to “Core Earnings” to arrive at GAAP net income.

 

75


Business Segment Earnings Summary — “Core Earnings” Basis

Consumer Lending Segment

The following table includes “Core Earnings” results for our Consumer Lending segment.

 

     Years Ended December 31,     % Increase (Decrease)  

(Dollars in millions)

   2013     2012     2011     2013 vs. 2012     2012 vs. 2011  

“Core Earnings” interest income:

          

Private Education Loans

   $ 2,527      $ 2,481      $ 2,429        2     2

Cash and investments

     7        7        9        —          (22
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total “Core Earnings” interest income

     2,534        2,488        2,438        2        2   

Total “Core Earnings” interest expense

     825        822        801        —          3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net “Core Earnings” interest income

     1,709        1,666        1,637        3        2   

Less: provision for loan losses

     787        1,008        1,179        (22     (15
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net “Core Earnings” interest income after provision for loan losses

     922        658        458        40        44   

Losses on sales of loans and investments

     —          —          (9     —          (100

Servicing revenue

     34        46        64        (26     (28
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income

     34        46        55        (26     (16

Direct operating expenses

     298        265        291        12        (9

Restructuring and other reorganization expenses

     6        3        3        100        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     304        268        294        13        (9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

     652        436        219        50        99   

Income tax expense

     239        157        81        52        94   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income from continuing operations

     413        279        138        48        102   

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax benefit

     (1     (2     (2     (50     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

“Core Earnings”

   $ 412      $ 277      $ 136        49     104
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

“Core Earnings” were $412 million in 2013, compared with $277 million in 2012 and $136 million in 2011. This increase across all years was primarily the result of lower provision for loan losses as well as an increase in net interest income.

2013 highlights compared with 2012 included:

 

   

Loan originations increased to $3.8 billion, up 14 percent from $3.3 billion.

 

   

The portfolio, net of loan loss allowance, totaled $37.5 billion at December 31, 2013, compared with $36.9 billion at December 31, 2012.

 

   

Net interest margin, before loan loss provision, improved to 4.16 percent, up from 4.13 percent.

 

   

Provision for Private Education Loan losses decreased to $787 million from $1.0 billion.

 

   

Delinquencies of 90 days or more (as a percentage of loans in repayment) improved to 4.1 percent, compared with 4.6 percent.

 

   

Loans in forbearance decreased to 3.4 percent of loans in repayment and forbearance, down from 3.5 percent.

 

   

The annual charge-off rate (as a percentage of loans in repayment) improved to 2.8 percent, compared with 3.4 percent.

 

76


Consumer Lending Net Interest Margin

The following table shows the Consumer Lending “Core Earnings” net interest margin along with reconciliation to the GAAP-basis Consumer Lending net interest margin before provision for loan losses.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

“Core Earnings” basis Private Education Loan yield

     6.39     6.36     6.34

Discount amortization

     .21        .22        .23   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

“Core Earnings” basis Private Education Loan net yield

     6.60        6.58        6.57   

“Core Earnings” basis Private Education Loan cost of funds

     (2.03     (2.04     (1.99
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

“Core Earnings” basis Private Education Loan spread

     4.57        4.54        4.58   

“Core Earnings” basis other asset spread impact

     (.41     (.41     (.49
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

“Core Earnings” basis Consumer Lending net interest margin(1)

     4.16     4.13     4.09
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
                          

“Core Earnings” basis Consumer Lending net interest margin(1)

     4.16     4.13     4.09

Adjustment for GAAP accounting treatment(2)

     (.03     (.10     (.08
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

GAAP-basis Consumer Lending net interest margin(1)

     4.13     4.03     4.01
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1) 

The average balances of our Consumer Lending “Core Earnings” basis interest-earning assets for the respective periods are:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2013      2012      2011  

Private Education Loans

   $ 38,292       $ 37,691       $ 36,955   

Other interest-earning assets

     2,727         2,572         3,015   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Consumer Lending “Core Earnings” basis interest-earning assets

   $ 41,019       $ 40,263       $ 39,970   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (2) 

Represents the reclassification of periodic interest accruals on derivative contracts from net interest income to other income and other derivative accounting adjustments. For further discussion of these adjustments, see the section titled “‘Core Earnings’ — Definition and Limitations — Differences between ‘Core Earnings’ and GAAP.”

Private Education Loans Provision for Loan Losses and Charge-Offs

The following table summarizes the total Private Education Loans provision for loan losses and charge-offs.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2013      2012      2011  

Private Education Loan provision for loan losses

   $ 787       $ 1,008       $ 1,179   

Private Education Loan charge-offs

   $ 878       $ 1,037       $ 1,072   

In establishing the allowance for Private Education Loan losses as of December 31, 2013, we considered several factors with respect to our Private Education Loan portfolio. In particular, we continue to see improvement in credit quality and continuing positive delinquency, forbearance and charge-off trends in connection with this portfolio. Improving credit quality is seen in higher FICO scores and cosigner rates as well as a more seasoned portfolio. Total loans delinquent (as a percentage of loans in repayment) have decreased to 8.3 percent from 9.3 percent in the year-ago period. Loans greater than 90 days delinquent (as a percentage of loans in repayment) have decreased to 4.1 percent from 4.6 percent in the prior year. The charge-off rate decreased to 2.8 percent from 3.4 percent in the prior year. Loans in forbearance (as a percentage of loans in repayment and forbearance) decreased to 3.4 percent from 3.5 percent in the prior year.

Apart from the overall improvements discussed above that had the effect of reducing the provision for loan losses in 2013 compared to prior years, Private Education Loans that have defaulted between 2008 and 2013 for

 

77


which we have previously charged off estimated losses have, to varying degrees, not met our post-default recovery expectations to date and may continue to not do so. Our allowance for loan losses takes into account these potential recovery uncertainties. In the third quarter of 2013, we increased our allowance related to these potential recovery shortfalls by approximately $112 million. See the section titled “Financial Condition — Consumer Lending Portfolio Performance — Receivable for Partially Charged-Off Private Education Loans” for further discussion.

The Private Education Loan provision for loan losses was $787 million for 2013, down $221 million from the year-ago period and down $392 million from two years ago. This decline over the prior two years was a result of the overall improvement in credit quality and performance trends discussed above, leading to decreases in expected future charge-offs. This overall decrease in expected future charge-offs is the net effect of a decrease in expected future defaults less a smaller decrease in what we expect to recover on such defaults.

For a more detailed discussion of our policy for determining the collectability of Private Education Loans and maintaining our allowance for Private Education Loan losses, see the section titled “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Allowance for Loan Losses.”

Other Income — Consumer Lending Segment

Servicing revenue for our Consumer Lending segment primarily includes late fees. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, servicing revenue for our Consumer Lending segment totaled $34 million, $46 million and $64 million, respectively. Included in other income for 2011 was a $9 million mark-to-market loss related to classifying our entire $12 million portfolio of non-U.S. dollar-denominated student loans as held-for-sale.

Operating Expenses — Consumer Lending Segment

Operating expenses for our Consumer Lending segment include costs incurred to originate Private Education Loans and to service and collect on our Private Education Loan portfolio. The increase in operating expenses of $33 million for 2013 compared with 2012 was primarily the result of increased loan marketing and collection activities as well as continued investments in technology. The $26 million decline from 2011 to 2012 was primarily the result of cost-cutting initiatives. Direct operating expenses as a percentage of revenues (revenues calculated as net interest income after provision plus total other income) were 31 percent, 38 percent and 57 percent in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

78


Business Services Segment

The following tables include “Core Earnings” results for our Business Services segment.

 

    Years Ended December 31,     % Increase (Decrease)  

(Dollars in millions)

  2013     2012     2011     2013 vs. 2012     2012 vs. 2011  

Net interest income after provision

  $ 5      $ 7      $ 8        (29 )%      (13 )% 

Servicing revenue:

         

Intercompany loan servicing

    530        670        739        (21     (9

Third-party loan servicing

    142        98        82        45        20   

Guarantor servicing

    38        44        52        (14     (15

Other servicing

    —          1        (1     (100     200   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total servicing revenue

    710        813        872        (13     (7

Contingency revenue

    420        356        333        18        7   

Other Business Services revenue

    34        33        69        3        (52
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income

    1,164        1,202        1,274        (3     (6

Direct operating expenses

    400        364        393        10        (7

Restructuring and other reorganization expenses

    2        3        5        (33     (40
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

    402        367        398        10        (8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations, before income tax expense

    767        842        884        (9     (5

Income tax expense

    281        303        325        (7     (7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income from continuing operations

    486        539        559        (10     (3

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax expense

    112        —          5        100        (100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    598        539        564        11        (4

Less: net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

    (1     (2     (1     (50     100   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

“Core Earnings” attributable to SLM Corporation

  $ 599      $ 541      $ 565        11     (4 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

“Core Earnings” were $599 million for 2013, compared with $541 million and $565 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. The increase in 2013 compared to 2012 was primarily the result of $109 million of after-tax gains from the sale of two subsidiaries in 2013 and an increase in contingency revenue which was partially offset by a decline in intercompany loan servicing fees due to a lower balance of FFELP Loans serviced. The decrease in 2012 compared to 2011 was primarily due to a $25 million gain recognized in 2011 related to the termination and replacement of a credit card affiliation contract and the lower balance of FFELP Loans serviced.

Our Business Services segment earns intercompany loan servicing fees from servicing the FFELP Loans in our FFELP Loans segment. The average balance of this portfolio was $112 billion, $134 billion and $141 billion for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The decline in the average balance of FFELP Loans outstanding along with the related intercompany loan servicing revenue from prior years is primarily the result of normal amortization of the portfolio, as well as the sale of our Residual Interests in $12 billion of securitized FFELP loans in the first half of 2013 which impacted the 2013 decline.

Third-party loan servicing income for 2013 compared with 2012 increased $44 million, primarily due to the increase in ED servicing revenue (discussed below) as well as a result of the sale of Residual Interests in FFELP Loan securitization trusts in 2013. (See the section titled “FFELP Loans Segment” for further discussion.) When we sold the Residual Interests, we retained the right to service the loans in the trusts. As such, servicing income that had previously been recorded as intercompany loan servicing income is now recognized as third-party loan servicing income. The increase from 2011 to 2012 was primarily due to the increase in ED servicing revenue.

 

79


We serviced approximately 5.7 million accounts under the ED Servicing Contract as of December 31, 2013, compared with 4.3 million accounts and 3.6 million accounts serviced at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Third-party loan servicing fees in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 included $109 million, $84 million and $63 million, respectively, of servicing revenue related to the ED Servicing Contract.

At December 31, 2013, we serviced over $300 billion principal balance of student loans compared with approximately $250 billion serviced at December 31, 2012. The increase in the principal balance serviced in 2013 was primarily due to the growth in the ED serviced accounts discussed above.

Our contingency revenue consists of fees we receive for the collections of delinquent debt on behalf of third-party clients performed on a contingent basis. Contingency revenue increased $64 million in 2013 compared with 2012 and increased $23 million in 2012 compared to 2011 as a result of the higher volume of collections.

The following table presents the outstanding inventory of contingent collection receivables that our Business Services segment will collect on behalf of others. We expect the inventory of contingent collection receivables to decline over time as a result of the elimination of the FFELP.

 

     December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2013      2012      2011  

Contingent collection receivables:

        

Student loans

   $ 13,481       $ 13,189       $ 11,553   

Other

     2,693         2,139         2,017   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 16,174       $ 15,328       $ 13,570   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Business Services revenue is primarily transaction fees that are earned in conjunction with our rewards program from participating companies based on member purchase activity, either online or in stores, depending on the contractual arrangement with the participating company. In 2011, we terminated our credit card affiliation program with a third-party bank and concurrently entered into an affiliation program with a new bank. In terminating the old program, we recognized a $25 million gain which primarily represented prior cash advances we received that were previously recorded as deferred revenue.

In 2013, we sold our Campus Solutions business and recorded an after-tax gain of $38 million. In 2013, we sold our 529 college-savings plan administration business and recorded an after-tax gain of $71 million. The results related to these two businesses for all periods presented have been reclassified as discontinued operations and are shown on an after-tax basis.

Revenues related to services performed on FFELP Loans accounted for 77 percent, 82 percent and 82 percent of total segment revenues for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Operating Expenses — Business Services Segment

Operating expenses for our Business Services segment primarily include costs incurred to service our FFELP Loan portfolio, third-party servicing and collection costs, and other operating costs. The increase in operating expenses of $36 million in 2013 compared with the prior year was primarily the result of an increase in our third-party servicing and collection activities as well as continued investments in technology. The decrease in operating expenses from 2011 to 2012 was primarily the result of our cost-cutting initiatives.

 

80


FFELP Loans Segment

The following table includes “Core Earnings” results for our FFELP Loans segment.

 

     Years Ended December 31,      % Increase (Decrease)  

(Dollars in millions)

   2013      2012      2011      2013 vs. 2012     2012 vs. 2011  

“Core Earnings” interest income:

             

FFELP Loans

   $ 2,313       $ 2,744       $ 2,914         (16 )%      (6 )% 

Cash and investments

     6         11         5         (45     120   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total “Core Earnings” interest income

     2,319         2,755         2,919         (16     (6

Total “Core Earnings” interest expense

     1,285         1,591         1,472         (19     8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net “Core Earnings” interest income

     1,034         1,164         1,447         (11     (20

Less: provision for loan losses

     52         72         86         (28     (16
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net “Core Earnings” interest income after provision for loan losses

     982         1,092         1,361         (10     (20

Gains on sales of loans and investments

     312         —           —           100        —     

Servicing revenue

     76        90        86         (16     5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income

     388         90         86         331        5   

Direct operating expenses

     557         702         772         (21     (9

Restructuring and other reorganization expenses

     —          —          1         —          (100
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     557         702         773         (21     (9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations, before income tax expense

     813         480         674         69        (29

Income tax expense

     298         173         248         72        (30
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

“Core Earnings”

   $ 515       $ 307       $ 426         68     (28 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

“Core Earnings” from the FFELP Loans segment were $515 million in 2013, compared with $307 million and $426 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. The increase in 2013 compared with 2012 was primarily due to $312 million of gains from the sale of Residual Interests in FFELP Loan securitization trusts in 2013. The decrease in 2012 compared with 2011 was primarily due to the declining balance of FFELP Loans and a lower net interest margin as a result of an increase in the cost of funds. Key financial measures include:

 

   

Net interest margin of .88 percent in 2013 compared with .84 percent and .98 percent for 2012 and 2011, respectively. (See the section titled “FFELP Loans Net Interest Margin” for further discussion.)

 

   

The provision for loan losses continued to decline over the past two years as a result of improved credit performance.

 

81


FFELP Loans Net Interest Margin

The following table shows the FFELP Loans “Core Earnings” net interest margin along with reconciliation to the GAAP-basis FFELP Loans net interest margin.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
       2013         2012         2011    

“Core Earnings” basis FFELP Loan yield

     2.59     2.66     2.59

Hedged Floor Income

     .27        .26        .25   

Unhedged Floor Income

     .09        .11        .12   

Consolidation Loan Rebate Fees

     (.65     (.67     (.65

Repayment Borrower Benefits

     (.11     (.13     (.12

Premium amortization

     (.13     (.15     (.15
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

“Core Earnings” basis FFELP Loan net yield

     2.06        2.08        2.04   

“Core Earnings” basis FFELP Loan cost of funds

     (1.07     (1.13     (.98
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

“Core Earnings” basis FFELP Loan spread

     .99        .95        1.06   

“Core Earnings” basis FFELP other asset spread impact

     (.11     (.11     (.08
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

“Core Earnings” basis FFELP Loans net interest margin(1)

     .88     .84     .98
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
                          

“Core Earnings” basis FFELP Loans net interest margin(1)

     .88     .84     .98

Adjustment for GAAP accounting treatment(2)

     .41        .31        .34   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

GAAP-basis FFELP Loans net interest margin

     1.29     1.15     1.32
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1) 

The average balances of our FFELP “Core Earnings” basis interest-earning assets for the respective periods are:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  

(Dollars in millions)

                    

FFELP Loans

   $ 112,152       $ 132,124       $ 143,109   

Other interest-earning assets

     5,013         6,619         5,194   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total FFELP “Core Earnings” basis interest-earning assets

   $ 117,165       $ 138,743       $ 148,303   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (2) 

Represents the reclassification of periodic interest accruals on derivative contracts from net interest income to other income and other derivative accounting adjustments. For further discussion of these adjustments, see section titled “‘Core Earnings’ — Definition and Limitations — Differences between ‘Core Earnings’ and GAAP” above.

The decrease in the “Core Earnings” basis FFELP Loans net interest margin of 14 basis points for 2012 compared with 2011 was primarily the result of funding costs related to new unsecured and ABS debt issuances over the period being higher than the funding costs of the debt that has matured or has been repurchased during that same period. In addition, there were increased spread impacts from increases in the average balance of our other interest-earning assets. These assets are primarily securitization trust restricted cash. Our other interest-earning asset portfolio yields a negative net interest margin and as a result, when its relative weighting increases, the overall net interest margin declines.

During the fourth-quarter 2011, the Administration announced the SDCL initiative. The SDCL initiative provided an incentive to borrowers who have at least one student loan owned by ED and at least one held by a FFELP lender to consolidate the FFELP lender’s loans into the Direct Loan Program by providing a 0.25 percentage point interest rate reduction on the FFELP Loans that are eligible for consolidation. The program was available from January 17, 2012 through June 30, 2012. As a result of the SDCL initiative, borrowers consolidated approximately $5.2 billion of our FFELP Loans to ED. The consolidation of these loans resulted in the acceleration of $42 million of non-cash loan premium amortization and $8 million of non-cash debt discount amortization during 2012. This combined $50 million acceleration of non-cash amortization related to this activity reduced the FFELP Loans net interest margin by 4 basis points in 2012.

 

82


On December 23, 2011, the President signed the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2012 into law. This law includes changes that permit FFELP lenders or beneficial holders to change the index on which the Special Allowance Payments (“SAP”) are calculated for FFELP Loans first disbursed on or after January 1, 2000. We elected to use the one-month LIBOR rate rather than the CP rate commencing on April 1, 2012 in connection with our entire $128 billion of CP indexed loans. This change will help us to better match loan yields with our financing costs. This election did not materially affect our results for 2012.

As of December 31, 2013, our FFELP Loan portfolio totaled approximately $105 billion, comprised of $40 billion of FFELP Stafford and $65 billion of FFELP Consolidation Loans. The weighted-average life of these portfolios is 4.9 years and 9.3 years, respectively, assuming a Constant Prepayment Rate (“CPR”) of 4 percent and 3 percent, respectively.

Floor Income

The following table analyzes the ability of the FFELP Loans in our portfolio to earn Floor Income after December 31, 2013 and 2012, based on interest rates as of those dates.

 

     December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  

(Dollars in billions)

   Fixed
Borrower
Rate
    Variable
Borrower
Rate
    Total     Fixed
Borrower
Rate
    Variable
Borrower
Rate
    Total  

Student loans eligible to earn Floor Income

   $ 89.9      $ 13.3      $ 103.2      $ 108.6      $ 15.1      $ 123.7   

Less: post-March 31, 2006 disbursed loans required to rebate Floor Income

     (45.5     (.9     (46.4     (57.3     (1.0     (58.3

Less: economically hedged Floor Income Contracts

     (31.7     —         (31.7     (35.2     —         (35.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Student loans eligible to earn Floor Income

   $ 12.7      $ 12.4      $ 25.1      $ 16.1      $ 14.1      $ 30.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Student loans earning Floor Income

   $ 12.7      $ .6      $ 13.3      $ 16.0      $ 2.0      $ 18.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We have sold Floor Income Contracts to hedge the potential Floor Income from specifically identified pools of FFELP Consolidation Loans that are eligible to earn Floor Income.

The following table presents a projection of the average balance of FFELP Consolidation Loans for which Fixed Rate Floor Income has been economically hedged through Floor Income Contracts for the period January 1, 2014 to June 30, 2016. The hedges related to these loans do not qualify as effective hedges.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in billions)

     2014          2015          2016    

Average balance of FFELP Consolidation Loans whose Floor Income is economically hedged

   $ 28.3       $ 27.2       $ 10.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

FFELP Loans Provision for Loan Losses and Charge-Offs

The following table summarizes the total FFELP Loan provision for loan losses and charge-offs.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

     2013           2012          2011    

FFELP Loan provision for loan losses

   $ 52       $ 72       $ 86   

FFELP Loan charge-offs

   $ 78       $ 92       $ 78   

 

83


Other Income — FFELP Loans Segment

The following table summarizes the components of “Core Earnings” other income for our FFELP Loans segment.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

     2013          2012          2011    

Gains on loans and investments

   $ 312       $ —        $ —    

Servicing revenue

     76         90         86   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other income, net

   $ 388       $ 90       $ 86   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Servicing revenue for our FFELP Loans segment primarily consists of customer late fees. The increase in gains on sales of loans and investments in 2013 compared to the prior years was the result of $312 million in gains from the sale of Residual Interests in FFELP Loan securitization trusts in 2013. We will continue to service the student loans in the trusts that were sold under existing agreements. The sales removed securitization trust assets of $12.5 billion and related liabilities of $12.1 billion from the balance sheet.

Operating Expenses — FFELP Loans Segment

Operating expenses for our FFELP Loans segment primarily include the contractual rates we pay to service loans in term asset-backed securitization trusts or a similar rate if a loan is not in a term financing facility (which is presented as an intercompany charge from the Business Services segment who services the loans), the fees we pay for third-party loan servicing and costs incurred to acquire loans. The intercompany revenue charged from the Business Services segment and included in those amounts was $530 million, $670 million and $739 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. These amounts exceed the actual cost of servicing the loans.

The decrease in operating expenses of $145 million from 2013 to 2012, and $70 million from 2012 to 2011, was primarily the result of the reduction in the average outstanding balance of our FFELP Loans portfolio. Operating expenses, excluding restructuring-related asset impairments, were 50 basis points, 53 basis points and 54 basis points of average FFELP Loans for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Other Segment

The Other segment primarily consists of the financial results related to the repurchase of debt, the corporate liquidity portfolio and all overhead. We also include results from certain, smaller wind-down and discontinued operations within this segment. These are the Purchased Paper businesses and mortgage and other loan businesses. The Other segment includes our remaining businesses that do not pertain directly to the primary segments identified above. Overhead expenses include costs related to executive management, the Board of Directors, accounting, finance, legal, human resources, stock-based compensation expense and certain information technology costs related to infrastructure and operations.

 

84


The following table includes “Core Earnings” results for our Other segment.

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    % Increase (Decrease)  

(Dollars in millions)

   2013     2012     2011     2013 vs. 2012     2012 vs. 2011  

Net interest loss after provision

   $ (36   $ (19   $ (58     89     (67 )% 

Losses on sales of loans and investments

     (10     —          (26     100        (100

Gains on debt repurchases

     48        145        64        (67     127   

Other income

     4        15        20        (73     (25
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income

     42        160        58        (74     176   

Direct operating expenses

     80        12        19        567        (37

Overhead expenses:

          

Corporate overhead

     116        116        161        —          (28

Unallocated information technology costs

     121        108        108        12        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total overhead expenses

     237        224        269        6        (17
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     317        236        288        34        (18

Restructuring and other reorganization expenses

     64        5        3        1,180        67   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     381        241        291        58        (17
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations, before income tax benefit

     (375     (100     (291     275        (66

Income tax benefit

     (138     (36     (107     283        (66
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations

     (237     (64     (184     270        (65

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax expense

     1        1        34        —          (97
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

“Core Earnings” net loss

   $ (236   $ (63   $ (150     275     (58 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Loss after Provision for Loan Losses

Net interest loss after provision for loan losses includes net interest income related to our corporate liquidity portfolio as well as net interest income and provision expense related to our other loan portfolios.

Gains on Debt Repurchases

We repurchased $1.3 billion, $711 million and $894 million face amount of our debt in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Debt repurchase activity will fluctuate based on market fundamentals and our liability management strategy.

Direct Operating Expenses — Other Segment

In the fourth quarter of 2013, we reserved $70 million for expected compliance remediation efforts relating to pending regulatory inquiries. This is the primary reason for the increase in direct operating expenses of $68 million for 2013 over the prior year.

Overhead — Other Segment

Corporate overhead is comprised of costs related to executive management, the Board of Directors, accounting, finance, legal, human resources and stock-based compensation expense. Unallocated information technology costs are related to infrastructure and operations. The decrease from 2011 to 2012 was primarily the result of cost-cutting initiatives.

 

85


Restructuring and Other Reorganization Expenses — Other Segment

For 2013, restructuring and other reorganization expenses were $64 million compared with $5 million and $3 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. For 2013, these consisted of $43 million of expenses related to third-party costs incurred in connection with our previously announced plan to separate our existing organization into two, separate publicly-traded companies and $21 million related to severance costs. The $5 million and $3 million of expenses in 2012 and 2011, respectively, were related to restructuring expenses.

Financial Condition

This section provides additional information regarding the changes related to our loan portfolio assets and related liabilities as well as credit performance indicators related to our loan portfolio. Certain of these disclosures will show both GAAP-basis as well as “Core Earnings” basis disclosures. Because certain trusts were not consolidated prior to the adoption of the new consolidation accounting guidance on January 1, 2010, these trusts were treated as off-balance sheet for GAAP purposes but we considered them on-balance sheet for “Core Earnings” purposes. Subsequent to the adoption of the new consolidation accounting guidance on January 1, 2010, this difference no longer exists because all of our trusts are treated as on-balance sheet for GAAP purposes. Below and elsewhere in the document, “Core Earnings” basis disclosures include all historically (pre-January 1, 2010) off-balance sheet trusts as though they were on-balance sheet. We believe that providing “Core Earnings” basis disclosures is meaningful because when we evaluate the performance and risk characteristics of the Company we have always considered the effect of any off-balance sheet trusts as though they were on-balance sheet.

Average Balance Sheets — GAAP

The following table reflects the rates earned on interest-earning assets and paid on interest-bearing liabilities and reflects our net interest margin on a consolidated basis.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

(Dollars in millions)

   Balance      Rate     Balance      Rate     Balance      Rate  

Average Assets

               

FFELP Loans

   $ 112,152         2.52   $ 132,124         2.46   $ 143,109         2.42

Private Education Loans

     38,292         6.60        37,691         6.58        36,955         6.57   

Other loans

     118         9.75        172         9.41        233         9.16   

Cash and investments

     9,305         .19        10,331         .20        10,636         .18   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

     159,867         3.36     180,318         3.20     190,933         3.11
     

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Non-interest-earning assets

     4,316           4,732           5,308      
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total assets

   $ 164,183         $ 185,050         $ 196,241      
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Average Liabilities and Equity

               

Short-term borrowings

   $ 16,730         .99   $ 24,831         .88   $ 31,413         .89

Long-term borrowings

     138,682         1.47        151,397         1.55        156,151         1.36   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     155,412         1.42     176,228         1.45     187,564         1.28
     

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Non-interest-bearing liabilities

     3,385           3,837           3,679      

Equity

     5,386           4,985           4,998      
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 164,183         $ 185,050         $ 196,241      
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Net interest margin

        1.98        1.78        1.85
     

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

86


Rate/Volume Analysis — GAAP

The following rate/volume analysis shows the relative contribution of changes in interest rates and asset volumes.

 

     Increase
(Decrease)
    Change Due To(1)  

(Dollars in millions)

     Rate     Volume  

2013 vs. 2012

      

Interest income

   $ (392   $ 286      $ (678

Interest expense

     (351     (54     (297
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

   $ (41   $ 344      $ (385
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2012 vs. 2011

      

Interest income

   $ (161   $ 175      $ (336

Interest expense

     160        312        (152
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

   $ (321   $ (130   $ (191
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1) 

Changes in income and expense due to both rate and volume have been allocated in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each. The changes in income and expense are calculated independently for each line in the table. The totals for the rate and volume columns are not the sum of the individual lines.

Summary of our Student Loan Portfolio

Ending Student Loan Balances, net

 

     December 31, 2013  

(Dollars in millions)

   FFELP
Stafford and
Other
    FFELP
Consolidation
Loans
    Total
FFELP
Loans
    Private
Education
Loans
    Total
Portfolio
 

Total student loan portfolio:

          

In-school(1)

   $ 742      $ —        $ 742      $ 2,629      $ 3,371   

Grace, repayment and other(2)

     38,752        64,178        102,930        36,371        139,301   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, gross

     39,494        64,178        103,672        39,000        142,672   

Unamortized premium/(discount)

     602        433        1,035        (704     331   

Receivable for partially charged-off loans

     —          —          —          1,313        1,313   

Allowance for loan losses

     (75     (44     (119     (2,097     (2,216
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total student loan portfolio

   $ 40,021      $ 64,567      $ 104,588      $ 37,512      $ 142,100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% of total FFELP

     38     62     100    

% of total

     28     46     74     26     100

 

     December 31, 2012  

(Dollars in millions)

   FFELP
Stafford and
Other
    FFELP
Consolidation
Loans
    Total
FFELP
Loans
    Private
Education
Loans
    Total
Portfolio
 

Total student loan portfolio:

          

In-school(1)

   $ 1,506      $ —       $ 1,506      $ 2,194      $ 3,700   

Grace, repayment and other(2)

     42,189        80,640        122,829        36,360        159,189   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, gross

     43,695        80,640        124,335        38,554        162,889   

Unamortized premium/(discount)

     691        745        1,436        (796     640   

Receivable for partially charged-off loans

     —         —         —         1,347        1,347   

Allowance for loan losses

     (97     (62     (159     (2,171     (2,330
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total student loan portfolio

   $ 44,289      $ 81,323      $ 125,612      $ 36,934      $ 162,546   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% of total FFELP

     35     65     100    

% of total

     27     50     77     23     100

 

(1) 

Loans for customers still attending school and are not yet required to make payments on the loan.

 

(2) 

Includes loans in deferment or forbearance.

 

87


     December 31, 2011  

(Dollars in millions)

   FFELP
Stafford and
Other
     FFELP
Consolidation
Loans
     Total
FFELP
Loans
     Private
Education
Loans
     Total
Portfolio
 

Total student loan portfolio

   $ 50,440       $ 87,690       $ 138,130       $ 36,290       $ 174,420   

 

     December 31, 2010  

(Dollars in millions)

   FFELP
Stafford and
Other
     FFELP
Consolidation
Loans
     Total
FFELP
Loans
     Private
Education
Loans
     Total
Portfolio
 

Total student loan portfolio

   $ 56,252       $ 92,397       $ 148,649       $ 35,656       $ 184,305   

 

     December 31, 2009  

(Dollars in millions)

   FFELP
Stafford and
Other
     FFELP
Consolidation
Loans
     Total
FFELP
Loans
     Private
Education
Loans
     Total
Portfolio
 

Total GAAP basis, net

   $ 52,675       $ 68,379       $ 121,054       $ 22,753       $ 143,807   

Total off-balance sheet, net

     5,499         14,797         20,296         12,342         32,638   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total “Core Earnings” basis

   $ 58,174       $ 83,176       $ 141,350       $ 35,095       $ 176,445   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average Student Loan Balances (net of unamortized premium/discount)

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2013  

(Dollars in millions)

   FFELP
Stafford and
Other
    FFELP
Consolidation
Loans
    Total
FFELP
Loans
    Private
Education
Loans
    Total
Portfolio
 

Total

   $ 42,039      $ 70,113      $ 112,152      $ 38,292      $ 150,444   

% of FFELP

     37     63     100    

% of total

     28     47     75     25     100

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2012  

(Dollars in millions)

   FFELP
Stafford and
Other
    FFELP
Consolidation
Loans
    Total
FFELP
Loans
    Private
Education
Loans
    Total
Portfolio
 

Total

   $ 47,629      $ 84,495      $ 132,124      $ 37,691      $ 169,815   

% of FFELP

     36     64     100    

% of total

     28     50     78     22     100

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2011  

(Dollars in millions)

   FFELP
Stafford and
Other
    FFELP
Consolidation
Loans
    Total
FFELP
Loans
    Private
Education
Loans
    Total
Portfolio
 

Total

   $ 53,163      $ 89,946      $ 143,109      $ 36,955      $ 180,064   

% of FFELP

     37     63     100    

% of total

     29     50     79     21     100

 

88


Student Loan Activity

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2013  

(Dollars in millions)

   FFELP
Stafford and
Other
    FFELP
Consolidation
Loans
    Total
FFELP
Loans
    Private
Education
Loans
    Total
Portfolio
 

Beginning balance

   $ 44,289      $ 81,323      $ 125,612      $ 36,934      $ 162,546   

Acquisitions and originations

     413        323        736        3,819        4,555   

Capitalized interest and premium/discount amortization

     1,203        1,120        2,323        756        3,079   

Consolidations to third parties

     (1,525     (1,001     (2,526     (94     (2,620

Sales(1)

     (102     (12,147     (12,249     (61     (12,310

Repayments and other

     (4,257     (5,051     (9,308     (3,842     (13,150
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 40,021      $ 64,567      $ 104,588      $ 37,512      $ 142,100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2012  

(Dollars in millions)

   FFELP
Stafford and
Other
    FFELP
Consolidation
Loans
    Total
FFELP
Loans
    Private
Education
Loans
    Total
Portfolio
 

Beginning balance

   $ 50,440      $ 87,690      $ 138,130      $ 36,290      $ 174,420   

Acquisitions and originations

     2,764        903        3,667        3,386        7,053   

Capitalized interest and premium/discount amortization

     1,373        1,443        2,816        1,029        3,845   

Consolidations to third parties

     (5,049     (2,803     (7,852     (73     (7,925

Sales

     (530     —         (530     —         (530

Repayments and other

     (4,709     (5,910     (10,619     (3,698     (14,317
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 44,289      $ 81,323      $ 125,612      $ 36,934      $ 162,546   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2011  

(Dollars in millions)

   FFELP
Stafford and
Other
    FFELP
Consolidation
Loans
    Total
FFELP
Loans
    Private
Education
Loans
    Total
Portfolio
 

Beginning balance

   $ 56,252      $ 92,397      $ 148,649      $ 35,656      $ 184,305   

Acquisitions and originations

     814        802        1,616        2,942        4,558   

Capitalized interest and premium/discount amortization

     1,506        1,535        3,041        1,269        4,310   

Consolidations to third parties

     (2,741     (1,058     (3,799     (69     (3,868

Sales

     (754     —         (754     —         (754

Repayments and other

     (4,637     (5,986     (10,623     (3,508     (14,131
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 50,440      $ 87,690      $ 138,130      $ 36,290      $ 174,420   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Includes $12.0 billion of student loans in connection with the sale of Residual Interests in FFELP Loan securitization trusts.

 

89


Student Loan Allowance for Loan Losses Activity

 

    GAAP and “Core Earnings” Basis  
    December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  

(Dollars in millions)

  FFELP
Loans
    Private
Education
Loans
    Total
Portfolio
    FFELP
Loans
    Private
Education
Loans
    Total
Portfolio
    FFELP
Loans
    Private
Education
Loans
    Total
Portfolio
 

GAAP Basis:

                 

Beginning balance

  $ 159      $ 2,171      $ 2,330      $ 187      $ 2,171      $ 2,358      $ 189      $ 2,022      $ 2,211   

Less:

                 

Charge-offs(1)

    (78     (878     (956     (92     (1,037     (1,129     (78     (1,072     (1,150

Student loan sales

    (14     —         (14     (8     —         (8     (10     —         (10

Plus:

                 

Provision for loan losses

    52        787        839        72        1,008        1,080        86        1,179        1,265   

Reclassification of interest reserve(2)

    —         17        17        —         29        29        —         42        42   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $ 119      $ 2,097      $ 2,216      $ 159      $ 2,171      $ 2,330      $ 187      $ 2,171      $ 2,358   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percent of total

    5     95     100     7     93     100     8     92     100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Troubled debt restructuring(3)

    —         8,949        8,949        —         7,294        7,294        —         5,249        5,249   

 

(1)

Charge-offs are reported net of expected recoveries. For Private Education Loans, the expected recovery amount is transferred to the receivable for partially charged-off loan balance. Charge-offs include charge-offs against the receivable for partially charged-off loans which represents the difference between what was expected to be collected and any shortfalls in what was actually collected in the period. See “Receivable for Partially Charged-Off Private Education Loans” for further discussion.

 

(2)

Represents the additional allowance related to the amount of uncollectible interest reserved within interest income that is transferred in the period to the allowance for loan losses when interest is capitalized to a loan’s principal balance.

 

(3)

Represents the recorded investment of loans classified as troubled debt restructuring.

 

90


     GAAP Basis  
     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  

(Dollars in millions)

   FFELP
Loans
    Private
Education
Loans
    Total
Portfolio
    FFELP
Loans
    Private
Education
Loans
    Total
Portfolio
 

GAAP Basis:

            

Beginning balance

   $ 161      $ 1,443      $ 1,604      $ 138      $ 1,308      $ 1,446   

Less:

            

Charge-offs(1)

     (87     (1,291     (1,378     (79     (876     (955

Student loan sales

     (8     —         (8     (4     —         (4

Plus:

            

Provision for loan losses

     98        1,298        1,396        106        967        1,073   

Reclassification of interest reserve(2)

     —         48        48        —         44        44   

Consolidation of securitization trusts(3)

     25        524        549        —         —         —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 189      $ 2,022      $ 2,211      $ 161      $ 1,443      $ 1,604   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Off-Balance Sheet  
     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  

(Dollars in millions)

   FFELP
Loans
    Private
Education
Loans
    Total
Portfolio
    FFELP
Loans
    Private
Education
Loans
    Total
Portfolio
 

Off-Balance Sheet:

            

Beginning balance

   $ 25      $ 524      $ 549      $ 27      $ 505      $ 532   

Less:

            

Charge-offs(1)

     —         —         —         (15     (423     (438

Student loan sales

     —         —         —         —          —         —     

Plus:

            

Provision for loan losses

     —         —         —         13        432        445   

Reclassification of interest reserve(2)

     —         —         —         —         10        10   

Consolidation of securitization trusts(3)

     (25     (524     (549     —         —         —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 25      $ 524      $ 549   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     “Core Earnings” Basis  
     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  

(Dollars in millions)

   FFELP
Loans
    Private
Education
Loans
    Total
Portfolio
    FFELP
Loans
    Private
Education
Loans
    Total
Portfolio
 

“Core Earnings” Basis:

            

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 186      $ 1,967      $ 2,153      $ 165      $ 1,813      $ 1,978   

Less:

            

Charge-offs(1)

     (87     (1,291     (1,378     (94     (1,299     (1,393

Student loan sales

     (8     —         (8     (4     —         (4

Plus:

            

Provision for loan losses

     98        1,298        1,396        119        1,399        1,518   

Reclassification of interest reserve(2)

     —         48        48        —         54        54   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total “Core Earnings” basis

   $ 189      $ 2,022      $ 2,211      $ 186      $ 1,967      $ 2,153   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percent of total

     9     91     100     9     91     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Troubled debt restructuring(3)

   $  —       $ 439      $ 439      $  —       $ 223     $ 223  

 

(1) 

Charge-offs are reported net of expected recoveries. For Private Education Loans, the expected recovery amount is transferred to the receivable for partially charged-off loan balance. Charge-offs include charge-offs against the receivable for partially charged-off loans which represents the difference between what was expected to be collected and any shortfalls in what was actually collected in the period. See the section titled “Receivable for Partially Charged-Off Private Education Loans” for further discussion.

 

(2) 

Represents the additional allowance related to the amount of uncollectible interest reserved within interest income that is transferred in the period to the allowance for loan losses when interest is capitalized to a loan’s principal balance.

 

(3) 

Represents the recorded investment of loans identified as troubled debt restructuring.

 

91


Private Education Loan Originations

The following table summarizes our Private Education Loan originations.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2013      2012      2011  

Smart Option — interest only(1)

   $ 937       $ 941       $ 881   

Smart Option — fixed pay(1)

     1,191         1,005         1,118   

Smart Option — deferred(1)

     1,599         1,319         579   

Other

     74         80         159   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Private Education Loan originations

   $ 3,801       $ 3,345       $ 2,737   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) 

Interest only, fixed pay and deferred describe the payment option while in school or in grace period. See the section titled “Consumer Lending Portfolio Performance — Private Education Loan Repayment Options” for further discussion.

 

92


Consumer Lending Portfolio Performance

Private Education Loan Delinquencies and Forbearance

The tables below present our Private Education Loan delinquency trends.

 

     Private Education Loan Delinquencies  
     December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

(Dollars in millions)

   Balance     %     Balance     %     Balance     %  

Loans in-school/grace/deferment(1)

   $ 6,528        $ 5,904        $ 6,522     

Loans in forbearance(2)

     1,102          1,136          1,386     

Loans in repayment and percentage of each status:

            

Loans current

     28,768        91.7     28,575        90.7     27,122        89.9

Loans delinquent 31-60 days(3)

     802        2.6        1,012        3.2        1,076        3.6   

Loans delinquent 61-90 days(3)

     513        1.6        481        1.5        520        1.6   

Loans delinquent greater than 90 days(3)

     1,287        4.1        1,446        4.6        1,467        4.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Private Education Loans in repayment

     31,370        100     31,514        100     30,185        100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Private Education Loans, gross

     39,000          38,554          38,093     

Private Education Loan unamortized discount

     (704       (796       (873  
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total Private Education Loans

     38,296          37,758          37,220     

Private Education Loan receivable for partially charged-off loans

     1,313          1,347          1,241     

Private Education Loan allowance for losses

     (2,097       (2,171       (2,171  
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Private Education Loans, net

   $ 37,512        $ 36,934        $ 36,290     
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Percentage of Private Education Loans in repayment

       80.4       81.7       79.2
    

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Delinquencies as a percentage of Private Education Loans in repayment

       8.3       9.3       10.1
    

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Loans in forbearance as a percentage of loans in repayment and forbearance

       3.4       3.5       4.4
    

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Loans in repayment greater than 12 months as a percentage of loans in repayment(4)

       85.1       78.5       72.4
    

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Deferment includes customers who have returned to school or are engaged in other permitted educational activities and are not yet required to make payments on the loans, e.g., residency periods for medical students or a grace period for bar exam preparation.

 

(2) 

Loans for customers who have requested extension of grace period generally during employment transition or who have temporarily ceased making full payments due to hardship or other factors, consistent with established loan program servicing policies and procedures.

 

(3) 

The period of delinquency is based on the number of days scheduled payments are contractually past due.

 

(4) 

Based on number of months in an active repayment status for which a scheduled monthly payment was due.

 

93


Allowance for Private Education Loan Losses

The following table summarizes changes in the allowance for Private Education Loan losses.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2013     2012     2011  

Allowance at beginning of period

   $ 2,171      $ 2,171      $ 2,022   

Provision for Private Education Loan losses

     787        1,008        1,179   

Charge-offs(1)

     (878     (1,037     (1,072

Reclassification of interest reserve(2)

     17        29        42   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance at end of period

   $ 2,097      $ 2,171      $ 2,171   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charge-offs as a percentage of average loans in repayment

     2.8     3.4     3.7

Charge-offs as a percentage of average loans in repayment and forbearance

     2.7     3.2     3.6

Allowance as a percentage of the ending total loans

     5.2     5.4     5.5

Allowance as a percentage of ending loans in repayment

     6.7     6.9     7.2

Average coverage of charge-offs

     2.4        2.1        2.0   

Ending total loans(3)

   $ 40,313      $ 39,901      $ 39,334   

Average loans in repayment

   $ 31,556      $ 30,750      $ 28,790   

Ending loans in repayment

   $ 31,370      $ 31,514      $ 30,185   

 

(1) 

Charge-offs are reported net of expected recoveries. The expected recovery amount is transferred to the receivable for partially charged-off loan balance. Charge-offs include charge-offs against the receivable for partially charged-off loans which represents the difference between what was expected to be collected and any shortfalls in what was actually collected in the period. See the section titled “Receivable for Partially Charged-Off Private Education Loans” for further discussion.

 

(2) 

Represents the additional allowance related to the amount of uncollectible interest reserved within interest income that is transferred in the period to the allowance for loan losses when interest is capitalized to a loan’s principal balance.

 

(3) 

Ending total loans represents gross Private Education Loans, plus the receivable for partially charged-off loans.

 

94


The following tables provide the detail for our traditional and non-traditional “Core Earnings” basis Private Education Loans for the respective years ended.

 

    December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  

(Dollars in millions)

  Traditional     Non-
Traditional
    Total     Traditional     Non-
Traditional
    Total     Traditional     Non-
Traditional
    Total  

Ending total loans(1)

  $ 36,940      $ 3,373      $ 40,313      $ 36,144      $ 3,757      $ 39,901      $ 35,233      $ 4,101      $ 39,334   

Ending loans in repayment

    29,083        2,287        31,370        28,930        2,584        31,514        27,467        2,718        30,185   

Private Education Loan allowance for loan losses

    1,592        505        2,097        1,637        534        2,171        1,542        629        2,171   

Charge-offs as a percentage of average loans in repayment

    2.3     9.1     2.8     2.7     10.9     3.4     2.8     12.3     3.7

Allowance as a percentage of ending total loans

    4.3     15.0     5.2     4.5     14.2     5.4     4.4     15.3     5.5

Allowance as a percentage of ending loans in repayment

    5.5     22.1     6.7     5.7     20.7     6.9     5.6     23.1     7.2

Average coverage of charge-offs

    2.4        2.3        2.4        2.2        1.9        2.1        2.1        1.9        2.0   

Delinquencies as a percentage of Private Education Loans in repayment

    7.2     21.7     8.3     8.1     23.4     9.3     8.6     26.0     10.1

Delinquencies greater than 90 days as a percentage of Private Education Loans in repayment

    3.5     12.0     4.1     3.9     12.6     4.6     4.0     13.6     4.9

Loans in forbearance as a percentage of loans in repayment and forbearance

    3.2     5.5     3.4     3.3     5.1     3.5     4.2     6.6     4.4

Loans that entered repayment during the period(2)

  $ 2,906      $ 81      $ 2,987      $ 3,336      $ 194      $ 3,530      $ 4,886      $ 345      $ 5,231   

Percentage of Private Education Loans with a cosigner

    70     31     67     68     30     65     65     29     62

Average FICO at origination

    729        625        722        728        624        720        726        624        717   

 

(1) 

Ending total loans represent gross Private Education Loans, plus the receivable for partially charged-off loans.

 

(2) 

Includes loans that are required to make a payment for the first time.

 

95


     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  

(Dollars in millions)

   Traditional     Non-
Traditional
    Total     Traditional     Non-
Traditional
    Total  

Ending total loans(1)

   $ 34,177      $ 4,395      $ 38,572      $ 33,223      $ 4,747      $ 37,970   

Ending loans in repayment

     25,043        2,809        27,852        21,453        2,913        24,366   

Private Education Loan allowance for loan losses

     1,231        791        2,022        1,056        911        1,967   

Charge-offs as a percentage of average loans in repayment

     3.6     16.8     5.0     3.6     21.4     6.0

Allowance as a percentage of ending total loans

     3.6     18.0     5.2     3.2     19.2     5.2

Allowance as a percentage of ending loans in repayment

     4.9     28.2     7.3     4.9     31.3     8.1

Allowance coverage of charge-offs

     1.5        1.7        1.6        1.6        1.5        1.5   

Delinquencies as a percentage of Private Education Loans in repayment

     8.8     27.4     10.6     9.5     31.4     12.1

Delinquencies greater than 90 days as a percentage of Private Education Loans in repayment

     4.2     15.0     5.3     4.6     17.5     6.1

Loans in forbearance as a percentage of loans in repayment and forbearance

     4.4     6.1     4.6     5.3     7.1     5.5

Loans that entered repayment during the period(2)

   $ 6,451      $ 553      $ 7,004      $ 6,430      $ 851      $ 7,281   

Percentage of Private Education Loans with a cosigner

     63     28     59     61     28     57

Average FICO at origination

     725        623        715        725        623        713   

 

(1) 

Ending total loans represent gross Private Education Loans, plus the receivable for partially charged-off loans.

 

(2) 

Includes loans that are required to make a payment for the first time.

As part of concluding on the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, we review key allowance and loan metrics. The most significant of these metrics considered are the allowance coverage of charge-offs ratio; the allowance as a percentage of total loans and of loans in repayment; and delinquency and forbearance percentages.

Receivable for Partially Charged-Off Private Education Loans

At the end of each month, for loans that are 212 days past due, we charge off the estimated loss of a defaulted loan balance. Actual recoveries are applied against the remaining loan balance that was not charged off. We refer to this remaining loan balance as the “receivable for partially charged-off loans.” If actual periodic recoveries are less than expected, the difference is immediately charged off through the allowance for loan losses with an offsetting reduction in the receivable for partially charged-off Private Education Loans. If actual periodic recoveries are greater than expected, they will be reflected as a recovery through the allowance for Private Education Loan losses once the cumulative recovery amount exceeds the cumulative amount originally expected to be recovered. Private Education Loans which defaulted between 2008 and 2013 for which we have previously charged off estimated losses have, to varying degrees, not met our post-default recovery expectations to date and may continue not to do so. According to our policy, we have been charging off these periodic shortfalls in expected recoveries against our allowance for Private Education Loan losses and the related receivable for partially charged-off Private Education Loans and we will continue to do so. There was $336 million and $198 million in the allowance for Private Education Loan losses at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, providing for possible additional future charge-offs related to the receivable for partially charged-off Private Education Loans (see the section titled “Consumer Lending Segment — Private Education Loan Provision for Loan Losses and Charge-Offs” for a further discussion).

 

96


The following table summarizes the activity in the receivable for partially charged-off loans.

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 

(Dollars in millions)

   2013     2012     2011  

Receivable at beginning of period

   $ 1,347      $ 1,241      $ 1,040   

Expected future recoveries of current period defaults(1)

     290        351        391   

Recoveries(2)

     (230     (189     (155

Charge-offs(3)

     (94     (56     (35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Receivable at end of period

     1,313        1,347        1,241   

Allowance for estimated recovery shortfalls(4)

     (336     (198     (148
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net receivable at end of period

   $ 977      $ 1,149      $ 1,093   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1) 

Represents the difference between the defaulted loan balance and our estimate of the amount to be collected in the future.

 

  (2) 

Current period cash collections.

 

  (3) 

Represents the current period recovery shortfall — the difference between what was expected to be collected and what was actually collected. These amounts are included in total charge-offs as reported in the “Allowance for Private Education Loan Losses” table.

 

  (4) 

The allowance for estimated recovery shortfalls of the receivable for partially charged-off Private Education Loans is a component of the $2.1 billion overall allowance for Private Education Loan losses as of December 31, 2013 and $2.2 billion overall allowance for Private Education Loan losses as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Use of Forbearance as a Private Education Loan Collection Tool

Forbearance involves granting the customer a temporary cessation of payments (or temporary acceptance of smaller than scheduled payments) for a specified period of time. Using forbearance extends the original term of the loan. Forbearance does not grant any reduction in the total repayment obligation (principal or interest). While in forbearance status, interest continues to accrue and is capitalized to principal when the loan re-enters repayment status. Our forbearance policies include limits on the number of forbearance months granted consecutively and the total number of forbearance months granted over the life of the loan. In some instances, we require good-faith payments before granting forbearance. Exceptions to forbearance policies are permitted when such exceptions are judged to increase the likelihood of collection of the loan. Forbearance as a collection tool is used most effectively when applied based on a customer’s unique situation, including historical information and judgments. We leverage updated customer information and other decision support tools to best determine who will be granted forbearance based on our expectations as to a customer’s ability and willingness to repay their obligation. This strategy is aimed at mitigating the overall risk of the portfolio as well as encouraging cash resolution of delinquent loans.

Forbearance may be granted to customers who are exiting their grace period to provide additional time to obtain employment and income to support their obligations, or to current customers who are faced with a hardship and request forbearance time to provide temporary payment relief. In these circumstances, a customer’s loan is placed into a forbearance status in limited monthly increments and is reflected in the forbearance status at month-end during this time. At the end of their granted forbearance period, the customer will enter repayment status as current and is expected to begin making their scheduled monthly payments on a go-forward basis.

Forbearance may also be granted to customers who are delinquent in their payments. In these circumstances, the forbearance cures the delinquency and the customer is returned to a current repayment status. In more limited instances, delinquent customers will also be granted additional forbearance time.

The table below reflects the historical effectiveness of using forbearance. Our experience has shown that three years after being granted forbearance for the first time, 66 percent of the loans are current, paid in full, or receiving an in-school grace or deferment, and 20 percent have defaulted. The default experience associated with loans which utilize forbearance is considered in our allowance for loan losses. The number of loans in a forbearance status as a percentage of loans in repayment and forbearance decreased to 3.4 percent in 2013

 

97


compared with 3.5 percent in 2012. As of December 31, 2013, 1 percent of loans in current status were delinquent as of the end of the prior month, but were granted a forbearance that made them current as of December 31, 2013 (customers made payments on approximately 28 percent of these loans as a prerequisite to being granted forbearance).

 

Tracking by First Time in Forbearance Compared to All Loans Entering Repayment —

Portfolio data through December 31, 2013

 
     Status distribution
36 months after
being granted
forbearance
for the first time
    Status distribution
36 months after
entering repayment
(all loans)
    Status distribution
36 months after
entering repayment for
loans never entering
forbearance
 

In-school/grace/deferment

     9.7     9.1     5.6

Current

     51.2        59.8        67.6   

Delinquent 31-60 days

     3.1        2.0        .4   

Delinquent 61-90 days

     1.9        1.1        .1   

Delinquent greater than 90 days

     4.7        2.7        .3   

Forbearance

     3.9        3.0        —     

Defaulted

     20.1        11.4        7.5   

Paid

     5.4        10.9        18.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The tables below show the composition and status of the Private Education Loan portfolio aged by number of months in active repayment status (months for which a scheduled monthly payment was due). As indicated in the tables, the percentage of loans that are delinquent greater than 90 days or that are in forbearance status decreases the longer the loans have been in active repayment status.

At December 31, 2013, loans in forbearance status as a percentage of loans in repayment and forbearance were 6.5 percent for loans that have been in active repayment status for less than 25 months. The percentage drops to 1.2 percent for loans that have been in active repayment status for more than 48 months. Approximately 63 percent of our Private Education Loans in forbearance status has been in active repayment status less than 25 months.

At December 31, 2013, loans in repayment that are delinquent greater than 90 days as a percentage of loans in repayment were 6.4 percent for loans that have been in active repayment status for less than 25 months. The percentage drops to 2.2 percent for loans that have been in active repayment status for more than 48 months. Approximately 49 percent of our Private Education Loans in repayment that are delinquent greater than 90 days status has been in active repayment status less than 25 months.

 

98


(Dollars in millions)

  Monthly Scheduled Payments Due     Not Yet in
Repayment
       

December 31, 2013

  0 to 12     13 to 24     25 to 36     37 to 48     More than 48       Total  

Loans in-school/grace/deferment

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 6,528      $ 6,528   

Loans in forbearance

    502        189        166        106        139        —          1,102   

Loans in repayment — current

    4,056        4,735        4,856        4,633        10,488        —          28,768   

Loans in repayment — delinquent 31-60 days

    166        167        152        121        196        —          802   

Loans in repayment — delinquent 61-90 days

    117        115        94        72        115        —          513   

Loans in repayment — delinquent greater than 90 days

    330        305        238        171        243        —          1,287   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 5,171      $ 5,511      $ 5,506      $ 5,103      $ 11,181      $ 6,528        39,000   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Unamortized discount

                (704

Receivable for partially charged-off loans

                1,313   

Allowance for loan losses

                (2,097
             

 

 

 

Total Private Education Loans, net

              $ 37,512   
             

 

 

 

Loans in forbearance as a percentage of loans in repayment and forbearance

    9.7     3.4     3.0     2.1     1.2     —       3.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans in repayment — delinquent greater than 90 days as a percentage of loans in repayment

    7.1     5.7     4.5     3.4     2.2     —       4.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

  Monthly Scheduled Payments Due     Not Yet in
Repayment
       

December 31, 2012

  0 to 12     13 to 24     25 to 36     37 to 48     More than 48       Total  

Loans in-school/grace/deferment

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 5,904      $ 5,904   

Loans in forbearance

    602        195        149        83        107        —         1,136   

Loans in repayment — current

    5,591        5,366        5,405        4,403        7,810        —         28,575   

Loans in repayment — delinquent 31-60 days

    353        189        175        116        179        —         1,012   

Loans in repayment — delinquent 61-90 days

    185        95        81        49        71        —         481   

Loans in repayment — delinquent greater than 90 days

    640        292        227        129        158        —         1,446   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 7,371      $ 6,137      $ 6,037      $ 4,780      $ 8,325      $ 5,904        38,554   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Unamortized discount

                (796

Receivable for partially charged-off loans

                1,347   

Allowance for loan losses

                (2,171
             

 

 

 

Total Private Education Loans, net

              $ 36,934   
             

 

 

 

Loans in forbearance as a percentage of loans in repayment and forbearance

    8.2     3.2     2.5     1.7     1.3     —       3.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans in repayment — delinquent greater than 90 days as a percentage of loans in repayment

    9.5     4.9     3.9     2.7     1.9     —       4.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

  Monthly Scheduled Payments Due     Not Yet in
Repayment
       

December 31, 2011

  0 to 12     13 to 24     25 to 36     37 to 48     More than 48       Total  

Loans in-school/grace/deferment

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 6,522      $ 6,522   

Loans in forbearance

    920        194        126        66        80        —         1,386   

Loans in repayment — current

    6,866        6,014        5,110        3,486        5,646        —         27,122   

Loans in repayment — delinquent 31-60 days

    506        212        158        83        117        —         1,076   

Loans in repayment — delinquent 61-90 days

    245        100        78        41        56        —         520   

Loans in repayment — delinquent greater than 90 days

    709        317        205        102        134        —         1,467   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 9,246      $ 6,837      $ 5,677      $ 3,778      $ 6,033      $ 6,522        38,093   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Unamortized discount

                (873

Receivable for partially charged-off loans

                1,241   

Allowance for loan losses

                (2,171
             

 

 

 

Total Private Education Loans, net

              $ 36,290   
             

 

 

 

Loans in forbearance as a percentage of loans in repayment and forbearance

    10.0     2.8     2.2     1.8     1.3     —       4.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans in repayment — delinquent greater than 90 days as a percentage of loans in repayment

    8.5     4.8     3.7     2.7     2.3     —       4.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

99


The table below stratifies the portfolio of Private Education Loans in forbearance by the cumulative number of months the customer has used forbearance as of the dates indicated. As detailed in the table below, there has been a continuing decline in the average months of forbearance used in our portfolio.

 

     December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

(Dollars in millions)

   Forbearance
Balance
     % of
Total
    Forbearance
Balance
     % of
Total
    Forbearance
Balance
     % of
Total
 

Cumulative number of months customer has used forbearance:

               

Up to 12 months

   $ 841         76   $ 883         78   $ 887         64

13 to 24 months

     168         15        186         16        446         32   

More than 24 months

     93         9        67         6        53         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,102         100   $ 1,136         100   $ 1,386         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Private Education Loan Repayment Options

Certain loan programs allow customers to select from a variety of repayment options depending on their loan type and their enrollment/loan status, which include the ability to extend their repayment term or change their monthly payment. The chart below provides the optional repayment offerings in addition to the standard level principal and interest payments as of December 31, 2013.

 

   

Loan Program

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

Signature and Other

 

Smart Option

 

Career Training

  Total  

$ in repayment

  $22,417   $7,728   $1,225   $ 31,370   

$ in total

  $27,228   $10,500   $1,272   $ 39,000   

Payment method by enrollment status:

       

In-school/grace

  Deferred(1)   Deferred(1), interest-only or fixed $25/month  

Interest-only or fixed

$25/month

 

Repayment

  Level principal and interest or graduated   Level principal and interest   Level principal and interest  

 

(1) 

“Deferred” includes loans for which no payments are required and interest charges are capitalized into the loan balance.

The graduated repayment program that is part of Signature and Other Loans includes an interest-only payment feature that may be selected at the option of the customer. Customers elect to participate in this program at the time they enter repayment following their grace period. This program is available to customers in repayment, after their grace period, who would like a temporary lower payment from the required principal and interest payment amount. Customers participating in this program pay monthly interest with no amortization of their principal balance for up to 48 payments after entering repayment (dependent on the loan product type). The maturity date of the loan is not extended when a customer participates in this program. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, customers in repayment owing approximately $4.5 billion (14 percent of loans in repayment) and $6.6 billion (21 percent of loans in repayment), respectively, were enrolled in the interest-only program. Of these amounts, 9 percent and 10 percent were non-traditional loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

100


Accrued Interest Receivable

The following table provides information regarding accrued interest receivable on our Private Education Loans. The table also discloses the amount of accrued interest on loans greater than 90 days past due as compared to our allowance for uncollectible interest. The allowance for uncollectible interest exceeds the amount of accrued interest on our 90 days past due portfolio for all periods presented.

 

     Accrued Interest Receivable
As of December 31,
 

(Dollars in millions)

   Total      Greater than
90 days
Past Due
     Allowance for
Uncollectible
Interest
 

2013

   $ 1,023       $ 48       $ 66   

2012

   $ 904       $ 55       $ 67   

2011

   $ 1,018       $ 54       $ 72   

2010

   $ 1,271       $ 55       $ 94   

2009

   $ 1,165       $ 41       $ 96   

 

101


FFELP Loan Portfolio Performance

FFELP Loan Delinquencies and Forbearance

The tables below present our FFELP Loan delinquency trends.

 

    FFELP Loan Delinquencies  
    December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  

(Dollars in millions)

  Balance     %     Balance     %     Balance     %  

Loans in-school/grace/deferment(1)

  $ 13,678        $ 17,702        $ 22,887     

Loans in forbearance(2)

    13,490          15,902          19,575     

Loans in repayment and percentage of each status:

           

Loans current

    63,330        82.8     75,499        83.2     77,093        81.9

Loans delinquent 31-60 days(3)

    3,746        4.9        4,710        5.2        5,419        5.8   

Loans delinquent 61-90 days(3)

    2,207        2.9        2,788        3.1        3,438        3.7   

Loans delinquent greater than 90 days(3)

    7,221        9.4        7,734        8.5        8,231        8.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total FFELP Loans in repayment

    76,504        100     90,731        100     94,181        100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total FFELP Loans, gross

    103,672          124,335          136,643     

FFELP Loan unamortized premium

    1,035          1,436          1,674     
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total FFELP Loans

    104,707          125,771          138,317     

FFELP Loan allowance for losses

    (119       (159       (187  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

FFELP Loans, net

  $ 104,588        $ 125,612        $ 138,130     
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Percentage of FFELP Loans in repayment

      73.8       73.0       68.9
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Delinquencies as a percentage of FFELP Loans in repayment

      17.2       16.8       18.1
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

FFELP Loans in forbearance as a percentage of loans in repayment and forbearance

      15.0       14.9       17.2
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Loans for customers who may still be attending school or engaging in other permitted educational activities and are not yet required to make payments on the loans, e.g., residency periods for medical students or a grace period for bar exam preparation, as well as loans for customers who have requested and qualify for other permitted program deferments such as military, unemployment, or economic hardship.

 

(2) 

Loans for customers who have used their allowable deferment time or do not qualify for deferment, that need additional time to obtain employment or who have temporarily ceased making full payments due to hardship or other factors.

 

(3) 

The period of delinquency is based on the number of days scheduled payments are contractually past due.

 

102


Allowance for FFELP Loan Losses

The following table summarizes changes in the allowance for FFELP Loan losses.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2013     2012     2011  

Allowance at beginning of period

   $ 159      $ 187      $ 189   

Provision for FFELP Loan losses

     52        72        86   

Charge-offs

     (78     (92     (78

Student loan sales

     (14     (8     (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance at end of period

   $ 119      $ 159      $ 187   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charge-offs as a percentage of average loans in repayment

     .10     .10     .08

Charge-offs as a percentage of average loans in repayment and forbearance

     .08     .08     .07

Allowance as a percentage of the ending total loans, gross

     .12     .13     .14

Allowance as a percentage of ending loans in repayment

     .16     .18     .20

Allowance coverage of charge-offs

     1.5        1.7        2.4   

Ending total loans, gross

   $ 103,672      $ 124,335      $ 136,643   

Average loans in repayment

   $ 80,822      $ 91,653      $ 94,359   

Ending loans in repayment

   $ 76,504      $ 90,731      $ 94,181   

 

103


Liquidity and Capital Resources

Funding and Liquidity Risk Management

The following “Liquidity and Capital Resources” discussion concentrates on our Consumer Lending and FFELP Loans segments. Our Business Services and Other segments require minimal capital and funding.

We define liquidity risk as the potential inability to meet our obligations when they become due without incurring unacceptable losses, such as the ability to fund liability maturities and deposit withdrawals, or invest in future asset growth and business operations at reasonable market rates, as well as the potential inability to fund Private Education Loan originations. Our three primary liquidity needs include our ongoing ability to meet our funding needs for our businesses throughout market cycles, including during periods of financial stress and to avoid any mismatch between the maturity of assets and liabilities, our ongoing ability to fund originations of Private Education Loans and servicing our indebtedness and bank deposits. To achieve these objectives we analyze and monitor our liquidity needs, maintain excess liquidity and access diverse funding sources including the issuance of unsecured debt, the issuance of secured debt primarily through asset-backed securitizations and/or other financing facilities and through deposits at Sallie Mae Bank.

We define liquidity as cash and high-quality liquid securities that we can use to meet our funding requirements. Our primary liquidity risk relates to our ability to fund new originations and raise replacement funding at a reasonable cost as our unsecured debt and bank deposits mature. In addition, we must continue to obtain funding at reasonable rates to meet our other business obligations and to continue to grow our business. Key risks associated with our liquidity relate to our ability to access the capital markets and bank deposits and access them at reasonable rates. This ability may be affected by our credit ratings, as well as the overall availability of funding sources in the marketplace. In addition, credit ratings may be important to customers or counterparties when we compete in certain markets and when we seek to engage in certain transactions, including over-the-counter derivatives.

Credit ratings and outlooks are opinions subject to ongoing review by the ratings agencies and may change from time to time based on our financial performance, industry dynamics and other factors. Other factors that influence our credit ratings include the ratings agencies’ assessment of the general operating environment, our relative positions in the markets in which we compete, reputation, liquidity position, the level and volatility of earnings, corporate governance and risk management policies, capital position and capital management practices. A negative change in our credit rating could have a negative effect on our liquidity because it would raise the cost and availability of funding and potentially require additional cash collateral or restrict cash currently held as collateral on existing borrowings or derivative collateral arrangements. It is our objective to improve our credit ratings so that we can continue to efficiently access the capital markets even in difficult economic and market conditions.

We have unsecured debt that totaled, as of December 31, 2013, approximately $18.3 billion. In connection with our May 28, 2013 announcement of the proposed Spin-Off, three rating agencies took negative ratings actions with regard to our long-term unsecured debt ratings. Fitch lowered its senior unsecured long-term debt rating one notch to BB+, one notch below its investment grade, and also placed its rating on negative watch. Moody’s and S&P placed their ratings on our senior unsecured long-term debt on review and watch, respectively, for possible downgrade. Moody’s current rating is Ba1, one notch below its investment grade, and S&P’s rating is BBB-, its lowest investment grade. Fitch and S&P indicated that if the Spin-Off occurs as planned, they expect to further lower their ratings by one notch and up to two notches, respectively. As a result of Fitch’s action, two of the three credit rating agencies now rate our long-term unsecured debt at below investment grade such that we are no longer considered an investment grade issuer. Whereas we had previously been included in the Investment Grade Index, we are now included in the High Yield Index. This has resulted in a higher cost of funds for us, and our senior unsecured debt to trade with greater volatility.

The negative actions taken by the credit rating agencies were based on concerns that the Spin-Off will have a negative impact on the holders of our senior unsecured debt. According to their ratings reports, these concerns

 

104


primarily focus on NewCo’s lack of future Private Student Loan originations and related servicing income, the loss of access to the earnings, cash flow, equity and potential market value of Sallie Mae Bank, the run-off of the FFELP Loan portfolio and strategic uncertainty as to the source of incremental earnings and cash flow to replace that in run-off, and an expected increase in our cost of accessing the unsecured debt markets, including for refinancing purposes.

We expect to fund our ongoing liquidity needs, including the origination of new Private Education Loans and the repayment of $2.2 billion of senior unsecured notes that mature in the next twelve months, primarily through our current cash and investment portfolio, the issuance of additional bank deposits and unsecured debt, the predictable operating cash flows provided by earnings, the repayment of principal on unencumbered student loan assets and the distributions from our securitization trusts (including servicing fees which are priority payments within the trusts). We may also draw down on our secured FFELP facilities; we may also issue term ABS.

Currently, new Private Education Loan originations are initially funded through deposits and subsequently securitized to term. We have $2.3 billion of cash at Sallie Mae Bank as of December 31, 2013 available to fund future originations. We no longer originate FFELP Loans and therefore no longer have liquidity requirements for new FFELP Loan originations, but will continue to opportunistically purchase FFELP Loan portfolios from others.

Sources of Liquidity and Available Capacity

Ending Balances

 

     December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2013      2012  

Sources of primary liquidity:

     

Unrestricted cash and liquid investments:

     

Holding Company and other non-bank subsidiaries

   $ 3,015       $ 2,376   

Sallie Mae Bank(1)

     2,284         1,598   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total unrestricted cash and liquid investments

   $ 5,299       $ 3,974   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unencumbered FFELP Loans:

     

Holding Company and other non-bank subsidiaries

   $ 1,259       $ 612   

Sallie Mae Bank

     1,425         1,044   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total unencumbered FFELP Loans

   $ 2,684       $ 1,656   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average Balances

 

     Years Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2013      2012      2011  

Sources of primary liquidity:

        

Unrestricted cash and liquid investments:

        

Holding Company and other non-bank subsidiaries

   $ 2,475       $ 2,386       $ 2,474   

Sallie Mae Bank(1)

     1,582         913         1,244   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total unrestricted cash and liquid investments

   $ 4,057       $ 3,299       $ 3,718   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unencumbered FFELP Loans:

        

Holding Company and other non-bank subsidiaries

   $ 837       $ 691       $ 1,201   

Sallie Mae Bank

     1,141         527         198   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total unencumbered FFELP Loans

   $ 1,978       $ 1,218       $ 1,399   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) 

This amount will be used primarily to originate or acquire student loans at Sallie Mae Bank. See discussion below on restrictions on Sallie Mae Bank to pay dividends.

 

105


Liquidity may also be available under secured credit facilities to the extent we have eligible collateral and capacity available. Maximum borrowing capacity under the FFELP Loan–other facilities will vary and be subject to each agreement’s borrowing conditions, including, among others, facility size, current usage and availability of qualifying collateral from unencumbered FFELP Loans. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the maximum additional capacity under these facilities was $10.6 billion and $11.8 billion, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the average maximum additional capacity under these facilities was $11.1 billion and $11.3 billion, respectively.

We also hold a number of other unencumbered assets, consisting primarily of Private Education Loans and other assets. Total unencumbered student loans, net, comprised $13.9 billion of our unencumbered assets of which $11.2 billion and $2.7 billion related to Private Education Loans, net and FFELP Loans, net, respectively. At December 31, 2013, we had a total of $23.8 billion of unencumbered assets inclusive of those described above as sources of primary liquidity and exclusive of goodwill and acquired intangible assets.

Sallie Mae Bank’s ability to pay dividends is subject to the laws of Utah and the regulations of the FDIC. Generally, under Utah’s industrial bank laws and regulations as well as FDIC regulations, Sallie Mae Bank may pay dividends from its net profits without regulatory approval if, following the payment of the dividend, Sallie Mae Bank’s capital and surplus would not be impaired. While applicable Utah and FDIC regulations differ in approach as to determinations of impairment of capital and surplus, neither method of determination has historically required Sallie Mae Bank to obtain consent to the payment of dividends. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, Sallie Mae Bank paid dividends of $120 million and $420 million, respectively.

In addition to the foregoing, Sallie Mae Bank’s annual business plans are periodically reviewed by the FDIC. Recently the FDIC expressed its objection to the payment of dividends from Sallie Mae Bank to the Company prior to the completion of the Spin-Off. The bases for the objection are unrelated to the current capitalization of Sallie Mae Bank or the results of its operations. The FDIC has stated its preference that Sallie Mae Bank refrain from making periodic dividends to the Company for any reason other than the payment of the normal quarterly cash dividend paid by the Company to holders of its two series of preferred stock until all terms of the pending formal enforcement action with the FDIC are resolved and the Spin-Off has been completed. Sallie Mae Bank does not expect to declare such a dividend prior to the occurrence of the Spin-Off and not doing so will not materially or adversely affect the financial condition, operations or liquidity of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole. If the FDIC continues its general objection to the payment of dividends from Sallie Mae Bank to its parent for an extended period of time after the completion of the Spin-Off, SLM BankCo’s financial condition, operations, liquidity and ability to access capital markets could be materially and adversely affected.

For further discussion of our various sources of liquidity, such as Sallie Mae Bank, our continued access to the ABS market, our asset-backed financing facilities, and our issuance of unsecured debt, see “Note 6 — Borrowings.”

The following table reconciles encumbered and unencumbered assets and their net impact on total tangible equity.

 

      December 31,  

(Dollars in billions)

   2013     2012  

Net assets of consolidated variable interest entities (encumbered assets) — FFELP Loans

   $ 4.6      $ 6.6   

Net assets of consolidated variable interest entities (encumbered assets) — Private Education Loans

     6.7        6.6   

Tangible unencumbered assets — Holding Company and other non-bank subsidiaries(1)

     13.1        12.6   

Tangible unencumbered assets — Sallie Mae Bank(1)

     10.7        8.6   

Unsecured debt

     (27.9     (26.7

Mark-to-market on unsecured hedged debt(2)

     (.8     (1.7

Other liabilities, net

     (1.2     (1.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tangible equity

   $ 5.2      $ 4.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1) 

Excludes goodwill and acquired intangible assets.

 

  (2) 

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were $612 million and $1.4 billion, respectively, of net gains on derivatives hedging this debt in unencumbered assets, which partially offset these losses.

 

106


2013 Financing Transactions

During 2013, we issued $6.5 billion in FFELP ABS, $3.1 billion in Private Education Loan ABS and $3.75 billion in unsecured bonds.

On June 10, 2013, we closed on a new $6.8 billion credit facility that matures in June 2014 to facilitate the term securitization of FFELP Loans. The facility was used in June 2013 to refinance all of the FFELP Loans previously financed through the ED Conduit Program. As a result, we ended our participation in the ED Conduit Program.

On July 17, 2013, we closed on a $1.1 billion asset-backed borrowing facility that matures on August 15, 2015. The facility was used to fund the call and redemption of our SLM 2009-D Private Education Loan Trust ABS, which occurred on August 15, 2013.

Shareholder Distributions

On February 5, 2013, we increased our quarterly dividend on our common stock from $0.125 per common share to $0.15 per common share. We paid our quarterly dividend on March 15, 2013, June 21, 2013, September 20, 2013 and December 20, 2013. In 2013, the Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program in total of $800 million for our outstanding common stock. The program does not have an expiration date. During 2013, we repurchased 27 million shares of common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $600 million. In 2012, we repurchased 58 million shares at an aggregate price of $900 million.

2013 Sales of FFELP Loan Securitization Trust Residual Interests

On February 13, 2013, we sold the Residual Interest in a FFELP Loan securitization trust to a third party. We will continue to service the student loans in the trust under existing agreements. The sale removed securitization trust assets of $3.82 billion and related liabilities of $3.68 billion from our balance sheet.

On April 11, 2013, we sold the Residual Interest in a FFELP Loan securitization trust to a third party. We will continue to service the student loans in the trust under existing agreements. The sale removed securitization trust assets of $2.03 billion and related liabilities of $1.99 billion from our balance sheet.

On June 13, 2013, we sold the three Residual Interests in FFELP Loan securitization trusts to a third party. We will continue to service the student loans in the trusts under existing agreements. The sale removed securitization trust assets of $6.60 billion and related liabilities of $6.42 billion from our balance sheet.

Recent First-Quarter 2014 Transactions

On January 10, 2014, we closed on a new $8 billion asset-backed commercial paper (“ABCP”) facility that matures in January 2016. This facility replaces an existing $5.5 billion FFELP ABCP facility which was retired in January 2014. The additional $2.5 billion will be available for FFELP acquisition or refinancing. The maximum amount that can be financed steps down to $7 billion in March 2015. The new facility’s maturity date is January 8, 2016.

Counterparty Exposure

Counterparty exposure related to financial instruments arises from the risk that a lending, investment or derivative counterparty will not be able to meet its obligations to us. Risks associated with our lending portfolio are discussed in the section titled “Financial Condition — Consumer Lending Portfolio Performance” and “— FFELP Loan Portfolio Performance.”

 

107


Our investment portfolio is composed of very short-term securities issued by a diversified group of highly rated issuers, limiting our counterparty exposure. Additionally, our investing activity is governed by Board of Director approved limits on the amount that is allowed to be invested with any one issuer based on the credit rating of the issuer, further minimizing our counterparty exposure. Counterparty credit risk is considered when valuing investments and considering impairment.

Related to derivative transactions, protection against counterparty risk is generally provided by International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (“ISDA”) Credit Support Annexes (“CSAs”). CSAs require a counterparty to post collateral if a potential default would expose the other party to a loss. All derivative contracts entered into by us and Sallie Mae Bank are covered under such agreements and require collateral to be exchanged based on the net fair value of derivatives with each counterparty. Our securitization trusts require collateral in all cases if the counterparty’s credit rating is withdrawn or downgraded below a certain level. Additionally, securitizations involving foreign currency notes issued after November 2005 also require the counterparty to post collateral to the trust based on the fair value of the derivative, regardless of credit rating. The trusts are not required to post collateral to the counterparties. In all cases, our exposure is limited to the value of the derivative contracts in a gain position net of any collateral we are holding. We consider counterparties’ credit risk when determining the fair value of derivative positions on our exposure net of collateral.

We have liquidity exposure related to collateral movements between us and our derivative counterparties. Movements in the value of the derivatives, which are primarily affected by changes in interest rate and foreign exchange rates, may require us to return cash collateral held or may require us to access primary liquidity to post collateral to counterparties. If our credit ratings are downgraded from current levels, we may be required to segregate additional unrestricted cash collateral into restricted accounts.

The table below highlights exposure related to our derivative counterparties at December 31, 2013.

 

(Dollars in millions)

   SLM Corporation
and Sallie Mae Bank
Contracts
    Securitization Trust
Contracts
 

Exposure, net of collateral(1)

   $ 83      $ 968   

Percent of exposure to counterparties with credit ratings below S&P AA- or Moody’s Aa3

     94     40

Percent of exposure to counterparties with credit ratings below S&P A- or Moody’s A3

     0     0

 

  (1)

Our securitization trusts had total net exposure of $772 million related to financial institutions located in France; of this amount, $577 million carries a guaranty from the French government. The total exposure relates to $5.1 billion notional amount of cross-currency interest rate swaps held in our securitization trusts, of which $3.4 billion notional amount carries a guaranty from the French government. Counterparties to the cross currency interest rate swaps are required to post collateral when their credit rating is withdrawn or downgraded below a certain level. As of December 31, 2013, no collateral was required to be posted and we are not holding any collateral related to these contracts. Adjustments are made to our derivative valuations for counterparty credit risk. The adjustments made at December 31, 2013 related to derivatives with French financial institutions (including those that carry a guaranty from the French government) decreased the derivative asset value by $63 million. Credit risks for all derivative counterparties are assessed internally on a continual basis.

 

108


“Core Earnings” Basis Borrowings

The following tables present the ending balances of our “Core Earnings” basis borrowings at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, and average balances and average interest rates of our “Core Earnings” basis borrowings for 2013, 2012 and 2011. The average interest rates include derivatives that are economically hedging the underlying debt but do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment. (See the section titled “‘Core Earnings’ —Definition and Limitations — Differences between ‘Core Earnings’ and GAAP — Reclassification of Realized Gains (Losses) on Derivative and Hedging Activities” of this Item 7).

Ending Balances

 

    December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  

(Dollars in millions)

  Short
Term
    Long
Term
    Total     Short
Term
    Long
Term
    Total     Short
Term
    Long
Term
    Total  

Unsecured borrowings:

                 

Senior unsecured debt

  $ 2,213      $ 16,056      $ 18,269      $ 2,319      $ 15,446      $ 17,765      $ 1,801      $ 15,199      $ 17,000   

Bank deposits

    6,133        2,807        8,940        4,226        3,088        7,314        3,856        1,956        5,812   

Other(1)

    691        —         691        1,609        —         1,609        1,329        —         1,329   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total unsecured borrowings

    9,037        18,863        27,900        8,154        18,534        26,688        6,986        17,155        24,141   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Secured borrowings:

                 

FFELP Loan securitizations

    —         90,756        90,756        —         105,525        105,525        —         107,905        107,905   

Private Education Loan securitizations

    —         18,835        18,835        —         19,656        19,656        —         19,297        19,297   

FFELP Loan — other facilities

    4,715        5,311        10,026        11,651        4,827       16,478        22,523        5,361       27,884   

Private Education Loan — other facilities

    —          843        843        —          1,070       1,070        —          1,992       1,992   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total secured borrowings

    4,715        115,745        120,460        11,651        131,078        142,729        22,523        134,555        157,078   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total “Core Earnings” basis

    13,752        134,608        148,360        19,805        149,612        169,417        29,509        151,710        181,219   

Hedge accounting adjustments

    43        2,040        2,083        51        2,789        2,840        64        2,683        2,747   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total GAAP basis

  $     13,795      $     136,648      $     150,443      $     19,856      $     152,401      $     172,257      $     29,573      $     154,393      $     183,966   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

“Other” primarily consists of the obligation to return cash collateral held related to derivative exposure.

 

109


Secured borrowings comprised 81 percent of our “Core Earnings” basis debt outstanding at December 31, 2013 versus 84 percent at December 31, 2012.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

(Dollars in millions)

   Average
Balance
     Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
     Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
     Average
Rate
 

Unsecured borrowings:

               

Senior unsecured debt

   $ 17,893         3.27   $ 18,183         2.98   $ 19,562         2.34

Bank deposits

     7,709         1.14        5,753         1.43        5,344         1.96   

Other(1)

     1,037         .15        1,474         .21        1,187         .17   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total unsecured borrowings

     26,639         2.53        25,410         2.47        26,093         2.16   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Secured borrowings:

               

FFELP Loan securitizations

     95,486         .99        106,493         1.08        110,474         .93   

Private Education Loan securitizations

     19,770         2.03        19,322         2.10        20,976         2.17   

FFELP Loan — other facilities

     12,890         .98        23,123         .97        29,749         .92   

Private Education Loan — other facilities

     627         1.50        1,880         1.77        272         2.08   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total secured borrowings

     128,773         1.15        150,818         1.20        161,471         1.09   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 155,412         1.39   $ 176,228         1.39   $ 187,564         1.24
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   

“Core Earnings” average balance and rate

   $ 155,412         1.39   $ 176,228         1.39   $ 187,564         1.24

Adjustment for GAAP accounting treatment

     —          .03        —          .06        —          .04   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

GAAP-basis average balance and rate

   $     155,412         1.42   $     176,228         1.45   $     187,564         1.28
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) 

“Other” primarily consists of the obligation to return cash collateral held related to derivative exposure.

Contractual Cash Obligations

The following table provides a summary of our contractual principal obligations associated with long-term notes at December 31, 2013. For further discussion of these obligations, see “Note 6 — Borrowings.”

 

(Dollars in millions)

   1 Year
or Less
     1 to 3
Years
     3 to 5
Years
     Over
5 Years
     Total  

Long-term notes:

              

Senior unsecured debt

   $ —        $ 3,790       $ 4,625       $ 7,641       $ 16,056   

Unsecured term bank deposits

     —          1,843         964         —          2,807   

Secured borrowings(1)

     14,408         21,170         18,754         61,413         115,745   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual cash obligations(2)

   $ 14,408       $ 26,803       $ 24,343       $ 69,054       $ 134,608   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Includes long-term beneficial interests of $109.6 billion of notes issued by consolidated VIEs in conjunction with our securitization transactions and included in long-term notes in the consolidated balance sheet. Timing of obligations is estimated based on our current projection of prepayment speeds of the securitized assets.

 

(2) 

The aggregate principal amount of debt that matures in each period is $14.5 billion, $26.9 billion, $24.5 billion and $69.6 billion, respectively. Specifically excludes derivative market value adjustments of $2.0 billion for long-term notes. Interest obligations on notes are predominantly variable in nature, resetting monthly and quarterly based on LIBOR.

Unrecognized tax benefits were $62 million and $33 million for 2013 and 2012, respectively. For additional information, see “Note 14 — Income Taxes.”

 

110


Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations addresses our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. “Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies” includes a summary of the significant accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results may differ from these estimates under varying assumptions or conditions. On a quarterly basis, management evaluates its estimates, particularly those that include the most difficult, subjective or complex judgments and are often about matters that are inherently uncertain. The most significant judgments, estimates and assumptions relate to the following critical accounting policies that are discussed in more detail below.

Allowance for Loan Losses

In determining the allowance for loan losses on our non-TDR portfolio, we estimate the principal amount of loans that will default over the next two years (two years being the expected period between a loss event and default) and how much we expect to recover over time related to the defaulted amount. Expected defaults less our expected recoveries equal the allowance related to this portfolio. Our historical experience indicates that, on average, the time between the date that a customer experiences a default causing event (i.e., the loss trigger event) and the date that we charge off the unrecoverable portion of that loan is two years. Separately, for our TDR portfolio, we estimate an allowance amount sufficient to cover life-of-loan expected losses through an impairment calculation based on the difference between the loan’s basis and the present value of expected future cash flows (which would include life-of-loan default and recovery assumptions) discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate (see the section titled “Allowance for Private Education Loan Losses” in “Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies”). Our TDR portfolio is comprised mostly of loans with interest rate reductions and forbearance usage greater than three months. The separate allowance estimates for our TDR and non-TDR portfolios are combined into our total allowance for Private Education Loan losses.

In estimating both the non-TDR and TDR allowance amounts, we start with historical experience of customer default behavior. We make judgments about which historical period to start with and then make further judgments about whether that historical experience is representative of future expectations and whether additional adjustments may be needed to those historical default rates. We also take the economic environment into consideration when calculating the allowance for loan losses. We analyze key economic statistics and the effect we expect them to have on future defaults. Key economic statistics analyzed as part of the allowance for loan losses are unemployment rates and other asset type delinquency rates. More judgment has been required over the last several years, compared with years prior, in light of the recent downturn in the U.S. economy and high levels of unemployment and its effect on our customers’ ability to pay their obligations.

Our allowance for loan losses is estimated using an analysis of delinquent and current accounts. Our model is used to estimate the likelihood that a loan receivable may progress through the various delinquency stages and ultimately charge off. The evaluation of the allowance for loan losses is inherently subjective, as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant changes. The estimate for the allowance for loan losses is subject to a number of assumptions. If actual future performance in delinquency, charge-offs and recoveries are significantly different than estimated, this could materially affect our estimate of the allowance for loan losses and the related provision for loan losses on our income statement.

We determine the collectability of our Private Education Loan portfolio by evaluating certain risk characteristics. We consider school type, credit score (FICO), existence of a cosigner, loan status and loan seasoning as the key credit quality indicators because they have the most significant effect on our determination of the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses. The type of school customers attend can have an impact on their job prospects after graduation and therefore affects their ability to make payments. Credit scores are an indicator of the credit worthiness of a customer and the higher the credit score the more likely it is the customer will be able to make all of their contractual payments. Loan status affects the credit risk because a past due loan

 

111


is more likely to result in a credit loss than an up-to-date loan. Additionally, loans in a deferred payment status have different credit risk profiles compared with those in current pay status. Loan seasoning affects credit risk because a loan with a history of making payments generally has a lower incidence of default than a loan with a history of making infrequent or no payments. The existence of a cosigner lowers the likelihood of default. We monitor and update these credit quality indicators in the analysis of the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis.

To estimate the probable credit losses incurred in the loan portfolio at the reporting date, we use historical experience of customer payment behavior in connection with the key credit quality indicators and incorporate management expectations regarding macroeconomic and collection procedure factors. Our model is based upon the most recent 12 months of actual collection experience, adjusted for seasonality, as the starting point and applies expected macroeconomic changes and collection procedure changes to estimate expected losses caused by loss events incurred as of the balance sheet date. Our model places a greater emphasis on the more recent default experience rather than the default experience for older historical periods, as we believe the recent default experience is more indicative of the probable losses incurred in the loan portfolio today. Similar to estimating defaults, we use historical customer payment behavior to estimate the timing and amount of future recoveries on charged-off loans. We use judgment in determining whether historical performance is representative of what we expect to collect in the future. We then apply the default and collection rate projections to each category of loans. Once the quantitative calculation is performed, we review the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and determine if qualitative adjustments need to be considered. Additionally, we consider changes in laws and regulations that could potentially impact the allowance for loan losses. More judgment has been required over the last several years, compared with years prior, in light of the U.S. economy and its effect on our customers’ ability to pay their obligations. We believe that our model reflects recent customer behavior, loan performance, and collection performance, as well as expectations about economic factors.

Similar to the rules governing FFELP payment requirements, our collection policies allow for periods of nonpayment for customers requesting additional payment grace periods upon leaving school or experiencing temporary difficulty meeting payment obligations. This is referred to as forbearance status and is considered separately in our allowance for loan losses. The loss confirmation period is in alignment with our typical collection cycle and takes into account these periods of nonpayment.

Our allowance for Private Education Loan losses also provides for possible additional future charge-offs related to the receivable for partially charged-off Private Education Loans. At the end of each month, for loans that are 212 days past due, we charge off the estimated loss of a defaulted loan balance. Actual recoveries are applied against the remaining loan balance that was not charged off. We refer to this remaining loan balance as the “receivable for partially charged-off loans.” If actual periodic recoveries are less than expected, the difference is immediately charged off through the allowance for loan losses with an offsetting reduction in the receivable for partially charged-off Private Education Loans. If actual periodic recoveries are greater than expected, they will be reflected as a recovery through the allowance for Private Education Loan losses once the cumulative recovery amount exceeds the cumulative amount originally expected to be recovered. Private Education Loans which defaulted between 2008 and 2013 for which we have previously charged off estimated losses have, to varying degrees, not met our post-default recovery expectations to date and may continue not to do so. According to our policy, we have been charging off these periodic shortfalls in expected recoveries against our allowance for Private Education Loan losses and the related receivable for partially charged-off Private Education Loans and we will continue to do so.

On July 1, 2011, we adopted new guidance that clarified when a loan restructuring constitutes a TDR. In applying the new guidance we determined that certain Private Education Loans for which we grant forbearance of greater than three months should be classified as troubled debt restructurings. If a loan meets the criteria for troubled debt accounting then an allowance for loan losses is established which represents the present value of the losses that are expected to occur over the remaining life of the loan. This accounting results in a higher allowance for loan losses than our previously established allowance for these loans as our previous allowance for these loans represented an estimate of charge-offs expected to occur over the next two years (two years being our

 

112


loss confirmation period). The new accounting guidance was effective as of July 1, 2011 but was required to be applied retrospectively to January 1, 2011. This resulted in $124 million of additional provision for loan losses in the third quarter of 2011 from approximately $3.8 billion of student loans being classified as troubled debt restructurings. This new accounting guidance is only applied to certain customers who use their fourth or greater month of forbearance during the time period this new guidance is effective. This new accounting guidance has the effect of accelerating the recognition of expected losses related to our Private Education Loan portfolio. The increase in the provision for losses as a result of this new accounting guidance does not reflect a decrease in credit expectations of the portfolio or an increase in the expected life-of-loan losses related to this portfolio. We believe forbearance is an accepted and effective collections and risk management tool for Private Education Loans. We plan to continue to use forbearance and as a result, we expect to have additional loans classified as troubled debt restructurings in the future (see “Note 4 — Allowance for Loan Losses” for a further discussion on the use of forbearance as a collection tool).

FFELP Loans are insured as to their principal and accrued interest in the event of default subject to a Risk Sharing level based on the date of loan disbursement. These insurance obligations are supported by contractual rights against the United States. For loans disbursed after October 1, 1993, and before July 1, 2006, we receive 98 percent reimbursement on all qualifying default claims. For loans disbursed on or after July 1, 2006, we receive 97 percent reimbursement. For loans disbursed prior to October 1, 1993, we receive 100 percent reimbursement.

The allowance for FFELP Loan losses uses historical experience of customer default behavior and a two year loss confirmation period to estimate the credit losses incurred in the loan portfolio at the reporting date. We apply the default rate projections, net of applicable Risk Sharing, to each category for the current period to perform our quantitative calculation. Once the quantitative calculation is performed, we review the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and determine if qualitative adjustments need to be considered.

Premium and Discount Amortization

The most judgmental estimate for premium and discount amortization on student loans is the CPR, which measures the rate at which loans in the portfolio pay down principal compared to their stated terms. Loan consolidation, default, term extension and other prepayment factors affecting our CPR estimates are affected by changes in our business strategy, changes in our competitor’s business strategies, legislative changes, interest rates and changes to the current economic and credit environment. When we determine the CPR we begin with historical prepayment rates due to consolidation activity, defaults, payoffs and term extensions from the utilization of forbearance. We make judgments about which historical period to start with and then make further judgments about whether that historical experience is representative of future expectations and whether additional adjustment may be needed to those historical prepayment rates.

In the past the consolidation of FFELP Loans and Private Education Loans significantly affected our CPRs and updating those assumptions often resulted in material adjustments to our amortization expense. As a result of the passage of HCERA in 2010, there is no longer the ability to consolidate under the FFELP. As a result, in general, we do not expect to consolidate FFELP Loans in the future and do not currently expect others to actively consolidate our FFELP loans. As a result, we expect CPRs related to our FFELP Loans to remain relatively stable over time. See the section titled “Business Segment Earnings Summary — ‘Core Earnings’ Basis — FFELP Loans Segment” of this Item 7, for discussion of the impact of a recent Special Direct Consolidation Loan Initiative in 2012. We expect that in the future both we and our competitors will begin to consolidate Private Education Loans. This is built into the CPR assumption we use for Private Education Loans. However, it is difficult to accurately project the timing and level at which this consolidation activity will begin and our assumption may need to be updated by a material amount in the future based on changes in the economy and marketplace. The level of defaults is a significant component of our FFELP Loan and Private Education Loan CPR. This component of the FFELP Loan and Private Education Loan CPR is estimated in the same manner as discussed in the section titled “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Allowance for Loan Losses” — the only difference is for premium and discount amortization purposes the estimate of defaults is a life-of-loan estimate whereas for allowance for loan losses it is a two-year estimate.

 

113


Fair Value Measurement

The most significant assumptions used in fair value measurements, including those related to credit and liquidity risk, are as follows:

 

  1. Derivatives — When determining the fair value of derivatives, we take into account counterparty credit risk for positions where we are exposed to the counterparty on a net basis by assessing exposure net of collateral held. The net exposure for each counterparty is adjusted based on market information available for that specific counterparty, including spreads from credit default swaps. Additionally, when the counterparty has exposure to us related to our derivatives, we fully collateralize the exposure, minimizing the adjustment necessary to the derivative valuations for our own credit risk. Trusts that contain derivatives are not required to post collateral to counterparties as the credit quality and securitized nature of the trusts minimizes any adjustments for the counterparty’s exposure to the trusts. Adjustments related to credit risk reduced the overall value of our derivatives by $91 million as of December 31, 2013. We also take into account changes in liquidity when determining the fair value of derivative positions. We adjusted the fair value of certain less liquid positions downward by approximately $84 million to take into account a significant reduction in liquidity as of December 31, 2013, related primarily to basis swaps indexed to interest rate indices with inactive markets. A major indicator of market inactivity is the widening of the bid/ask spread in these markets. In general, the widening of counterparty credit spreads and reduced liquidity for derivative instruments as indicated by wider bid/ask spreads will reduce the fair value of derivatives. In addition, certain cross-currency interest rate swaps hedging foreign currency denominated reset rate and amortizing notes in our trusts contain extension features that coincide with the remarketing dates of the notes. The valuation of the extension feature requires significant judgment based on internally developed inputs.

 

  2. Student Loans — Our FFELP Loans and Private Education Loans are accounted for at cost or at the lower of cost or fair value if the loan is held-for-sale. The fair values of our student loans are disclosed in “Note 12 — Fair Value Measurements.” For both FFELP Loans and Private Education Loans accounted for at cost, fair value is determined by modeling loan level cash flows using stated terms of the assets and internally-developed assumptions to determine aggregate portfolio yield, net present value and average life. The significant assumptions used to project cash flows are prepayment speeds, default rates, cost of funds, the amount funded by debt versus equity, and required return on equity. In addition, the Floor Income component of our FFELP Loan portfolio is valued through discounted cash flow and option models using both observable market inputs and internally developed inputs. Significant inputs into the models are not generally market observable. They are either derived internally through a combination of historical experience and management’s qualitative expectation of future performance (in the case of prepayment speeds, default rates, and capital assumptions) or are obtained through external broker quotes (as in the case of cost of funds). When possible, market transactions are used to validate the model. In most cases, these are either infrequent or not observable. For FFELP Loans classified as held-for-sale and accounted for at the lower of cost or market, the fair value is based on the committed sales price of the various loan purchase programs established by ED.

For further information regarding the effect of our use of fair values on our results of operations, see “Note 12 — Fair Value Measurements.”

Transfers of Financial Assets and the Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”) Consolidation Model

If we have a variable interest in a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”) and we have determined that we are the primary beneficiary of the VIE then we will consolidate the VIE. We are considered the primary beneficiary if we have both: (1) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and (2) the obligation to absorb losses or receive benefits of the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE. There can be considerable judgment that has to be used as it relates to determining the primary beneficiary of the VIEs with which we are associated. There are no “bright line” tests. Rather, the

 

114


assessment of who has the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly affect the VIE’s economic performance and who has the obligation to absorb losses or receive benefits of the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE can be very qualitative and judgmental in nature. However, based on our current relationship with our securitization trusts and other financing vehicles which are considered VIEs, we believe the assessment is more straightforward. As it relates to the securitized assets we consolidate on our balance sheet, we are the servicer of those securitized assets (which means we “have the power” to direct the activities of the trust) and we own the Residual Interest (which means we “have the loss and gain obligation that could potentially be significant to the VIE”) of the securitization trusts. As a result, we are the primary beneficiary of the securitization trusts and other financing vehicles we consolidate on our balance sheet. See “Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies” for further details.

In 2013, we sold Residual Interests in FFELP Loan securitization trusts to third parties. We will continue to service the student loans in the trusts under existing agreements. Prior to the sale of the Residual Interests, we had consolidated the trusts as VIEs because we had met the two criteria for consolidation. We had determined we were the primary beneficiary because (1) as servicer to the trust we had the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly affected its economic performance and (2) as the residual holder of the trust, we had an obligation to absorb losses or receive benefits of the trust that could potentially be significant. Upon the sale of the Residual Interests we were no longer the residual holder, thus we determined we no longer met criterion (2) above and deconsolidated the trusts.

Derivative Accounting

The most significant judgments related to derivative accounting are: (1) concluding the derivative is an effective hedge and qualifies for hedge accounting and (2) determining the fair value of certain derivatives and hedged items. To qualify for hedge accounting a derivative must be concluded to be a highly effective hedge upon designation and on an ongoing basis. There are no “bright line” tests on what is considered a highly effective hedge. We use a historical regression analysis to prove ongoing and prospective hedge effectiveness. See the previous discussion in the section titled “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Fair Value Measurement” for significant judgments related to the valuation of derivatives. Although some of our valuations are more judgmental than others, we compare the fair values of our derivatives that we calculate to those provided by our counterparties on a monthly basis. We view this as a critical control which helps validate these judgments. Any significant differences with our counterparties are identified and resolved appropriately.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

In determining annually (or more frequently if required) whether goodwill is impaired, we first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is “more-likely-than-not” that the fair value of a reporting unit, which is the same as or one level below a business segment, is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform additional goodwill impairment testing. The “more-likely-than-not” threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50 percent. If this “more-likely-than-not” threshold is met, then we will complete a quantitative goodwill impairment analysis which consists of a comparison of the fair value of the reporting unit to our carrying value, including goodwill. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds the fair value, a goodwill impairment analysis will be performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. If we determine that this event has occurred, we perform an analysis to determine the fair value of the business unit. There are significant judgments involved in determining the fair value of a business unit, including assumptions regarding estimates of future cash flows from existing and new business activities, customer relationships, the value of existing customer contracts, the value of other tangible and intangible assets, as well as assumptions regarding what we believe a third party would be willing to pay for all of the assets and liabilities of the business unit. This calculation requires us to estimate the appropriate discount and growth rates to apply to those projected cash flows and the appropriate control premium to apply to arrive at the final fair value. The business units for which we must estimate the fair value are not publicly traded and often there is not comparable market data available for that individual business to aid in its valuation. We use a third party appraisal firm to provide an opinion on the fair values we conclude upon.

 

115


Risk Management

Our Approach

The products and services we provide, as well as the financial markets in which we participate, continue to undergo dramatic competitive, operational, technological and regulatory changes. Identifying, understanding, and effectively managing the risks inherent in our business is critical to our continued success. Risk oversight, management and assessment responsibilities are clearly assigned and documented, reviewed and coordinated at various levels of our organization. We maintain comprehensive risk management practices to identify, measure, monitor, evaluate, control, and report on our significant risks.

Risk Oversight

Our Board of Directors and its standing committees oversee our overall strategic direction, including setting our risk management philosophy, tolerance and parameters; and establishing procedures for assessing the risks our businesses face as well as the risk management practices our management team develop and utilize. We escalate to our Board any significant departures from established tolerances and parameters and review new and emerging risks with them.

In 2012, our Board of Directors and senior management took significant steps to further enhance, formalize and centralize our existing enterprise risk management activities. These efforts continued into 2013 and we expect these efforts will continue to further evolve as Sallie Mae Bank achieves “large bank” status under the Dodd-Frank Act. The steps taken in 2012 and continued in 2013 included:

 

   

The addition of a new, extended meeting of our Board of Directors focused exclusively on our strategic direction and priorities. This meeting will occur annually and in advance of management’s development and presentation of its business plan for the following fiscal year.

 

   

The development and, then, adoption in early 2013 of a formal Risk Appetite Framework which reinforces our commitment to an organized enterprise risk management program that identifies, measures, monitors, reports and escalates risks to our senior management and Board in line with developed and agreed risk profiles, tolerances and escalation mechanisms.

 

   

The initial development and testing of a strategy and stress testing tool designed to overlay our previously existing, well-developed financial, credit and operational models that can evolve to provide us and Sallie Mae Bank with the capability to more rapidly analyze key risks in light of actual or assumed changes in strategy, economic conditions, and asset, liability and portfolio performance.

 

   

Enhancement to our existing incentive compensation plan risk oversight policies and procedures which included the following: the creation of a new committee, the Corporate Incentive Compensation Plan Committee, to oversee our incentive compensation plans; enhancements to our incentive compensation plan governance policy, which among other items, require appropriate risk mitigation elements in our incentive compensation plans and annual review of the effectiveness of such plans; and increase in coverage of plans during our annual risk review.

In 2014 it is anticipated that the SLM BankCo Board of Directors and senior management will designate a chief risk officer upon completion of the Spin-Off.

Risk Management Philosophy

Our risk management philosophy is to do all we can to ensure all significant risks inherent in our business can be identified, measured, monitored, evaluated, controlled and reported. In furtherance of these goals, we seek to: (i) maintain a comprehensive and uniform risk management framework; (ii) maintain accountability and ownership at the business segment level for risks to which they are exposed; (iii) provide appropriate reporting tools to management and the Board of Directors and its committees; and (iv) reinforce this philosophy to our employees.

 

116


Risk Management Roles and Responsibilities

Responsibility for risk management is currently held at several different levels of our organization, including our Board of Directors and its committees. Each business area within our organization is primarily responsible for managing its specific risks utilizing formalized processes and procedures developed in collaboration with our executive management team and internal risk management partners. Our compliance, credit, human resources, legal, information technology, finance and accounting, and information security groups, are responsible for providing our business segments with the training, systems and specialized expertise necessary to properly perform their risk management responsibilities.

Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors, directly and through its standing committees, is responsible for overseeing our overall strategic direction and risk management approach. The Board of Directors approves our annual business plan, periodically reviews our strategic approach and priorities and spends significant time considering our capital requirements and our dividend and share repurchase levels and activities. Standing committees of our Board of Directors include Executive, Audit, Compensation and Personnel, Nominations and Governance, Finance and Operations and Preferred Stock Committees. Charters for each committee providing their specific responsibilities and areas of risk oversight are published at www.salliemae.com under “Investors-Corporate Governance.” Additional information regarding their activities and responsibilities will be contained in the “Corporate Governance” section of our proxy statement to be filed on Schedule 14A relating to our 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “2014 Proxy Statement”) and is incorporated herein by reference.

Chief Executive Officer. Our Chief Executive Officer is ultimately responsible for ensuring proper oversight, management and reporting to the Board of Directors regarding our risk management practices and the timely escalation of any significant issues. Our Chief Executive Officer is responsible for establishing our risk management culture and ensuring business areas operate within directed risk parameters and in accordance with our annual business plan.

Internal Risk Oversight Committees. We have a number of standing management committees dedicated to oversight of various risks relating to our business. In 2012, we formed the Corporate Incentive Compensation Plan Committee and in 2013 we initiated an additional senior-executive level committee, the Enterprise Risk Committee. Both committees have broader risk oversight agendas and responsibilities. Below is a description of our key internal risk management committees.

Enterprise Risk Committee. As part of the adoption of our formal Risk Appetite Framework, we recently formed an Enterprise Risk Committee to more efficiently assist our Chief Executive Officer in the execution of his risk responsibilities. This committee is an executive management-level committee that provides a forum for our senior management team to review and discuss our significant risks, receive periodic reports on adherence to agreed risk parameters and continue to supervise the evolution of our enterprise risk management program. Committee membership consists of our President and Chief Executive Officer, Executive Vice President and General Counsel, Executive Vice President — Banking and Finance, Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer, Executive Vice President — Administration, Chief Credit Officer, Chief Compliance Officer and the Chief Audit Officer (in a non-voting capacity). The predominance of committee members are direct reports to our Chief Executive Officer. The committee meets at least six times per year in advance of each regularly scheduled Board of Directors meeting and more frequently as may needed to address particular issues.

Corporate Incentive Compensation Plan Committee. Our Corporate Incentive Compensation Plan Committee is comprised of a cross-functional team of senior officers from human resources, risk and legal who oversee our incentive compensation plans. The committee’s responsibilities include ensuring that our incentive compensation plans do not incent our employees to take inappropriate risks which could impact our financial position and controls, reputation and operations; reviewing the annual risk assessment of our incentive compensation plans conducted by our Chief Compliance Officer and Chief Credit Officer; and developing policies and procedures for the development and approval of new incentive compensation plans in line with our

 

117


business goals and within acceptable risk parameters. The committee periodically reports to the Compensation and Personnel Committee (the “Compensation Committee”) of our Board of Directors on our controls and reviews of our incentive compensation plans. Committee membership includes our Executive Vice President — Administration, Chief Compliance Officer, Chief Credit Officer, Deputy General Counsel responsible for human resources matters, and our Chief Audit Officer (in a non-voting capacity).

Disclosure Committee. Our Disclosure Committee reviews and approves content of periodic SEC reporting documents, earnings releases and related disclosure policies and procedures.

Loan Loss Reserve Committee. Our Loan Loss Reserve Committee oversees the sufficiency of our loan loss reserves and considers current or emerging issues affecting delinquency and default trends which may result in adjustments in our allowances for loan losses.

Critical Accounting Assumptions Committee. Our Critical Accounting Assumptions Committee oversees critical accounting assumptions, as well as key judgments and estimates, utilized in preparation of our financial statements.

Asset and Liability Committee. Our Asset and Liability Committee oversees our investment portfolio and strategy and our compliance with our investment policy.

Corporate Credit Committee. Our Corporate Credit Committee oversees the overall credit and portfolio management strategy, policy review and monitoring.

Corporate Compliance Committee. Our Corporate Compliance Committee oversees regulatory compliance risk management activities for Sallie Mae and its affiliates.

ICE Steering Committee. Our ICE Steering Committee oversees our Internal Controls Excellence (“ICE”) initiative and Sarbanes-Oxley compliance and sponsors periodic forums in which the top internal control deficiencies are discussed and analyzed to ensure the control deficiencies are identified, understood by all relevant affected parties, and have established resolution plans supported by adequate resources.

Customer Products and Services Assessment Committee. Our Customer Products and Services Assessment Committee considers matters relating to risks affecting us and our wholly- and majority-owned subsidiaries associated with new, expanded, or modified products or services and makes recommendations regarding proposed products or service offerings based on their inherent risks and controls.

Internal Audit Risk Assessment

Our Internal Audit Department monitors our various risk management and compliance efforts, identifies areas that may require increased focus and resources, and reports significant control issues and recommendations to executive management and the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. At least annually, our Internal Audit Department performs a risk assessment to evaluate the risk of all significant components of our Company and uses the results to develop their annual internal audit plan. The risk assessment process was enhanced during 2013 to include more detailed measures of risk and more formalized identification of auditable components of our Company. The risk assessment focuses on auditable areas relevant to us and our subsidiaries (including Sallie Mae Bank).

Risk Appetite Framework

Our risk appetite framework establishes the level of risk we are willing to accept within each risk category in pursuit of our business strategy. By having a uniform risk appetite framework, it creates linkages across our businesses to ensure business decisions, monitoring and reporting are made on a consistent basis. Management and our various corporate committees monitor approved limits and escalation triggers to ensure that our businesses are operating within the approved risk limits. Risk limits are monitored and reports are provided to various corporate committees and our Board and its committees, as appropriate. Through ongoing monitoring of

 

118


risk exposures, management is able to identify potential risks and develop appropriate responses and mitigation strategies. Our Board of Directors has agreed our Risk Appetite Framework with management and directed management to continue its development and evolution with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors.

Risk Categories

We evaluate our significant risks using the following categories: (1) credit; (2) market; (3) funding & liquidity; (4) compliance; (5) legal; (6) operational; (7) reputational/political; (8) governance; and (9) strategy.

Credit Risk. Credit risk is the risk to earnings or capital resulting from an obligor’s failure to meet the terms of any contract with us or otherwise fail to perform as agreed. Credit risk is found in all activities where success depends on counterparty, issuer or borrower performance.

We have credit or counterparty risk exposure with borrowers and cosigners with whom we have made Private Education Loans, the various counterparties with whom we have entered into derivative contracts and the various issuers with whom we make investments. Credit and counterparty risks are overseen by our Chief Credit Officer, his staff and the internal Credit Committee he chairs. Our Chief Credit Officer reports regularly to our Board and Finance and Operations and Audit Committees of our Board of Directors.

The credit risk related to Private Education Loans is managed within a credit risk infrastructure which includes: (i) a well-defined underwriting, asset quality and collection policy framework; (ii) an ongoing monitoring and review process of portfolio concentration and trends; (iii) assignment and management of credit authorities and responsibilities; and (iv) establishment of an allowance for loan losses that covers estimated losses based upon portfolio and economic analysis.

Credit risk related to derivative contracts is managed by reviewing counterparties for credit strength on an ongoing basis and through our credit policies, which place limits on the amount of exposure we may take with any one counterparty and, in most cases, require collateral to secure the position. The credit and counterparty risk associated with derivatives is measured based on the replacement cost should the counterparties with contracts in a gain position to the Company fail to perform under the terms of the contract.

Market Risk. Market risk is the risk to earnings or capital resulting from changes in market conditions, such as interest rates, credit spreads, commodity prices or volatilities. We are exposed to various types of market risk, in particular the risk of loss resulting in a mismatch between the maturity/duration of assets and liabilities, interest rate risk and other risks that arise through the management of our investment, debt and student loan portfolios. Market risk exposures are managed primarily through our internal Asset and Liability Committee. The responsibilities of this committee include: maintaining oversight and responsibility for all risks associated with managing our assets and liabilities, and recommending limits to be included in our risk appetite and investment structure. These activities are closely tied to those related to the management of our funding and liquidity risks. The Finance and Operations Committee of our Board of Directors periodically reviews and approves the investment and asset and liability management policies and contingency funding plan developed and administered by our internal Asset and Liability Committee. The Finance and Operations Committee of our Board of Directors as well as our Executive Vice President — Banking and Finance report to the full Board of Directors on matters of market risk management.

Funding and Liquidity Risk. Funding and liquidity risk is the risk to earnings, capital or the conduct of our business arising from the inability to meet our obligations when they become due without incurring unacceptable losses, such as the ability to fund liability maturities and deposit withdrawals, or invest in future asset growth and business operations at reasonable market rates, as well as the inability to fund Private Education Loan originations. Our three primary liquidity needs include our ongoing ability to meet our funding needs for our businesses throughout market cycles, including during periods of financial stress and to avoid any mismatch between the maturity of assets and liabilities; our ongoing ability to fund originations of Private Education Loans; and servicing our indebtedness and bank deposits. Key objectives associated with our funding liquidity needs relate to our ability to access the capital markets at reasonable rates and to continue to maintain retail deposits and funding sources through Sallie Mae Bank.

 

119


Our funding and liquidity risk management activities are centralized within our Corporate Finance department, which is responsible for planning and executing our funding activities and strategies. We analyze and monitor our liquidity risk, maintain excess liquidity and access diverse funding sources depending on current market conditions. Funding and liquidity risks are overseen and recommendations approved primarily through our internal Asset and Liability Committee. The Finance and Operations Committee of our Board of Directors is responsible for periodically reviewing and approving the funding and liquidity positions and contingency funding plan developed and administered by our internal Asset and Liability Committee. The Finance and Operations Committee of our Board of Directors also receives regular reports on our performance against funding and liquidity plans at each of its meetings.

Operational Risk. Operational risk is the risk to earnings resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. Operational risk is pervasive in that it exists in all business lines, functional units, legal entities and geographic locations, and it includes information technology risk, physical security risk on tangible assets, as well as legal/compliance risk and reputational risk.

Our Board of Directors receives operations reports (which include operating metrics and performance against annual plan) from our Chief Executive Officer at each regularly scheduled meeting. Additionally, the Finance & Operations Committee of our Board of Directors receives business development updates regarding our various business initiatives that provide information and metrics about each key component of business operations. The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors receives periodic information security updates and reviews operational and systems-related matters to insure their implementation produces no significant internal control issues.

Operational risk exposures are managed through a combination of business line management and enterprise-wide oversight. Our Chief Executive Officer is responsible for all of our business operations (credit, servicing, collections and technology). Management committees, comprised of senior managers and subject matter experts, focus on particular aspects of operational risk. Enterprise-wide oversight is conducted by a number of our internal risk management committees. Most importantly, the Customer Products and Services Assessment Committee oversees the process, in connection with new, expanded or modified products or services it recommends for approval, for determining that significant risks are properly identified; confirming that adequate controls are in place to monitor risks to established, prudent limits; and monitors risk management activities, exposures, and issues.

Compliance, Legal and Governance Risk. Compliance risk is the current and prospective risk to earnings or capital arising from violations of, or non-conformance with, laws, rules, regulations, prescribed practices, internal policies and procedures, or ethical standards. Legal risk is the risk to earnings, capital or reputation that is manifested by claims made through the legal system and may arise from a product, a transaction, a business relationship, property (real, personal or intellectual), conduct of an employee or a change in law or regulation. Governance risk is the risk of not establishing and maintaining a control environment that aligns with stakeholder and regulatory expectations, including tone at the top and board performance. These risks are inherent in all of our businesses. Compliance, legal and governance risk are sub-sets of operational risk but are recognized as a separate and complementary risk category given their importance in our business. We can be exposed to these risks in key areas such as our private education lending, collections or loan servicing businesses if compliance with legal and regulatory requirements is not properly implemented, documented or tested, as well as when an oversight program does not include appropriate audit and control features.

The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors has oversight over the establishment of standards related to our monitoring and control of legal and compliance risks and the qualification of employees overseeing these risk management functions. The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors annually approves our Corporate Compliance Plan, has responsibility for considering significant breaches of our Code of Business Conduct and receives regular reports from executive management team members responsible for the regulatory and compliance risk management functions.

 

120


Primary ownership and responsibility for legal and compliance risk is placed with the business segments to manage their specific regulatory and compliance risks. Our Compliance group supports these activities by providing extensive training, monitoring and testing of the processes, policies and procedures utilized by our business segments, maintaining consumer lending regulatory and information security policies and procedures, and working in close coordination with our Legal group. Our Corporate Compliance Committee serves as a regular internal forum where key compliance issues and risks are discussed. At this committee, business, compliance and legal professionals review testing of existing regulatory compliance procedures and approve new or revised procedures.

Our Code of Business Conduct and the on-going training our employees receive in many compliance areas provide a framework for our employees to conduct themselves with the highest integrity. We instill a risk-conscious culture through communications, training, policies and procedures. We have strengthened the linkage between the management performance process and individual compensation to encourage employees to work toward corporate-wide compliance goals.

Reputational and Political Risk. Reputational risk is the risk to shareholder value and growth from a negative perception, whether true or not, of an organization by its key stakeholders, the changing expectations of its stakeholders and/or weak internal coordination of business decisions. This could expose us to litigation, financial loss or other damage to our business or brand. Political risk addresses political changes that may affect the probability of achieving our business objectives.

Management proactively assesses and manages political and reputational risk. Our government relations team manages our review of and response to all formal inquiries from members of Congress, state legislators, and their staff, including providing targeted messaging that reinforces our public policy goals. We review and consider political and reputational risks on an integrated basis in connection with the risk management oversight activities conducted in the various aspects of our business on matters as diverse as the launch of new products and services, our credit underwriting activities and how we fund our operations. Our public relations, marketing and media teams constantly monitor print, electronic and social media to understand how we are perceived; actively provide assistance and support to our customers and other constituencies; and maintain and promote the value of our considerable corporate brand. Significant political and reputational risks are reported to and monitored by the Finance and Operations Committee of our Board of Directors. Our Legal, Government Relations and Compliance groups efforts are coordinated through our General Counsel and regularly meet and collaborate with our Media and Investor Relations teams to provide more coordinated monitoring and management of our political and reputational risks.

Strategy Risk. Strategic risk is the risk to shareholder value and growth trajectory from adverse business decisions and/or improper implementation of business strategies. Management must be able to develop and implement business strategies that leverage the organization’s core competencies, are structured appropriately and are achievable. The cornerstone of our annual strategy risk management program involves our Board of Directors approval of our annual strategic business plan and management’s recommendations for how to grow our business while focused on managing risks to acceptable parameters. Management and the Board of Directors and its various committees continuously review how we execute on our annual business plan.

 

121


Common Stock

The following table summarizes our common share repurchases and issuances.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
      2013      2012      2011  

Common stock repurchased(1)

     26,987,043         58,038,239         19,054,115   

Average purchase price per share(2)

   $ 22.26       $ 15.52       $ 15.77   

Shares repurchased related to employee stock-based compensation plans(3)

     6,365,002         4,547,785         3,024,662   

Average purchase price per share

   $ 21.76       $ 15.86       $ 15.71   

Common shares issued(4)

     9,702,976         6,432,643         3,886,217   

 

  (1) 

Common shares purchased under our share repurchase program, of which $200 million remained available as of December 31, 2013.

 

  (2) 

Average purchase price per share includes purchase commission costs.

 

  (3) 

Comprises shares withheld from stock option exercises and vesting of restricted stock for employees’ tax withholding obligations and shares tendered by employees to satisfy option exercise costs.

 

  (4) 

Common shares issued under our various compensation and benefit plans.

The closing price of our common stock on December 31, 2013 was $26.28.

Our shareholders have authorized the issuance of 1.125 billion shares of common stock (par value of $.20). At December 31, 2013, 429 million shares were issued and outstanding and 31 million shares were unissued but encumbered for outstanding stock options for employee compensation and remaining authority for stock-based compensation plans. The stock-based compensation plans are described in Note 11, “Stock-Based Compensation Plans and Arrangements.”

In March 2011, we retired 70 million shares of common stock held in treasury. This retirement decreased the balance in treasury stock by $1.9 billion, with corresponding decreases of $14 million in common stock and $1.9 billion in additional paid-in capital. There was no impact to total equity from this transaction.

Dividend and Share Repurchase Program

In 2013, we increased the quarterly dividend on our common stock to $.15 per share, up from $.125 per share in the prior year. In 2013, we authorized the repurchase of up to $800 million of outstanding common stock in open market transactions and we repurchased 27 million shares for an aggregate purchase price of $600 million. In 2012, we authorized the repurchase of up to $900 million of outstanding common stock in open market transactions and we repurchased 58 million shares for an aggregate purchase price of $900 million. In 2011, we authorized the repurchase of up to $300 million of outstanding common stock in open market transactions and we repurchased 19 million shares for an aggregate purchase price of $300 million.

 

122


Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis

Our interest rate risk management seeks to limit the impact of short-term movements in interest rates on our results of operations and financial position. The following tables summarize the potential effect on earnings over the next 12 months and the potential effect on fair values of balance sheet assets and liabilities at December 31, 2013 and 2012, based upon a sensitivity analysis performed by management assuming a hypothetical increase in market interest rates of 100 basis points and 300 basis points while funding spreads remain constant. Additionally, as it relates to the effect on earnings, a sensitivity analysis was performed assuming the funding index increases 25 basis points while holding the asset index constant, if the funding index is different than the asset index. The earnings sensitivity is applied only to financial assets and liabilities, including hedging instruments that existed at the balance sheet date and does not take into account new assets, liabilities or hedging instruments that may arise in 2014.

 

     As of December 31, 2013
Impact on Annual Earnings If:
    As of December 31, 2012
Impact on Annual Earnings If:
 
     Interest Rates:      Funding
Indices
    Interest Rates:      Funding
Indices
 

(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

   Increase
100 Basis
Points
     Increase
300 Basis
Points
     Increase
25 Basis
Points(1)
    Increase
100 Basis
Points
    Increase
300 Basis
Points
     Increase
25 Basis
Points(1)
 

Effect on Earnings:

               

Change in pre-tax net income before unrealized gains (losses) on derivative and hedging activities

   $ 9       $ 93       $ (238   $ (20   $ 24       $ (307

Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative and hedging activities

     256         427         1        463        769         (3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Increase in net income before taxes

   $ 265       $ 520       $ (237   $ 443      $ 793       $ (310
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Increase in diluted earnings per common share

   $ .59       $ 1.16       $ (.53   $ .92      $ 1.64       $ (.64
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) 

If an asset is not funded with the same index/frequency reset of the asset then it is assumed the funding index increases 25 basis points while holding the asset index constant.

 

     At December 31, 2013  
     Fair Value      Interest Rates:  
        Change from
Increase of
100 Basis
Points
    Change from
Increase of
300 Basis
Points
 

(Dollars in millions)

              $                     %                     $                     %          

Effect on Fair Values

           

Assets

           

FFELP Loans

   $ 104,481       $ (566     (1 )%    $ (1,126     (1 )% 

Private Education Loans

     37,485         —         —         —         —    

Other earning assets

     9,732         —         —         (1     —    

Other assets

     7,711         (278     (4     (435     (6
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets gain/(loss)

   $ 159,409       $ (844     (1 )%    $ (1,562     (1 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Interest-bearing liabilities

   $ 147,385       $ (859     (1 )%    $ (2,393     (2 )% 

Other liabilities

     3,458         58        2        805        23   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities (gain)/loss

   $ 150,843       $ (801     (1 )%    $ (1,588     (1 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

123


     At December 31, 2012  
     Fair Value      Interest Rates:  
        Change from
Increase of
100 Basis
Points
    Change from
Increase of
300 Basis
Points
 

(Dollars in millions)

              $                     %                     $                     %          

Effect on Fair Values

           

Assets

           

FFELP Loans

   $ 125,042       $ (738     (1 )%   $ (1,438     (1 )% 

Private Education Loans

     36,081         —         —         —         —    

Other earning assets

     9,994         —         —         (1     —    

Other assets

     8,721         (560     (6     (1,187     (14 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets gain/(loss)

   $ 179,838       $ (1,298     (1 )%    $ (2,626     (1 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Interest-bearing liabilities

   $ 166,071       $ (829     —     $ (2,298     (1 )% 

Other liabilities

     3,937         (422     (11     (274     (7
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities (gain)/loss

   $ 170,008       $ (1,251     (1 )%    $ (2,572     (2 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

A primary objective in our funding is to minimize our sensitivity to changing interest rates by generally funding our floating rate student loan portfolio with floating rate debt. However, due to the ability of some FFELP loans to earn Floor Income, we can have a fixed versus floating mismatch in funding if the student loan earns at the fixed borrower rate and the funding remains floating. In addition, we can have a mismatch in the index (including the frequency of reset) of floating rate debt versus floating rate assets.

During 2013 and 2012, certain FFELP Loans were earning Floor Income and we locked in a portion of that Floor Income through the use of Floor Income Contracts. The result of these hedging transactions was to convert a portion of the fixed rate nature of student loans to variable rate, and to fix the relative spread between the student loan asset rate and the variable rate liability.

In the preceding tables, under the scenario where interest rates increase 100 and 300 basis points, the change in pre-tax net income before the unrealized gains (losses) on derivative and hedging activities is primarily due to the impact of (i) our unhedged loans being in a fixed-rate mode due to Floor Income, while being funded with variable debt in low interest rate environments; and (ii) a portion of our variable assets being funded with fixed rate liabilities and equity. Item (i) will generally cause income to decrease when interest rates increase from a low interest rate environment, whereas item (ii) will generally offset this decrease.

Under the scenario in the tables above labeled “Impact on Annual Earnings If: Funding Indices Increase 25 Basis Points,” the main driver of the decrease in pre-tax income before unrealized gains (losses) on derivative and hedging activities in both the December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 analyses is primarily the result of one-month LIBOR-indexed FFELP Loans (loans formerly indexed to commercial paper) being funded with three-month LIBOR and other non-discrete indexed liabilities. See “Asset and Liability Funding Gap” of this Item 7A for a further discussion. Increasing the spread between indices will also impact the unrealized gains (losses) on derivative and hedging activities as it relates to basis swaps that hedge the mismatch between the asset and funding indices.

In addition to interest rate risk addressed in the preceding tables, we are also exposed to risks related to foreign currency exchange rates. Foreign currency exchange risk is primarily the result of foreign currency denominated debt issued by us. When we issue foreign denominated corporate unsecured and securitization debt, our policy is to use cross currency interest rate swaps to swap all foreign currency denominated debt payments (fixed and floating) to U.S. dollar LIBOR using a fixed exchange rate. In the tables above, there would be an immaterial impact on earnings if exchange rates were to decrease or increase, due to the terms of the hedging instrument and hedged items matching. The balance sheet interest bearing liabilities would be affected by a change in exchange rates; however, the change would be materially offset by the cross currency interest rate

 

124


swaps in other assets or other liabilities. In the current economic environment, volatility in the spread between spot and forward foreign exchange rates has resulted in material mark-to-market impacts to current-period earnings which have not been factored into the above analysis. The earnings impact is noncash, and at maturity of the instruments the cumulative mark-to-market impact will be zero.

Asset and Liability Funding Gap

The tables below present our assets and liabilities (funding) arranged by underlying indices as of December 31, 2013. In the following GAAP presentation, the funding gap only includes derivatives that qualify as effective hedges (those derivatives which are reflected in net interest margin, as opposed to those reflected in the “gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities, net” line on the consolidated statements of income). The difference between the asset and the funding is the funding gap for the specified index. This represents our exposure to interest rate risk in the form of basis risk and repricing risk, which is the risk that the different indices may reset at different frequencies or may not move in the same direction or at the same magnitude.

Management analyzes interest rate risk and in doing so includes all derivatives that are economically hedging our debt whether they qualify as effective hedges or not (“Core Earnings” basis). Accordingly, we are also presenting the asset and liability funding gap on a “Core Earnings” basis in the table that follows the GAAP presentation.

GAAP-Basis

 

Index

(Dollars in billions)

   Frequency of
Variable

Resets
   Assets(1)      Funding(2)      Funding
Gap
 

3-month Treasury bill

   weekly    $ 5.4       $ —        $ 5.4   

Prime

   annual      .6         —          .6   

Prime

   quarterly      4.0         —          4.0   

Prime

   monthly      18.9         —          18.9   

Prime

   daily      —          .1         (0.1

PLUS Index

   annual      .4         —          .4   

3-month LIBOR

   daily      —          —          —    

3-month LIBOR

   quarterly      —          85.1         (85.1

1-month LIBOR

   monthly      14.4         36.9         (22.5

1-month LIBOR daily

   daily      98.2         —          98.2   

CMT/CPI Index

   monthly/quarterly      —          1.1         (1.1

Non-Discrete reset(3)

   monthly      —          12.7         (12.7

Non-Discrete reset(4)

   daily/weekly      9.7         5.1         4.6   

Fixed Rate(5)

        7.9         18.5         (10.6
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 159.5       $ 159.5       $ —    
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) 

FFELP Loans of $45.0 billion ($41.7 billion LIBOR index and $3.3 billion Treasury bill index) are currently earning a fixed rate of interest as a result of the low interest rate environment.

 

 

  (2) 

Funding (by index) includes all derivatives that qualify as hedges.

 

 

  (3) 

Funding consists of auction rate asset-backed securities and FFELP Loan-other facilities.

 

 

  (4) 

Assets include restricted and unrestricted cash equivalents and other overnight type instruments. Funding includes retail and other deposits and the obligation to return cash collateral held related to derivatives exposures.

 

 

  (5) 

Assets include receivables and other assets (including goodwill and acquired intangibles). Funding includes other liabilities and stockholders’ equity (excluding series B Preferred Stock).

 

 

125


The “Funding Gaps” in the above table are primarily interest rate mismatches in short-term indices between our assets and liabilities. We address this issue typically through the use of basis swaps that typically convert quarterly reset three-month LIBOR to other indices that are more correlated to our asset indices. These basis swaps do not qualify as effective hedges and as a result the effect on the funding index is not included in our interest margin and is therefore excluded from the GAAP presentation.

“Core Earnings” Basis

 

Index

(Dollars in billions)

   Frequency of
Variable
Resets
   Assets(1)      Funding(2)      Funding
Gap
 

3-month Treasury bill

   weekly    $ 5.4       $ —         $ 5.4   

Prime

   annual      .6         —          .6   

Prime

   quarterly      4.0         —          4.0   

Prime

   monthly      18.9         1.5         17.4   

Prime

   daily      —          .1         (0.1

PLUS Index

   annual      .4         —          0.4   

3-month LIBOR

   quarterly      —          69.8         (69.8

1-month LIBOR

   monthly      14.4         48.8         (34.4

1-month LIBOR

   daily      98.2         5.0         93.2   

Non-Discrete reset(3)

   monthly      —          12.8         (12.8

Non-Discrete reset(4)

   daily/weekly      9.7         5.1         4.6   

Fixed Rate(5)

        5.8         14.3         (8.5
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 157.4       $ 157.4       $ —    
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) 

FFELP Loans of $13.3 billion ($13.1 billion LIBOR index and $.2 billion Treasury bill index) are currently earning a fixed rate of interest as a result of the low interest rate environment.

 

 

  (2) 

Funding (by index) includes all derivatives that management considers economic hedges of interest rate risk and reflects how we internally manage our interest rate exposure.

 

 

  (3) 

Funding consists of auction rate asset-backed securities and FFELP-other facilities.

 

 

  (4) 

Assets include restricted and unrestricted cash equivalents and other overnight type instruments. Funding includes retail and other deposits and the obligation to return cash collateral held related to derivatives exposures.

 

 

  (5) 

Assets include receivables and other assets (including goodwill and acquired intangibles). Funding includes other liabilities and stockholders’ equity (excluding series B Preferred Stock).

 

We use interest rate swaps and other derivatives to achieve our risk management objectives. Our asset liability management strategy is to match assets with debt (in combination with derivatives) that have the same underlying index and reset frequency or, when economical, have interest rate characteristics that we believe are highly correlated. The use of funding with index types and reset frequencies that are different from our assets exposes us to interest rate risk in the form of basis and repricing risk. This could result in our cost of funds not moving in the same direction or with the same magnitude as the yield on our assets. While we believe this risk is low, as all of these indices are short-term with rate movements that are highly correlated over a long period of time, market disruptions (which have occurred in recent years) can lead to a temporary divergence between indices resulting in a negative impact to our earnings.

 

126


Weighted Average Life

The following table reflects the weighted average life for our earning assets and liabilities at December 31, 2013.

 

(Averages in Years)

   Weighted Average
Life
 

Earning assets

  

Student loans

     7.5   

Other loans

     7.3   

Cash and investments

     .1   
  

 

 

 

Total earning assets

     7.0   
  

 

 

 

Borrowings

  

Short-term borrowings

     .3   

Long-term borrowings

     6.3   
  

 

 

 

Total borrowings

     5.7   
  

 

 

 

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Reference is made to the financial statements listed under the heading “(a) 1.A. Financial Statements” of Item 15 hereof, which financial statements are incorporated by reference in response to this Item 8.

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Nothing to report.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer , evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of December 31, 2013. Based on this evaluation, our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2013, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is (a) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and (b) accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Management also used an IT governance framework that is based on the COSO framework, Control Objectives for Information and related Technology, which was issued by the Information Systems Audit and Control Association and the IT Governance Institute. Based on our assessment and those criteria, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2013, our internal control over financial reporting is effective.

 

127


KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, audited the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, as stated in their report which appears below.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

No change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) occurred during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2013 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B. Other Information

Nothing to report.

 

128


PART III.

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information contained in the 2014 Proxy Statement, including information appearing in the sections titled “Proposal 1 — Election of Directors,” “Executive Officers,” “Other Matters — Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and “Corporate Governance” in the 2014 Proxy Statement, is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information contained in the 2014 Proxy Statement, including information appearing in the sections titled “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation” in the 2014 Proxy Statement, is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information contained in the 2014 Proxy Statement, including information appearing in the sections titled “Equity Compensation Plan Information,” “Ownership of Common Stock” and “Ownership of Common Stock by Directors and Executive Officers” in the 2014 Proxy Statement, is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information contained in the 2014 Proxy Statement, including information appearing under “Other Matters — Certain Relationships and Transactions” and “Corporate Governance” in the 2014 Proxy Statement, is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information contained in the 2014 Proxy Statement, including information appearing under “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the 2014 Proxy Statement, is incorporated herein by reference.

 

129


PART IV.

 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a)  1.  Financial Statements

A. The following consolidated financial statements of SLM Corporation and the Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm thereon are included in Item 8 above:

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-3   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-4   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-7   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December  31, 2011, 2012 and 2013

     F-8   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-11   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-12   

2.  Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

3.  Exhibits

The exhibits listed in the accompanying index to exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We will furnish at cost a copy of any exhibit filed with or incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Oral or written requests for copies of any exhibits should be directed to the Corporate Secretary.

 

130


4.  Appendices

Appendix A — Federal Family Education Loan Program

(b)  Exhibits

 

    3.1    Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-159447) filed on May 22, 2009).
    3.2    By-Laws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 21, 2011).
    4.1    Indenture, dated as of October 1, 2000, between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon, as successor to J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, National Association, formerly Chase Manhattan Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-13251) filed on October 5, 2000).
    4.2    Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 16, 2003, between the registrant and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-13251) filed on January 17, 2003).
    4.3    Amended Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 17, 2004, between the Company and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-13251) filed on December 17, 2004).
    4.4    Second Amended Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 22, 2008, between the Company and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-13251) filed on July 25, 2008).
    4.5    Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 15, 2008, between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-13251) filed on October 15, 2008).
    4.6    Medium Term Note Master Note, Series A (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-13251) filed on November 7, 2001).
    4.7    Medium Term Note Master Note, Series B (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-13251) filed on January 28, 2003).
  10.1    Affiliate Collateral Pledge and Security Agreement between SLM Education Credit Finance Corporation, HICA Education Loan Corporation and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines, dated January 15, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 26, 2010).
  10.2    Advances, Pledge and Security Agreement between HICA Education Loan Corporation and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines, dated January 15, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 26, 2010).
  10.3    Asset Purchase Agreement between The Student Loan Corporation; Citibank, N.A.; Citibank (South Dakota) National Association; SLC Student Loan Receivables I, Inc., SLM Corporation, Bull Run 1 LLC, SLM Education Credit Finance Corporation and Sallie Mae, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 8, 2010).
  10.4†    Retainer Agreement between Anthony P. Terracciano and the Company, dated January 7, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 9, 2008).

 

131


  10.5†    Amendment to Retainer Agreement Anthony Terracciano and the Company, dated December 24, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 26, 2010).
  10.6†    Second Amendment to Retainer Agreement between Anthony P. Terracciano and the Company, dated September 23, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 28, 2011).
  10.7†    Employment Agreement between John F. Remondi and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 7, 2008).
  10.8†    Employment Agreement between Joseph DePaulo and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 6, 2010).
  10.9†    Form of SLM Corporation Executive Severance Plan for Senior Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 4, 2011).
  10.10†    Form of SLM Corporation Change in Control Severance Plan for Senior Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 4, 2011).
  10.11†    Form of Director’s Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 27, 2012).
  10.12†    Sallie Mae Supplemental 401(k) Savings Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 2, 2009) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 27, 2012).
  10.13†    Sallie Mae Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Employees Restatement Effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 2, 2009) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 27, 2012).
  10.14†    SLM Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 27, 2012).
  10.15†    Amended and Restated SLM Corporation Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (file no. 001-13251) filed on May 25, 2005).
  10.16†    Director’s Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (file no. 001-13251) filed on May 25, 2005).
  10.17†    Form of SLM Corporation Incentive Stock Plan Stock Option Agreement, Net-Settled, Performance Vested Options, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 2, 2009).
  10.18†    SLM Corporation Directors Equity Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-159447) filed on May 22, 2009).
  10.19†    SLM Corporation 2009-2012 Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-159447) filed on May 22, 2009).
  10.20†    Form of SLM Corporation Directors Equity Plan Non-Employee Director Stock Option Agreement — 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 5, 2009).
  10.21†    Form of SLM Corporation 2009-2012 Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement, Net Settled, Time Vested Options — 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10. 7 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 6, 2010).
  10.22†    Form of SLM Corporation 2009-2012 Incentive Plan Performance Stock Award Term Sheet, Time Vested — 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 6, 2010).

 

132


  10.23†    Amendment to Stock Option and Restricted/Performance Stock Terms (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.49 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 28, 2011).
  10.24†
   Form of SLM Corporation 2009-2012 Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement, Net Settled, Time Vested Options — 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.50 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 28, 2011).
  10.25†    Form of SLM Corporation 2009-2012 Incentive Plan Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Term Sheet, Time Vested — 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 28, 2011).
  10.26†    Form of SLM Corporation 2009-2012 Incentive Plan, Performance Stock Unit Term Sheet — 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 4, 2012).
  10.27†    Form of SLM Corporation 2009-2012 Incentive Plan, Bonus Restricted Stock Unit Term Sheet — 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 4, 2012).
  10.28†    Form of SLM Corporation 2009-2012 Incentive Plan, Stock Option Agreement, Net Settled Options — 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 4, 2012).
  10.29†    SLM Corporation 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders filed on April 13, 2012).
  10.30†    Amended and Restated Sallie Mae Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix B of the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders filed on April 13, 2012).
  10.31†    Form of SLM Corporation 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan, Performance Stock Unit Term Sheet — 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 3, 2013).
  10.32†    Form of SLM Corporation 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan, Bonus Restricted Stock Unit Term Sheet — 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 3, 2013).
  10.33†    Form of SLM Corporation 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan, Stock Option Agreement, Net Settled Options—2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 3, 2013).
  10.34†    Form of SLM Corporation 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan, Independent Director Restricted Stock Agreement — 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 3, 2013).
  10.35†    Form of SLM Corporation 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan, Independent Director Stock Option Agreement — 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 3, 2013).
  10.36†*    Form of SLM Corporation 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan, Restricted Stock Unit Term Sheet — 2013.
  10.37†    Agreement and Release, dated May 29, 2013, by and between SLM Corporation and Albert L. Lord (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 5, 2013).
  10.38†*    Letter Agreement, dated January 15, 2014 with Raymond J. Quinlan.
  10.39†*    SLM Corporation 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan, Restricted Stock Unit Term Sheet — Raymond J. Quinlan Signing Award.

 

133


  12.1*    Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends.
  21.1*    List of Subsidiaries.
  23.1*    Consent of KPMG LLP
  23.2*    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
  31.1*    Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2003.
  31.2*    Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2003.
  32.1*    Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2003.
  32.2*    Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2003.
101.INS    XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CAL    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.DEF    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
101.LAB    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
101.PRE    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

 

 

Management Contract or Compensatory Plan or Arrangement

 

* 

Filed herewith

 

134


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

Dated: February 19, 2014

SLM CORPORATION
By:   /S/ JOHN F. REMONDI
 

John F. Remondi

President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/ JOHN F. REMONDI

John F. Remondi

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   February 19, 2014

/S/ JOSEPH A. DEPAULO

Joseph A. DePaulo

   Executive Vice President — Banking and Finance (Principal Financial Officer)   February 19, 2014

/S/ ANTHONY P. TERRACCIANO

Anthony P. Terracciano

   Chairman of the Board of Directors   February 19, 2014

/S/ ANN TORRE BATES

Ann Torre Bates

   Director   February 19, 2014

/S/ WILLIAM M. DIEFENDERFER, III

William M. Diefenderfer, III

   Director   February 19, 2014

/S/ DIANE SUITT GILLELAND

Diane Suitt Gilleland

   Director   February 19, 2014

/S/ EARL A. GOODE

Earl A. Goode

   Director   February 19, 2014

/S/ RONALD F. HUNT

Ronald F. Hunt

   Director   February 19, 2014

/S/ BARRY A. MUNITZ

Barry A. Munitz

   Director   February 19, 2014

/S/ HOWARD H. NEWMAN

Howard H. Newman

   Director   February 19, 2014

/S/ FRANK C. PULEO

Frank C. Puleo

   Director   February 19, 2014

/S/ RAYMOND J. QUINLAN

Raymond J. Quinlan

   Director   February 19, 2014

/S/ WOLFGANG SCHOELLKOPF

Wolfgang Schoellkopf

   Director   February 19, 2014

 

135


Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/ STEVEN L. SHAPIRO

Steven L. Shapiro

   Director   February 19, 2014

/S/ BARRY L. WILLIAMS

Barry L. Williams

   Director   February 19, 2014

 

136


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

INDEX

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-3   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-4   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Income

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

     F-7   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

     F-8   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-11   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-12   

 

F-1


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

SLM Corporation:

We have audited SLM Corporation and subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by COSO.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, change in stockholders’, and cash flows for the years then ended and adjustments to the 2011 consolidated financial statements to reflect discontinued operations. Our report dated February 19, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements and adjustments to 2011 to reflect discontinued operations.

 

/S/ KPMG LLP

McLean, Virginia
February 19, 2014

 

F-2


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

SLM Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SLM Corporation and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2011, were audited by other auditors whose report thereon dated February 27, 2012, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements, before the adjustments that were applied to the 2011 consolidated financial statements to reflect the operations of Campus Solutions and Upromise Investments, Inc. as discontinued operations for all comparative prior period information.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited the adjustments that were applied to the 2011 consolidated financial statements to reflect the operations of Campus Solutions and Upromise Investments, Inc. as discontinued operations for all comparative prior period information. In our opinion, such adjustments are appropriate and have been properly applied. We were not engaged to audit, review, or apply any procedures to the 2011 consolidated financial statements of the Company other than with respect to the adjustments and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on the 2011 consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 19, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/S/ KPMG LLP

McLean, Virginia
February 19, 2014

 

F-3


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of SLM Corporation:

In our opinion, the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2011, before the effects of the adjustments to retrospectively reflect the discontinued operations described in Note 16, present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of SLM Corporation and its subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (the 2011 financial statements before the effects of the adjustments discussed in Note 16 are not presented herein). These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit, before the effects of the adjustments described above, of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

We were not engaged to audit, review, or apply any procedures to the adjustments to retrospectively reflect the discontinued operations described in Note 16 and accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance about whether such adjustments are appropriate and have been properly applied. Those adjustments were audited by other auditors.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

McLean, VA

February 27, 2012

 

F-4


SLM CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In millions, except per share amounts)

 

     December 31,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

Assets

    

FFELP Loans (net of allowance for losses of $119 and $159, respectively)

   $ 104,588      $ 125,612   

Private Education Loans (net of allowance for losses of $2,097 and $2,171 respectively)

     37,512        36,934   

Investments

    

Available-for-sale

     109        72   

Other

     783        1,010   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

     892        1,082   

Cash and cash equivalents

     5,190        3,900   

Restricted cash and investments

     3,650        5,011   

Goodwill and acquired intangible assets, net

     424        448   

Other assets

     7,287        8,273   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 159,543      $ 181,260   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

    

Short-term borrowings

   $ 13,795      $ 19,856   

Long-term borrowings

     136,648        152,401   

Other liabilities

     3,458        3,937   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     153,901        176,194   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

    

Equity

    

Preferred stock, par value $.20 per share, 20 million shares authorized

    

Series A: 3.3 million and 3.3 million shares issued, respectively, at stated value of $50 per share

     165        165   

Series B: 4 million and 4 million shares issued, respectively, at stated value of $100 per share

     400        400   

Common stock, par value $.20 per share, 1.125 billion shares authorized: 545 million and 536 million shares issued, respectively

     109        107   

Additional paid-in capital

     4,399        4,237   

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (net of tax (expense) benefit of $(7) and $3, respectively)

     13        (6

Retained earnings

     2,584        1,451   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total SLM Corporation stockholders’ equity before treasury stock

     7,670        6,354   

Less: Common stock held in treasury at cost: 116 million and 83 million shares, respectively

     (2,033     (1,294
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total SLM Corporation stockholders’ equity

     5,637        5,060   

Noncontrolling interest

     5        6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     5,642        5,066   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 159,543      $ 181,260   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental information — assets and liabilities of consolidated variable interest entities:

 

     December 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

FFELP Loans

   $ 99,254       $ 121,059   

Private Education Loans

     25,530         26,072   

Restricted cash and investments

     3,395         4,826   

Other assets

     2,322         2,312   

Short-term borrowings

     3,655         9,551   

Long-term borrowings

     115,538         131,518   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net assets of consolidated variable interest entities

   $ 11,308       $ 13,200   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


SLM CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(In millions, except per share amounts)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

Interest income:

      

FFELP Loans

   $ 2,822      $ 3,251      $ 3,461   

Private Education Loans

     2,527        2,481        2,429   

Other loans

     11        16        21   

Cash and investments

     17        21        19   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     5,377        5,769        5,930   

Total interest expense

     2,210        2,561        2,401   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     3,167        3,208        3,529   

Less: provisions for loan losses

     839        1,080        1,295   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provisions for loan losses

     2,328        2,128        2,234   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (loss):

      

Gains (losses) on sales of loans and investments

     302               (35

Losses on derivative and hedging activities, net

     (268     (628     (959

Servicing revenue

     290        279        283   

Contingency revenue

     420        356        333   

Gains on debt repurchases

     42        145        38   

Other

     100        92        69   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (loss)

     886        244        (271
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses:

      

Salaries and benefits

     504        457        493   

Other operating expenses

     538        440        512   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     1,042        897        1,005   

Goodwill and acquired intangible asset impairment and amortization expense

     13        27        21   

Restructuring and other reorganization expenses

     72        11        12   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     1,127        935        1,038   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations, before income tax expense

     2,087        1,437        925   

Income tax expense

     776        498        328   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income from continuing operations

     1,311        939        597   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax expense (benefit)

     106        (2     35   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     1,417        937        632   

Less: net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (1     (2     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to SLM Corporation

     1,418        939        633   

Preferred stock dividends

     20        20        18   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to SLM Corporation common stock

   $ 1,398      $ 919      $ 615   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share attributable to SLM Corporation:

      

Continuing operations

   $ 2.94      $ 1.93      $ 1.12   

Discontinued operations

     .24               .07   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3.18      $ 1.93      $ 1.19   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average common shares outstanding

     440        476        517   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share attributable to SLM Corporation:

      

Continuing operations

   $ 2.89      $ 1.90      $ 1.11   

Discontinued operations

     .23               .07   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3.12      $ 1.90      $ 1.18   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average common and common equivalent shares outstanding

     449        483        523   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividends per common share attributable to SLM Corporation

   $ .60      $ .50      $ .30   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


SLM CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In millions)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013       2012         2011    

Net income

   $ 1,417      $ 937      $ 632   

Other comprehensive income (loss):

      

Unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives:

      

Unrealized hedging gains (losses) on derivatives

     27        (11     (6

Reclassification adjustments for derivative losses included in net income (interest expense)

     9        25        55   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives

     36        14        49   

Unrealized gains (losses) on investments

     (6     (1     2   

Defined benefit pension plans adjustment

                   (3

Income tax expense

     (11     (5     (17
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

     19        8        31   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

     1,436        945        663   

Less: comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (1     (2     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income attributable to SLM Corporation

   $ 1,437      $ 947      $ 664   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


SLM CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

    Preferred
Stock
Shares
    Common Stock Shares     Preferred
Stock
    Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Retained
Earnings
    Treasury
Stock
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
    Noncontrolling
Interest
    Total
Equity
 
      Issued     Treasury     Outstanding                    

Balance at December 31, 2010

    7,300,000        595,263,474        (68,319,589     526,943,885      $ 565      $ 119      $ 5,940      $ (45   $ 309      $ (1,876   $ 5,012      $      $ 5,012   

Comprehensive income:

                         

Net income

                                                            633               633        (1     632   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

                                                     31                      31               31   
                     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

                                                                          664        (1     663   

Cash dividends:

                         

Common stock ($.30 per share)

                                                            (154            (154            (154

Preferred stock, series A ($3.49 per share)

                                                            (12            (12            (12

Preferred stock, series B ($1.59 per share)

                                                            (6            (6            (6

Issuance of common shares

           3,886,217               3,886,217               1        40                             41               41   

Retirement of common stock in treasury

           (70,074,369     70,074,369                      (14     (1,890                   1,904                        

Tax benefit related to employee stock-based compensation plans

                                              (10                          (10            (10

Stock-based compensation expense

                                              56                             56               56   

Common stock repurchased

                  (19,054,115     (19,054,115                                        (300     (300            (300

Shares repurchased related to employee stock-based compensation plans

                  (3,024,662     (3,024,662                                        (48     (48            (48

Acquisition of noncontrolling interest

                                                                                 9        9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

    7,300,000        529,075,322        (20,323,997     508,751,325      $ 565      $ 106      $ 4,136      $ (14   $ 770      $ (320   $ 5,243      $ 8      $ 5,251   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


SLM CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

    Preferred
Stock
Shares
    Common Stock Shares     Preferred
Stock
    Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Retained
Earnings
    Treasury
Stock
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
    Noncontrolling
Interest
    Total
Equity
 
      Issued     Treasury     Outstanding                    

Balance at December 31, 2011

    7,300,000        529,075,322        (20,323,997     508,751,325      $ 565      $ 106      $ 4,136      $ (14   $ 770      $ (320   $ 5,243      $ 8      $ 5,251   

Comprehensive income:

                         

Net income

                                                            939               939        (2     937   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

                                                     8                      8               8   
                     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

                                                                          947        (2     945   

Cash dividends:

                         

Common stock ($.50 per share)

                                                            (237            (237            (237

Preferred stock, series A ($3.49 per share)

                                                            (11            (11            (11

Preferred stock, series B ($2.22 per share)

                                                            (9            (9            (9

Dividend equivalent units related to employee stock-based compensation plans

                                                            (1            (1            (1

Issuance of common shares

           6,432,643               6,432,643               1        60                             61               61   

Tax benefit related to employee stock-based compensation plans

                                              (6                          (6            (6

Stock-based compensation expense

                                              47                             47               47   

Common stock repurchased

                  (58,038,239     (58,038,239                                        (900     (900            (900

Shares repurchased related to employee stock-based compensation plans

                  (4,547,785     (4,547,785                                        (74     (74            (74
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

    7,300,000        535,507,965        (82,910,021     452,597,944      $ 565      $ 107      $ 4,237      $ (6   $ 1,451      $ (1,294   $ 5,060      $ 6      $ 5,066   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9


SLM CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

    Preferred
Stock
Shares
    Common Stock Shares     Preferred
Stock
    Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Retained
Earnings
    Treasury
Stock
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
    Noncontrolling
Interest
    Total
Equity
 
      Issued     Treasury     Outstanding                    

Balance at December 31, 2012

    7,300,000        535,507,965        (82,910,021     452,597,944      $ 565      $ 107      $ 4,237      $ (6   $ 1,451      $ (1,294   $ 5,060      $ 6      $ 5,066   

Comprehensive income:

                         

Net income

                                                            1,418               1,418        (1     1,417   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

                                                     19                      19               19   
                     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

                                                                          1,437        (1     1,436   

Cash dividends:

                         

Common stock ($.60 per share)

                                                            (264            (264            (264

Preferred stock, series A ($3.49 per share)

                                                            (12            (12            (12

Preferred stock, series B ($2.00 per share)

                                                            (8            (8            (8

Dividend equivalent units related to employee stock-based compensation plans

                                                            (1            (1            (1

Issuance of common shares

           9,702,976               9,702,976               2        105                             107               107   

Tax benefit related to employee stock-based compensation plans

                                              10                             10               10   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                              47                             47               47   

Common stock repurchased

                  (26,987,043     (26,987,043                                        (600     (600            (600

Shares repurchased related to employee stock-based compensation plans

                  (6,365,002     (6,365,002                                        (139     (139            (139
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

    7,300,000        545,210,941        (116,262,066     428,948,875      $ 565      $ 109      $ 4,399      $ 13      $ 2,584      $ (2,033   $ 5,637      $ 5      $ 5,642   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-10


SLM CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In millions)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

Operating activities

      

Net income

   $ 1,417      $ 937      $ 632   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

(Income) loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (106     2        (35

(Gains) losses on loans and investments, net

     (302            35   

Gains on debt repurchases

     (42     (145     (38

Goodwill and acquired intangible assets impairment and amortization expense

     13        27        21   

Stock-based compensation expense

     47        47        56   

Unrealized (gains) losses on derivative and hedging activities

     (444     (117     145   

Provisions for loan losses

     839        1,080        1,295   

(Increase) decrease in restricted cash — other

     (11     10        (3

(Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable

     (68     361        463   

(Decrease) increase in accrued interest payable

     (23     (41     75   

Decrease in other assets

     625        437        423   

(Decrease) increase in other liabilities

     (87     38        12   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by operating activities — continuing operations

     1,858        2,636        3,081   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by operating activities — discontinued operations

     142                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net cash provided by operating activities

     2,000        2,636        3,081   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

      

Student loans acquired and originated

     (4,555     (6,663     (3,888

Reduction of student loans:

      

Installment payments, claims and other

     11,763        17,198        12,290   

Proceeds from sales of student loans

     768        531        753   

Other investing activities, net

     144        41        (210

Purchases of available-for-sale securities

     (73     (63     (142

Proceeds from sales and maturities of available-for-sale securities

     38        71        193   

Purchases of held-to-maturity and other securities

     (375     (245     (277

Proceeds from sales and maturities of held-to-maturity securities and other securities

     381        206        265   

Decrease in restricted cash — variable interest entities

     1,119        769        376   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by investing activities — continuing operations

     9,210        11,845        9,360   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by investing activities — discontinued operations

                   114   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net cash provided by investing activities

     9,210        11,845        9,474   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

      

Borrowings collateralized by loans in trust — issued

     9,534        13,727        4,553   

Borrowings collateralized by loans in trust — repaid

     (13,468     (15,953     (13,408

Asset-backed commercial paper conduits, net

     3,242        (323     887   

ED Conduit Program Facility, net

     (9,551     (12,187     (3,172

Other short-term borrowings issued

            23        239   

Other short-term borrowings repaid

            (307     (38

Other long-term borrowings issued

     5,154        4,713        2,354   

Other long-term borrowings repaid

     (4,201     (3,307     (6,498

Other financing activities, net

     (895     272        698   

Retail and other deposits, net

     1,149        1,124        753   

Common stock repurchased

     (600     (900     (300

Common stock dividends paid

     (264     (237     (154

Preferred stock dividends paid

     (20     (20     (18
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (9,920     (13,375     (14,104
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     1,290        1,106        (1,549

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     3,900        2,794        4,343   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 5,190      $ 3,900      $ 2,794   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash disbursements made (refunds received) for:

      

Interest

   $ 2,163      $ 2,527      $ 2,413   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes paid

   $ 636      $ 569      $ 559   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes received

   $ (20   $ (12   $ (37
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncash activity:

      

Investing activity — Student loans and other assets acquired

   $      $ 402      $ 783   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Student loans and other assets removed related to sale of Residual Interest in securitization

   $ (11,802   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activity — Borrowings assumed in acquisition of student loans and other assets

   $      $ 425      $ 802   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Borrowings removed related to sale of Residual Interest in securitization

   $ (12,084   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-11


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1. Organization and Business

SLM Corporation (“we,” “us,” “our,” or the “Company”) is a holding company that operates through a number of subsidiaries. We were formed in 1972 as the Student Loan Marketing Association, a federally chartered government-sponsored enterprise (the “GSE”), with the goal of furthering access to higher education by acting as a secondary market for federal student loans. In 2004, we completed our transformation to a private company through our wind-down of the GSE. The GSE’s outstanding obligations were placed into a Master Defeasance Trust Agreement as of December 29, 2004, which was fully collateralized by direct, noncallable obligations of the United States.

Currently, our primary business is to originate, service and collect loans we make to students and their families to finance the cost of their education. Since July 2010, we have originated only Private Education Loans. We use “Private Education Loans” to mean education loans to students or their families that are non-federal loans and loans not insured or guaranteed under the previously existing Federal Family Education Loan Program (“FFELP”). The core of our marketing strategy is to generate student loan originations by promoting our products on campus through the financial aid office and through direct marketing to students and their families. Since the beginning of 2006, virtually all of our Private Education Loans have been originated and funded by Sallie Mae Bank, a Utah industrial bank subsidiary, which is regulated by the Utah Department of Financial Institutions (“UDFI”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). We also provide servicing, loan default aversion and defaulted loan collection services for loans owned by other institutions, including the U.S. Department of Education (“ED”). We also operate Upromise, Inc. (“Upromise”), a consumer savings network that provides financial rewards on everyday purchases to help families save for college, and provide insurance products through Sallie Mae Insurance Services to protect their college investment through tuition, rental and life insurance services.

In addition, we are currently the largest holder, servicer and collector of loans made under the previously existing FFELP, and the majority of our income has been derived, directly or indirectly, from our portfolio of FFELP Loans and servicing we have provided for FFELP Loans. In 2010, Congress passed legislation ending the origination of education loans under FFELP. The terms and conditions of existing FFELP Loans were not affected by this legislation. Our FFELP Loan portfolio will amortize over approximately 20 years. The fee income we have earned from providing servicing and contingent collection services on such loans will similarly decline over time.

On May 29, 2013, we announced our intent to separate into two distinct publicly-traded entities — an education loan management business (“NewCo”) and a consumer banking business (“SLM BankCo”). It is our intent to effect the separation through the distribution of the common stock of NewCo, which was formed to hold the assets and liabilities associated with our education loan management business. In order to effect the separation, we will first undergo an internal corporate reorganization, which is necessary for the contemplated separation of NewCo from our consumer banking business. This internal corporate reorganization will be then followed by a pro rata share distribution of all of the shares of NewCo common stock to our stockholders that will implement the actual separation of NewCo. Throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we sometimes collectively refer to the proposed internal corporate reorganization and separation as the “Spin-Off.”

 

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

Our financial reporting and accounting policies conform to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of

 

F-12


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Current market conditions increase the risk and complexity of the judgments in these estimates and actual results could differ from estimates. Key accounting policies that include significant judgments and estimates include the allowance for loan losses, the effective interest rate method (amortization of student loan and debt premiums and discounts), fair value measurements, goodwill and acquired intangible asset impairment assessments, and derivative accounting.

Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of SLM Corporation and its majority-owned and controlled subsidiaries and those Variable Interest Entities (“VIEs”) for which we are the primary beneficiary, after eliminating the effects of intercompany accounts and transactions.

We consolidate any VIEs where we have determined we are the primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary is the entity which has both: (1) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and (2) the obligation to absorb losses or receive benefits of the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE, except as described in the next paragraph. As it relates to our securitized assets as of December 31, 2013, we are the servicer of the securitized assets and own the Residual Interest of the securitization trusts. As a result, we are the primary beneficiary of our securitization trusts and consolidate those trusts.

In 2013, we sold Residual Interests in FFELP Loan securitization trusts to third parties. We will continue to service the student loans in the trusts under existing agreements. Prior to the sale of the Residual Interests, we had consolidated the trusts as VIEs because we had met the two criteria for consolidation. We had determined we were the primary beneficiary because (1) as servicer to the trust we had the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly affected its economic performance and (2) as the residual holder of the trust, we had an obligation to absorb losses or receive benefits of the trust that could potentially be significant. Upon the sale of the Residual Interests we were no longer the residual holder, thus we determined we no longer met criterion (2) above and deconsolidated the trusts. As a result of these transactions, we removed securitization trust assets of $12.5 billion and the related liabilities of $12.1 billion from the balance sheet and recorded a $312 million gain as part of “gains on sales of loans and investments” in 2013.

Fair Value Measurement

We use estimates of fair value in applying various accounting standards for our financial statements. Fair value measurements are used in one of four ways:

 

   

In the consolidated balance sheet with changes in fair value recorded in the consolidated statement of income;

 

   

In the consolidated balance sheet with changes in fair value recorded in the accumulated other comprehensive income section of the consolidated statement of changes in stockholders’ equity;

 

   

In the consolidated balance sheet for instruments carried at lower of cost or fair value with impairment charges recorded in the consolidated statement of income; and

 

   

In the notes to the financial statements.

Fair value is defined as the price to sell an asset or transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between willing and able market participants. In general, our policy in estimating fair value is to first look at observable market prices for identical assets and liabilities in active markets, where available. When these are not available,

 

F-13


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

other inputs are used to model fair value such as prices of similar instruments, yield curves, volatilities, prepayment speeds, default rates and credit spreads (including for our liabilities), relying first on observable data from active markets. Depending on current market conditions, additional adjustments to fair value may be based on factors such as liquidity, credit, and bid/offer spreads. Transaction costs are not included in the determination of fair value. When possible, we seek to validate the model’s output to market transactions. Depending on the availability of observable inputs and prices, different valuation models could produce materially different fair value estimates. The values presented may not represent future fair values and may not be realizable.

We categorize our fair value estimates based on a hierarchical framework associated with three levels of price transparency utilized in measuring financial instruments at fair value. Classification is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value of the instrument. The three levels are as follows:

 

   

Level 1 — Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that we have the ability to access at the measurement date. The types of financial instruments included in level 1 are highly liquid instruments with quoted prices.

 

   

Level 2 — Inputs from active markets, other than quoted prices for identical instruments, are used to determine fair value. Significant inputs are directly observable from active markets for substantially the full term of the asset or liability being valued.

 

   

Level 3 — Pricing inputs significant to the valuation are unobservable. Inputs are developed based on the best information available. However, significant judgment is required by us in developing the inputs.

Loans

Loans, consisting primarily of federally insured student loans and Private Education Loans, that we have the ability and intent to hold for the foreseeable future are classified as held-for-investment and are carried at amortized cost. Amortized cost includes the unamortized premiums, discounts, and capitalized origination costs and fees, all of which are amortized to interest income as further discussed below. Loans which are held-for-investment also have an allowance for loan loss as needed. Any loans we have not classified as held-for-investment are classified as held-for-sale, and carried at the lower of cost or fair value. Loans are classified as held-for-sale when we have the intent and ability to sell such loans. Loans which are held-for-sale do not have the associated premium, discount, and capitalized origination costs and fees amortized into interest income. In addition, once a loan is classified as held-for-sale, there is no further adjustment to the loan’s allowance for loan losses that existed immediately prior to the reclassification to held-for-sale.

As market conditions permit, we may securitize loans as a source of financing for those loans. If we elect to use a securitization program to finance loans, loans are selected based on the required characteristics to structure the desired transaction at the most favorable financing terms (e.g., type of loan, mix of interim vs. repayment status, credit rating and maturity dates). Due to some of the structuring terms, certain transactions may qualify for sale treatment while others do not qualify for sale treatment and are recorded as financings. All of our student loans are initially categorized as held-for-investment until there is certainty as to each specific loan’s ultimate financing because we do not securitize all loans and currently all of our securitizations do not qualify for sale treatment. It is only when we have selected the loans to securitize and that securitization transaction qualifies as a sale do we transfer the loans into the held-for-sale classification and carry them at the lower of cost or fair value. If we anticipate recognizing a gain related to the impending securitization, then the fair value of the loans is higher than their respective cost basis and no valuation allowance is recorded.

 

F-14


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Student Loan Income

For loans classified as held-for-investment, we recognize student loan interest income as earned, adjusted for the amortization of premiums and capitalized direct origination costs, accretion of discounts, and Repayment Borrower Benefits. These adjustments result in income being recognized based upon the expected yield of the loan over its life after giving effect to prepayments and extensions, and to estimates related to Repayment Borrower Benefits. The estimate of the prepayment speed includes the effect of consolidations, voluntary prepayments and student loan defaults, all of which shorten the life-of-loan. Prepayment speed estimates also consider the utilization of deferment, forbearance and extended repayment plans which lengthen the life-of-loan. For Repayment Borrower Benefits, the estimates of their effect on student loan yield are based on analyses of historical payment behavior of customers who are eligible for the incentives and its effect on the ultimate qualification rate for these incentives. We regularly evaluate the assumptions used to estimate the prepayment speeds and the qualification rates used for Repayment Borrower Benefits. In instances where there are changes to the assumptions, amortization is adjusted on a cumulative basis to reflect the change since the acquisition of the loan. We also pay an annual 105 basis point Consolidation Loan Rebate Fee on FFELP Consolidation Loans which is netted against student loan interest income. Additionally, interest earned on student loans reflects potential non-payment adjustments in accordance with our uncollectible interest recognition policy as discussed further in “Allowance for Loan Losses” of this Note 2. We do not amortize any premiums, discounts or other adjustments to the basis of student loans when they are classified as held-for-sale.

Allowance for Loan Losses

We consider a loan to be impaired when, based on current information, a loss has been incurred and it is probable that we will not receive all contractual amounts due. When making our assessment as to whether a loan is impaired, we also take into account more than insignificant delays in payment. We generally evaluate impaired loans on an aggregate basis by grouping similar loans. Impaired loans also include those loans which are individually assessed and measured for impairment at a loan level, such as in a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). We maintain an allowance for loan losses at an amount sufficient to absorb losses incurred in our portfolios at the reporting date based on a projection of estimated probable credit losses incurred in the portfolio.

In determining the allowance for loan losses on our non-TDR portfolio, we estimate the principal amount of loans that will default over the next two years (two years being the expected period between a loss event and default) and how much we expect to recover over time related to the defaulted amount. Expected defaults less our expected recoveries equal the allowance related to this portfolio. Our historical experience indicates that, on average, the time between the date that a customer experiences a default causing event (i.e., the loss trigger event) and the date that we charge off the unrecoverable portion of that loan is two years. Separately, for our TDR portfolio, we estimate an allowance amount sufficient to cover life-of-loan expected losses through an impairment calculation based on the difference between the loan’s basis and the present value of expected future cash flows (which would include life-of-loan default and recovery assumptions) discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate (see “Allowance for Private Education Loan Losses” to this Note 2). The separate allowance estimates for our TDR and non-TDR portfolios, are combined into our total Allowance for Private Education Loan losses.

In estimating both the non-TDR and TDR allowance amounts, we start with historical experience of customer default behavior. We make judgments about which historical period to start with and then make further judgments about whether that historical experience is representative of future expectations and whether additional adjustments may be needed to those historical default rates. We also take the economic environment into consideration when calculating the allowance for loan losses. We analyze key economic statistics and the effect we expect it to have on future defaults. Key economic statistics analyzed as part of the allowance for loan

 

F-15


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

losses are unemployment rates and other asset type delinquency rates. More judgment has been required over the last several years, compared with years prior, in light of the recent downturn in the U.S. economy and high levels of unemployment and its effect on our customer’s ability to pay their obligations.

Our allowance for loan losses is estimated using an analysis of delinquent and current accounts. Our model is used to estimate the likelihood that a loan receivable may progress through the various delinquency stages and ultimately charge off. The evaluation of the allowance for loan losses is inherently subjective, as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant changes. The estimate for the allowance for loan losses is subject to a number of assumptions. If actual future performance in delinquency, charge-offs and recoveries are significantly different than estimated, this could materially affect our estimate of the allowance for loan losses and the related provision for loan losses on our income statement.

Below we describe in further detail our policies and procedures for the allowance for loan losses as they relate to our Private Education Loan and FFELP Loan portfolios.

Allowance for Private Education Loan Losses

We determine the collectability of our Private Education Loan portfolio by evaluating certain risk characteristics. We consider school type, credit score (FICO), existence of a cosigner, loan status and loan seasoning as the key credit quality indicators because they have the most significant effect on our determination of the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses. The type of school customers attend can have an impact on their job prospects after graduation and therefore affects their ability to make payments. Credit scores are an indicator of the creditworthiness of a customer and generally the higher the credit score the more likely it is the customer will be able to make all of their contractual payments. Loan status affects the credit risk because generally a past due loan is more likely to result in a credit loss than an up-to-date loan. Additionally, loans in a deferred payment status have different credit risk profiles compared with those in current pay status. Loan seasoning affects credit risk because a loan with a history of making payments generally has a lower incidence of default than a loan with a history of making infrequent or no payments. The existence of a cosigner lowers the likelihood of default. We monitor and update these credit quality indicators in the analysis of the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis.

To estimate the probable credit losses incurred in the loan portfolio at the reporting date, we use historical experience of customer payment behavior in connection with the key credit quality indicators and incorporate management expectation regarding macroeconomic and collection procedure factors. Our model is based upon the most recent 12 months of actual collection experience, seasonally adjusted, as the starting point and applies expected macroeconomic changes and collection procedure changes to estimate expected losses caused by loss events incurred as of the balance sheet date. Our model places a greater emphasis on the more recent default experience rather than the default experience for older historical periods, as we believe the recent default experience is more indicative of the probable losses incurred in the loan portfolio today. Similar to estimating defaults, we use historical customer payment behavior to estimate the timing and amount of future recoveries on charged-off loans. We use judgment in determining whether historical performance is representative of what we expect to collect in the future. We then apply the default and collection rate projections to each category of loans. Once the quantitative calculation is performed, we review the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and determine if qualitative adjustments need to be considered. Additionally, we consider changes in laws and regulations that could potentially impact the allowance for loan losses. More judgment has been required over the last several years, compared with years prior, in light of the U.S. economy and its effect on our customer’s ability to pay their obligations. We believe that our model reflects recent customer behavior, loan performance, and collection performance, as well as expectations about economic factors.

 

F-16


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Similar to the rules governing FFELP payment requirements, our collection policies allow for periods of nonpayment for customers requesting additional payment grace periods upon leaving school or experiencing temporary difficulty meeting payment obligations. This is referred to as forbearance status and is considered separately in our allowance for loan losses. The loss confirmation period is in alignment with our typical collection cycle and takes into account these periods of nonpayment.

On July 1, 2011, we adopted new guidance that clarified when a loan restructuring constitutes a TDR. In applying the new guidance we determined that certain Private Education Loans for which we grant forbearance of greater than three months should be classified as TDRs. If a loan meets the criteria for troubled debt accounting then an allowance for loan losses is established which represents the present value of the losses that are expected to occur over the remaining life of the loan. This accounting results in a higher allowance for loan losses than our previously established allowance for these loans as our previous allowance for these loans represented an estimate of charge-offs expected to occur over the next two years (two years being our loss confirmation period). The new accounting guidance was effective as of July 1, 2011 but was required to be applied retrospectively to January 1, 2011. This resulted in $124 million of additional provision for loan losses in the third quarter of 2011 from approximately $3.8 billion of student loans being classified as TDRs. This new accounting guidance is only applied to certain customers who use their fourth or greater month of forbearance since the time period this new guidance is effective. This new accounting guidance has the effect of accelerating the recognition of expected losses related to our Private Education Loan portfolio. The increase in the provision for losses as a result of this new accounting guidance does not reflect a decrease in credit expectations of the portfolio or an increase in the expected life-of-loan losses related to this portfolio. We believe forbearance is an accepted and effective collection and risk management tool for Private Education Loans. We plan to continue to use forbearance and as a result, we expect to have additional loans classified as TDRs in the future (see “Note 4 — Allowance for Loan Losses” for a further discussion on the use of forbearance as a collection tool).

As part of concluding on the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, we review key allowance and loan metrics. The most relevant of these metrics considered are the allowance coverage of charge-offs ratio; the allowance as a percentage of total loans and of loans in repayment; and delinquency and forbearance percentages.

Certain Private Education Loans do not require customers to begin repayment until six months after they have graduated or otherwise left school. Consequently, our loss estimates for these programs are generally low while the customer is in school. At December 31, 2013, 17 percent of the principal balance in the higher education Private Education Loan portfolio was related to customers who are in an in-school/grace/deferment status and not required to make payments. As this population of customers leaves school, they will be required to begin payments on their loans, and the allowance for loan losses may change accordingly.

We consider a loan to be delinquent 31 days after the last payment was contractually due. We use a model to estimate the amount of uncollectible accrued interest on Private Education Loans and reserve for that amount against current period interest income.

In general, Private Education Loan principal is charged off against the allowance when at the end of the month the loan exceeds 212 days past due. The charged-off amount equals the estimated loss of the defaulted loan balance. Actual recoveries, as they are received, are applied against the remaining loan balance that was not charged off. If periodic recoveries are less than originally expected, the difference results in immediate additional provision expense and charge-off of such amount.

Our allowance for Private Education Loan losses also provides for possible additional future charge-offs related to the receivable for partially charged-off Private Education Loans. At the end of each month, for loans that are 212 days past due, we charge off the estimated loss of a defaulted loan balance. Actual recoveries are

 

F-17


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

applied against the remaining loan balance that was not charged off. We refer to this remaining loan balance as the “receivable for partially charged-off loans.” If actual periodic recoveries are less than expected, the difference is immediately charged off through the allowance for loan losses with an offsetting reduction in the receivable for partially charged-off Private Education Loans. If actual periodic recoveries are greater than expected, they will be reflected as a recovery through the allowance for Private Education Loan losses once the cumulative recovery amount exceeds the cumulative amount originally expected to be recovered. Private Education Loans which defaulted between 2008 and 2013 for which we have previously charged off estimated losses have, to varying degrees, not met our post-default recovery expectations to date and may continue not to do so. According to our policy, we have been charging off these periodic shortfalls in expected recoveries against our allowance for Private Education Loan losses and the related receivable for partially charged-off Private Education Loans and we will continue to do so.

Allowance for FFELP Loan Losses

FFELP Loans are insured as to their principal and accrued interest in the event of default subject to a Risk Sharing level based on the date of loan disbursement. These insurance obligations are supported by contractual rights against the United States. For loans disbursed after October 1, 1993, and before July 1, 2006, we receive 98 percent reimbursement on all qualifying default claims. For loans disbursed on or after July 1, 2006, we receive 97 percent reimbursement. For loans disbursed prior to October 1, 1993, we receive 100 percent reimbursement.

Similar to the allowance for Private Education Loan losses, the allowance for FFELP Loan losses uses historical experience of customer default behavior and a two-year loss confirmation period to estimate the credit losses incurred in the loan portfolio at the reporting date. We apply the default rate projections, net of applicable Risk Sharing, to each category for the current period to perform our quantitative calculation. Once the quantitative calculation is performed, we review the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and determine if qualitative adjustments need to be considered.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents includes term federal funds, Eurodollar deposits, commercial paper, asset-backed commercial paper, treasuries, money market funds and bank deposits with original terms to maturity of less than three months.

Restricted Cash and Investments

Restricted cash primarily includes amounts held in student loan securitization trusts and other secured borrowings. This cash must be used to make payments related to trust obligations. Amounts on deposit in these accounts are primarily the result of timing differences between when principal and interest is collected on the trust assets and when principal and interest is paid on trust liabilities.

Securities pledged as collateral related to our derivative portfolio, where the counterparty has rights to replace the securities, are classified as restricted. When the counterparty does not have these rights, the security is recorded in investments and disclosed as pledged collateral in the notes. Additionally, certain counterparties require cash collateral pledged to us to be segregated and held in restricted cash accounts.

Investments

Our available-for-sale investment portfolio consists of investments that are AAA equivalent securities and are carried at fair value, with the temporary changes in fair value carried as a separate component of stockholders’

 

F-18


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

equity, net of taxes. The amortized cost of debt securities in this category is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, which are amortized using the effective interest rate method. Other-than-temporary impairment is evaluated by considering several factors, including the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than the amortized cost basis, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the security (considering factors such as adverse conditions specific to the security and ratings agency actions), and the intent and ability to retain the investment to allow for an anticipated recovery in fair value. The entire fair value loss on a security that is other-than-temporary impairment is recorded in earnings if we intend to sell the security or if it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before the expected recovery of the loss. However, if the impairment is other-than-temporary, and those two conditions do not exist, the portion of the impairment related to credit losses is recorded in earnings and the impairment related to other factors is recorded in other comprehensive income. Securities classified as trading are accounted for at fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in investment income. Securities that we have the intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and are accounted for at amortized cost unless the security is determined to have an other-than-temporary impairment. In this case it is accounted for in the same manner described above.

We also have other investments, including a receivable for cash collateral posted to derivative counterparties. These investments are accounted for at amortized cost in other investments.

Interest Expense

Interest expense is based upon contractual interest rates adjusted for the amortization of debt issuance costs and premiums and the accretion of discounts. Our interest expense may also be adjusted for net payments/receipts related to interest rate and foreign currency swap agreements and interest rate futures contracts that qualify and are designated as hedges. Interest expense also includes the amortization of deferred gains and losses on closed hedge transactions that qualified as hedges. Amortization of debt issuance costs, premiums, discounts and terminated hedge-basis adjustments are recognized using the effective interest rate method.

Transfer of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities

We account for loan sales and debt repurchases in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance. Our securitizations and other asset-backed secured financings are accounted for as on-balance sheet secured borrowings. See “Securitization Accounting” of this Note 2 for further discussion on the criteria assessed to determine whether a transfer of financial assets is a sale or a secured borrowing. If a transfer of loans qualifies as a sale we derecognize the loan and recognize a gain or loss as the difference between the carrying basis of the loan sold and liabilities retained and the compensation received.

We periodically repurchase our outstanding debt in the open market or through public tender offers. We record a gain or loss on the early extinguishment of debt based upon the difference between the carrying cost of the debt and the amount paid to the third party and is net of hedging gains and losses when the debt is in a qualifying hedge relationship.

We recognize the results of a transfer of loans and the extinguishment of debt based upon the settlement date of the transaction.

Securitization Accounting

Our securitizations use a two-step structure with a special purpose entity that legally isolates the transferred assets from us, even in the event of bankruptcy. Transactions receiving sale treatment are also structured to ensure that the holders of the beneficial interests issued are not constrained from pledging or exchanging their

 

F-19


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

interests, and that we do not maintain effective control over the transferred assets. If these criteria are not met, then the transaction is accounted for as an on-balance sheet secured borrowing. In all cases, irrespective of whether they qualify as accounting sales our securitizations are legally structured to be sales of assets that isolate the transferred assets from us. If a securitization qualifies as a sale, we then assess whether we are the primary beneficiary of the securitization trust and are required to consolidate such trust. If we are the primary beneficiary then no gain or loss is recognized. See “Consolidation” of this Note 2 for additional information regarding the accounting rules for consolidation when we are the primary beneficiary of these trusts.

Irrespective of whether a securitization receives sale or on-balance sheet treatment, our continuing involvement with our securitization trusts is generally limited to:

 

   

Owning the equity certificates of certain trusts.

 

   

The servicing of the student loan assets within the securitization trusts, on both a pre- and post-default basis.

 

   

Our acting as administrator for the securitization transactions we sponsored, which includes remarketing certain bonds at future dates.

 

   

Our responsibilities relative to representation and warranty violations.

 

   

Temporarily advancing to the trust certain borrower benefits afforded the borrowers of student loans that have been securitized. These advances subsequently are returned to us in the next quarter.

 

   

Certain back-to-back derivatives entered into by us contemporaneously with the execution of derivatives by certain Private Education Loan securitization trusts.

 

   

The option held by us to buy certain delinquent loans from certain Private Education Loan securitization trusts.

 

   

The option to exercise the clean-up call and purchase the student loans from the trust when the asset balance is 10 percent or less of the original loan balance.

 

   

The option (in certain trusts) to call rate reset notes in instances where the remarketing process has failed.

The investors of the securitization trusts have no recourse to our other assets should there be a failure of the trusts to pay when due. Generally, the only arrangements under which we have to provide financial support to the trusts are representation and warranty violations requiring the buyback of loans.

Under the terms of the transaction documents of certain trusts, we have, from time to time, exercised our options to purchase delinquent loans from Private Education Loan trusts, to purchase the remaining loans from trusts once the loan balance falls below 10 percent of the original amount, or to call rate reset notes. Certain trusts maintain financial arrangements with third parties also typical of securitization transactions, such as derivative contracts (swaps) and bond insurance policies that, in the case of a counterparty failure, could adversely impact the value of any Residual Interest.

We do not record servicing assets or servicing liabilities when our securitization trusts are accounted for as on-balance sheet secured financings. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, all of our securitization trusts are on-balance sheet, except as discussed in the next sentence, and as a result we do not have servicing assets or liabilities recorded on the consolidated balance sheet related to these securitization trusts. As of December 31, 2013, we have $58 million of servicing assets on our balance sheet related to Residual Interests in FFELP Loan securitization trusts we sold in 2013. See “Note 3 — Student Loans” for further details.

 

F-20


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Derivative Accounting

The accounting guidance for our derivative instruments, which includes interest rate swaps, cross-currency interest rate swaps, interest rate futures contracts, interest rate cap contracts and Floor Income Contracts, requires that every derivative instrument, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, be recorded at fair value on the balance sheet as either an asset or liability. Derivative positions are recorded as net positions by counterparty based on master netting arrangements (see “Note 7 — Derivative Financial Instruments — Risk Management Strategy”) exclusive of accrued interest and cash collateral held or pledged.

Many of our derivatives, mainly interest rate swaps hedging the fair value of fixed-rate assets and liabilities, and cross-currency interest rate swaps, qualify as effective hedges. For these derivatives, the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged items (including the hedged risk and method for assessing effectiveness), as well as the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions at the inception of the hedging relationship, is documented. Each derivative is designated to either a specific (or pool of) asset(s) or liability(ies) on the balance sheet or expected future cash flows, and designated as either a “fair value” or a “cash flow” hedge. Fair value hedges are designed to hedge our exposure to changes in fair value of a fixed rate or foreign denominated asset or liability, while cash flow hedges are designed to hedge our exposure to variability of either a floating rate asset’s or liability’s cash flows or an expected fixed rate debt issuance. For effective fair value hedges, both the derivative and the hedged item (for the risk being hedged) are marked-to-market with any difference reflecting ineffectiveness and recorded immediately in the statement of income. For effective cash flow hedges, the change in the fair value of the derivative is recorded in other comprehensive income, net of tax, and recognized in earnings in the same period as the earnings effects of the hedged item. The ineffective portion of a cash flow hedge is recorded immediately through earnings. The assessment of the hedge’s effectiveness is performed at inception and on an ongoing basis, generally using regression testing. For hedges of a pool of assets or liabilities, tests are performed to demonstrate the similarity of individual instruments of the pool. When it is determined that a derivative is not currently an effective hedge, ineffectiveness is recognized for the full change in value of the derivative with no offsetting mark-to-market of the hedged item for the current period. If it is also determined the hedge will not be effective in the future, we discontinue the hedge accounting prospectively, cease recording changes in the fair value of the hedged item, and begin amortization of any basis adjustments that exist related to the hedged item.

We also have derivatives, primarily Floor Income Contracts and certain basis swaps, that we believe are effective economic hedges but do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment. These derivatives are classified as “trading” and as a result they are marked-to-market through earnings with no consideration for the fair value fluctuation of the economically hedged item.

The “gains (losses) on derivative and hedging activities, net” line item in the consolidated statements of income includes the unrealized changes in the fair value of our derivatives (except effective cash flow hedges which are recorded in other comprehensive income), the unrealized changes in fair value of hedged items in qualifying fair value hedges, as well as the realized changes in fair value related to derivative net settlements and dispositions that do not qualify for hedge accounting. Net settlement income/expense on derivatives that qualify as hedges are included with the income or expense of the hedged item (mainly interest expense).

Servicing Revenue

Servicing revenue includes third-party loan servicing and Guarantor servicing revenue.

We perform loan servicing functions for third-parties in return for a servicing fee. Our compensation is typically based on a per-unit fee arrangement or a percentage of the loans outstanding. We recognize servicing revenues associated with these activities based upon the contractual arrangements as the services are rendered.

 

F-21


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

We recognize late fees on third-party serviced loans as well as on loans in our portfolio according to the contractual provisions of the promissory notes, as well as our expectation of collectability.

We provide a full complement of administrative services to FFELP Guarantors including account maintenance for Guarantor agencies. The fees associated with these services are recognized as the services are performed based on contractually determined rates.

Contingency Revenue

We receive fees for collections of delinquent debt on behalf of clients performed on a contingency basis. Revenue is earned and recognized upon receipt of the delinquent customer funds.

We also receive fees from Guarantor agencies for performing default aversion services on delinquent loans prior to default. The fee is received when the loan is initially placed with us and we are obligated to provide such services for the remaining life of the loan for no additional fee. In the event that the loan defaults, we are obligated to rebate a portion of the fee to the Guarantor agency in proportion to the principal and interest outstanding when the loan defaults. We recognize fees received, net of an estimate of future rebates owed due to subsequent defaults, over the service period which is estimated to be the life of the loan.

Other Income

Our Upromise subsidiary has a number of programs that encourage consumers to save for the cost of college education. We have established a consumer savings network which is designed to promote college savings by consumers who are members of this program who generate rewards when they purchase goods and services from the companies that participate in the program (“Participating Companies”). Participating Companies generally pay Upromise fees based on member purchase volume, either online or in stores depending on the contractual arrangement with the Participating Company. We recognize revenue as marketing and administrative services are rendered based upon contractually determined rates and member purchase volumes.

Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets

We account for goodwill and acquired intangible assets in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance. Under this guidance goodwill is not amortized but is tested periodically for impairment. We test goodwill for impairment annually as of October 1 at the reporting unit level, which is the same as or one level below a business segment. Goodwill is also tested at interim periods if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate the carrying amount may be impaired.

We assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is “more-likely-than-not” that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. The “more-likely-than-not” threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50 percent. If, after assessing relevant qualitative factors, we conclude that it is “more-likely-than-not” that the fair value of a reporting unit as of October 1 is less than its carrying amount, we will complete Step 1 of the goodwill impairment analysis. Step 1 consists of a comparison of the fair value of the reporting unit to the reporting unit’s carrying value, including goodwill. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds the fair value, Step 2 in the goodwill impairment analysis is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. Step 2 of the goodwill impairment analysis compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner consistent with determining goodwill in a business combination. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

 

F-22


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Other acquired intangible assets include but are not limited to tradenames, customer and other relationships, and non-compete agreements. Acquired intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives in proportion to their estimated economic benefit. Finite-lived acquired intangible assets are reviewed for impairment using an undiscounted cash flow analysis when an event occurs or circumstances change indicating the carrying amount of a finite-lived asset or asset group may not be recoverable. If the carrying amount of the asset or asset groups exceeds the undiscounted cash flows, the fair value of the asset or asset group is determined using an acceptable valuation technique. An impairment loss would be recognized if the carrying amount of the asset (or asset group) exceeds the fair value of the asset or asset group. The impairment loss recognized would be the difference between the carrying amount and fair value. Indefinite-life acquired intangible assets are not amortized. We test these indefinite life acquired intangible assets for impairment annually as of October 1 or at interim periods if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate the carrying value of these assets may be impaired. The annual or interim impairment test of indefinite-lived acquired intangible assets is based primarily on a discounted cash flow analysis.

Restructuring and Other Reorganization Expenses

From time to time we implement plans to restructure our business. In conjunction with these restructuring plans, involuntary benefit arrangements, disposal costs (including contract termination costs and other exit costs), as well as certain other costs that are incremental and incurred as a direct result of our restructuring plans, are classified as restructuring expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

We sponsor the SLM Corporation Employee Severance Plan (the “Severance Plan”) which provides severance benefits in the event of termination of our full-time employees (with the exception of certain specified levels of management) and part-time employees who work at least 24 hours per week. The Severance Plan establishes specified benefits based on base salary, job level immediately preceding termination and years of service upon termination of employment due to Involuntary Termination or a Job Abolishment, as defined in the Severance Plan. The benefits payable under the Severance Plan relate to past service and they accumulate and vest. Accordingly, we recognize severance costs to be paid pursuant to the Severance Plan when payment of such benefits is probable and reasonably estimable. Such benefits, including severance pay calculated based on the Severance Plan, medical and dental benefits, outplacement services and continuation pay, have been incurred during 2013, 2012 and 2011, as a direct result of our restructuring initiatives. Accordingly, such costs are classified as restructuring expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

Contract termination costs are expensed at the earlier of (1) the contract termination date or (2) the cease use date under the contract. Other exit costs are expensed as incurred and classified as restructuring expenses if (1) the cost is incremental to and incurred as a direct result of planned restructuring activities and (2) the cost is not associated with or incurred to generate revenues subsequent to our consummation of the related restructuring activities.

Other reorganization expenses include third-party costs and severance incurred in connection with our previously announced plan to separate our existing organization into two distinct publicly-traded entities.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize stock-based compensation cost in our consolidated statements of income using the fair value based method. Under this method we determine the fair value of the stock-based compensation at the time of the grant and recognize the resulting compensation expense over the vesting period of the stock-based grant.

 

F-23


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability approach which requires the recognition of deferred tax liabilities and assets for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and tax basis of our assets and liabilities. To the extent tax laws change, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted in the period that the tax change is enacted.

“Income tax expense/(benefit)” includes (i) deferred tax expense/(benefit), which represents the net change in the deferred tax asset or liability balance during the year plus any change in a valuation allowance, and (ii) current tax expense/(benefit), which represents the amount of tax currently payable to or receivable from a tax authority plus amounts accrued for unrecognized tax benefits. Income tax expense/(benefit) excludes the tax effects related to adjustments recorded in equity.

If we have an uncertain tax position, then that tax position is recognized only if it is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position. The amount of tax benefit recognized in the financial statements is the largest amount of benefit that is more than fifty percent likely of being sustained upon ultimate settlement of the uncertain tax position. We recognize interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense/(benefit), and penalties, if any, in operating expenses.

Earnings (Loss) per Common Share

We compute earnings (loss) per common share (“EPS”) by dividing net income allocated to common shareholders by the weighted average common shares outstanding. Net income allocated to common shareholders represents net income applicable to common shareholders (net income adjusted for preferred stock dividends including dividends declared, accretion of discounts on preferred stock including accelerated accretion when preferred stock is repaid early, and cumulative dividends related to the current dividend period that have not been declared as of period end). Diluted earnings per common share is computed by dividing income allocated to common shareholders by the weighted average common shares outstanding plus amounts representing the dilutive effect of stock options outstanding, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and the outstanding commitment to issue shares under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. See “Note 10 — Earnings (Loss) per Common Share” for further discussion.

Discontinued Operations

A “Component” of a business comprises operations and cash flows that can be clearly distinguished operationally and for financial reporting purposes from the rest of the Company. When we determine that a Component of our business has been disposed of or has met the criteria to be classified as held-for-sale such Component is presented separately as discontinued operations if the operations of the Component have been or will be eliminated from our ongoing operations and we will have no continuing involvement with the Component after the disposal transaction is complete. If a Component is classified as held-for-sale, then it is carried at the lower of its cost basis or fair value. Included within discontinued operations are the accounting results related to our Campus Solutions and 529 college-savings plan administration business, which have been sold as of December 31, 2013. See “Note 16 — Discontinued Operations” for further discussion.

Statement of Cash Flows

Included in our financial statements is the consolidated statement of cash flows. It is our policy to include all derivative net settlements, irrespective of whether the derivative is a qualifying hedge, in the same section of the statement of cash flows that the derivative is economically hedging.

 

F-24


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

As discussed in “Restricted Cash and Investments” of this Note 2, our restricted cash balances primarily relate to on-balance sheet securitizations. This balance is primarily the result of timing differences between when principal and interest is collected on the trust assets and when principal and interest is paid on the trust liabilities. As such, changes in this balance are reflected in investing activities.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to the balances as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, to be consistent with classifications adopted for 2013, which had no effect on net income, total assets or total liabilities.

 

3. Student Loans

Student loans consist of FFELP and Private Education Loans.

There are three principal categories of FFELP Loans: Stafford, PLUS, and FFELP Consolidation Loans. Generally, Stafford and PLUS Loans have repayment periods of between five and ten years. FFELP Consolidation Loans have repayment periods of twelve to thirty years. FFELP Loans do not require repayment, or have modified repayment plans, while the customer is in-school and during the grace period immediately upon leaving school. The customer may also be granted a deferment or forbearance for a period of time based on need, during which time the customer is not considered to be in repayment. Interest continues to accrue on loans in the in-school, deferment and forbearance period. FFELP Loans obligate the customer to pay interest at a stated fixed rate or a variable rate reset annually (subject to a cap) on July 1 of each year depending on when the loan was originated and the loan type. FFELP Loans disbursed before April 1, 2006 earn interest at the greater of the borrower’s rate or a floating rate based on the SAP formula, with the interest earned on the floating rate that exceeds the interest earned from the customer being paid directly by ED. In low or certain declining interest rate environments when student loans are earning at the fixed borrower rate, and the interest on the funding for the loans is variable and declining, we can earn additional spread income that we refer to as Floor Income. For loans disbursed after April 1, 2006, FFELP Loans effectively only earn at the SAP rate, as the excess interest earned when the borrower rate exceeds the SAP rate (Floor Income) is required to be rebated to ED.

FFELP Loans are insured as to their principal and accrued interest in the event of default subject to a Risk Sharing level based on the date of loan disbursement. These insurance obligations are supported by contractual rights against the United States. For loans disbursed after October 1, 1993 and before July 1, 2006, we receive 98 percent reimbursement on all qualifying default claims. For loans disbursed on or after July 1, 2006, we receive 97 percent reimbursement.

On December 23, 2011, the President signed the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2012 into law. This law includes changes that permit FFELP lenders or beneficial holders to change the index on which the Special Allowance Payments (“SAP”) are calculated for FFELP Loans first disbursed on or after January 1, 2000. The law allows holders to elect to move the index from the Commercial Paper (“CP”) Rate to the one-month LIBOR rate. We elected to use the one-month LIBOR rate rather than the CP rate commencing on April 1, 2012 in connection with our entire $128 billion of CP indexed loans. This change will help us to better match loan yields with our financing costs. This election did not materially affect our results for 2012.

Our Private Education Loans are made largely to bridge the gap between the cost of higher education and the amount funded through financial aid, federal loans or customers’ resources. Private Education Loans bear the full credit risk of the customer. We manage this additional risk through historical risk-performance underwriting strategies and the addition of qualified cosigners. Private Education Loans generally carry a variable rate indexed to LIBOR or Prime indices. We encourage customers to include a cosigner on the loan, and the majority of loans in our portfolio are cosigned. We also encourage customers to make payments while in school.

 

F-25


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

3. Student Loans (Continued)

 

Similar to FFELP loans, Private Education Loans are generally non-dischargeable in bankruptcy. Most loans have repayment terms of 15 years or more, and for loans made prior to 2009, payments are typically deferred until after graduation; however, since 2009 we began to encourage interest-only or fixed payment options while the customer is enrolled in school and today, the majority of new loans make payments while in school.

The estimated weighted average life of student loans in our portfolio was approximately 7.5 years and 8.0 years at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The following table reflects the distribution of our student loan portfolio by program.

 

     December 31,
2013
    Year Ended
December 31, 2013
 

(Dollars in millions)

   Ending
Balance
     % of
Balance
    Average
Balance
     Average
Effective
Interest
Rate
 

FFELP Stafford and Other Student Loans, net(1)

   $ 40,021         28   $ 42,039         2.01

FFELP Consolidation Loans, net

     64,567         46        70,113         2.82   

Private Education Loans, net

     37,512         26        38,292         6.60   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total student loans, net

   $ 142,100         100   $ 150,444         3.56
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31,
2012
    Year Ended
December 31, 2012
 

(Dollars in millions)

   Ending
Balance
     % of
Balance
    Average
Balance
     Average
Effective
Interest
Rate
 

FFELP Stafford and Other Student Loans, net(1)

   $ 44,289         27   $ 47,629         1.98

FFELP Consolidation Loans, net

     81,323         50        84,495         2.73   

Private Education Loans, net

     36,934         23        37,691         6.58   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total student loans, net

   $ 162,546         100   $ 169,815         3.38
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) 

The FFELP category is primarily Stafford Loans, but also includes federally guaranteed PLUS and HEAL Loans.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, 76 percent and 75 percent, respectively, of our student loan portfolio was in repayment.

Loan Sales

In 2013, we sold Residual Interests in FFELP Loan securitization trusts to third parties. We will continue to service the student loans in the trusts under existing agreements. As a result of these transactions, we removed securitization trust assets of $12.5 billion and the related liabilities of $12.1 billion from the balance sheet and recorded a $312 million gain as part of “gains on sales of loans and investments” in 2013.

Certain Collection Tools — Private Education Loans

Forbearance involves granting the customer a temporary cessation of payments (or temporary acceptance of smaller than scheduled payments) for a specified period of time. Using forbearance extends the original term of

 

F-26


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

3. Student Loans (Continued)

 

the loan. Forbearance does not grant any reduction in the total repayment obligation (principal or interest). While in forbearance status, interest continues to accrue and is capitalized to principal when the loan re-enters repayment status. Our forbearance policies include limits on the number of forbearance months granted consecutively and the total number of forbearance months granted over the life of the loan. In some instances, we require good-faith payments before granting forbearance. Exceptions to forbearance policies are permitted when such exceptions are judged to increase the likelihood of collection of the loan. Forbearance as a collection tool is used most effectively when applied based on a customer’s unique situation, including historical information and judgments. We leverage updated customer information and other decision support tools to best determine who will be granted forbearance based on our expectations as to a customer’s ability and willingness to repay their obligation. This strategy is aimed at mitigating the overall risk of the portfolio as well as encouraging cash resolution of delinquent loans.

Forbearance may be granted to customers who are exiting their grace period to provide additional time to obtain employment and income to support their obligations, or to current customers who are faced with a hardship and request forbearance time to provide temporary payment relief. In these circumstances, a customer’s loan is placed into a forbearance status in limited monthly increments and is reflected in the forbearance status at month-end during this time. At the end of the granted forbearance period, the customer will enter repayment status as current and is expected to begin making scheduled monthly payments on a go-forward basis.

Forbearance may also be granted to customers who are delinquent in their payments. In these circumstances, the forbearance cures the delinquency and the customer is returned to a current repayment status. In more limited instances, delinquent customers will also be granted additional forbearance time.

During 2009, we instituted an interest rate reduction program to assist customers in repaying their Private Education Loans through reduced payments, while continuing to reduce their outstanding principal balance. This program is offered in situations where the potential for principal recovery, through a modification of the monthly payment amount, is better than other alternatives currently available. Along with demonstrating the ability and willingness to pay, the customer must make three consecutive monthly payments at the reduced rate to qualify for the program. Once the customer has made the initial three payments, the loan’s status is returned to current and the interest rate is reduced for the successive twelve month period.

 

4. Allowance for Loan Losses

Our provisions for loan losses represent the periodic expense of maintaining an allowance sufficient to absorb incurred probable losses, net of expected recoveries, in the held-for-investment loan portfolios. The evaluation of the provisions for loan losses is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant changes. We believe that the allowance for loan losses is appropriate to cover probable losses incurred in the loan portfolios. We segregate our Private Education Loan portfolio into two classes of loans — traditional and non-traditional. Non-traditional loans are loans to (i) customers attending for-profit schools with an original Fair Isaac and Company (“FICO”) score of less than 670 and (ii) customers attending not-for-profit schools with an original FICO score of less than 640. The FICO score used in determining whether a loan is non-traditional is the greater of the customer or cosigner FICO score at origination. Traditional loans are defined as all other Private Education Loans that are not classified as non-traditional.

 

F-27


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

4. Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

 

Allowance for Loan Losses Metrics

 

     Allowance for Loan Losses  
     Year Ended December 31, 2013  

(Dollars in millions)

   FFELP Loans     Private Education
Loans
    Other
Loans
    Total  

Allowance for Loan Losses

        

Beginning balance

   $ 159      $ 2,171      $ 47      $ 2,377   

Total provision

     52        787               839   

Charge-offs(1)

     (78     (878     (19     (975

Student loan sales

     (14                   (14

Reclassification of interest reserve(2)

            17               17   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance

   $ 119      $ 2,097      $ 28      $ 2,244   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance:

        

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

   $      $ 1,048      $ 20      $ 1,068   

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 119      $ 1,049      $ 8      $ 1,176   

Loans:

        

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

   $      $ 9,262      $ 45      $ 9,307   

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 103,672      $ 31,051      $ 85      $ 134,808   

Charge-offs as a percentage of average loans in repayment

     .10     2.78     12.28  

Charge-offs as a percentage of average loans in repayment and forbearance

     .08     2.69     12.28  

Allowance as a percentage of the ending total loan balance

     .12     5.20     21.42  

Allowance as a percentage of the ending loans in repayment

     .16     6.68     21.42  

Allowance coverage of charge-offs

     1.5        2.4        1.5     

Ending total loans(3)

   $ 103,672      $ 40,313      $ 130     

Average loans in repayment

   $ 80,822      $ 31,556      $ 156     

Ending loans in repayment

   $ 76,504      $ 31,370      $ 130     

 

  (1) 

Charge-offs are reported net of expected recoveries. For Private Education Loans, the expected recovery amount is transferred to the receivable for partially charged-off loan balance. Charge-offs include charge-offs against the receivable for partially charged-off loans which represents the difference between what was expected to be collected and any shortfalls in what was actually collected in the period. See “Receivable for Partially Charged-Off Private Education Loans” for further discussion.

 

  (2) 

Represents the additional allowance related to the amount of uncollectible interest reserved within interest income that is transferred in the period to the allowance for loan losses when interest is capitalized to a loan’s principal balance.

 

  (3) 

Ending total loans for Private Education Loans includes the receivable for partially charged-off loans.

 

F-28


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

4. Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

 

     Allowance for Loan Losses  
     Year Ended December 31, 2012  

(Dollars in millions)

   FFELP Loans     Private Education
Loans
    Other
Loans
    Total  

Allowance for Loan Losses

        

Beginning balance

   $ 187      $ 2,171      $ 69      $ 2,427   

Total provision

     72        1,008               1,080   

Charge-offs(1)

     (92     (1,037     (22     (1,151

Student loan sales

     (8                   (8

Reclassification of interest reserve(2)

            29               29   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance

   $ 159      $ 2,171      $ 47      $ 2,377   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance:

        

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

   $      $ 1,126      $ 35      $ 1,161   

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 159      $ 1,045      $ 12      $ 1,216   

Loans:

        

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

   $      $ 7,560      $ 69      $ 7,629   

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 124,335      $ 32,341      $ 116      $ 156,792   

Charge-offs as a percentage of average loans in repayment

     .10     3.37     9.51  

Charge-offs as a percentage of average loans in repayment and forbearance

     .08     3.24     9.51  

Allowance as a percentage of the ending total loan balance

     .13     5.44     25.39  

Allowance as a percentage of the ending loans in repayment

     .18     6.89     25.39  

Allowance coverage of charge-offs

     1.7        2.1        2.1     

Ending total loans(3)

   $ 124,335      $ 39,901      $ 185     

Average loans in repayment

   $ 91,653      $ 30,750      $ 231     

Ending loans in repayment

   $ 90,731      $ 31,514      $ 185     

 

  (1) 

Charge-offs are reported net of expected recoveries. For Private Education Loans, the expected recovery amount is transferred to the receivable for partially charged-off loan balance. Charge-offs include charge-offs against the receivable for partially charged-off loans which represents the difference between what was expected to be collected and any shortfalls in what was actually collected in the period. See “Receivable for Partially Charged-Off Private Education Loans” for further discussion.

 

  (2) 

Represents the additional allowance related to the amount of uncollectible interest reserved within interest income that is transferred in the period to the allowance for loan losses when interest is capitalized to a loan’s principal balance.

 

  (3) 

Ending total loans for Private Education Loans includes the receivable for partially charged-off loans.

 

F-29


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

4. Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

 

     Allowance for Loan Losses  
     Year Ended December 31, 2011  

(Dollars in millions)

   FFELP Loans     Private Education
Loans
    Other
Loans
    Total  

Allowance for Loan Losses

        

Beginning balance

   $ 189      $ 2,022      $ 72      $ 2,283   

Total provision

     86        1,179        30        1,295   

Charge-offs(1)

     (78     (1,072     (33     (1,183

Student loan sales

     (10                   (10

Reclassification of interest reserve(2)

            42               42   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance

   $ 187      $ 2,171      $ 69      $ 2,427   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance:

        

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

   $      $ 762      $ 51      $ 813   

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 187      $ 1,409      $ 18      $ 1,614   

Loans:

        

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

   $      $ 5,313      $ 93      $ 5,406   

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 136,643      $ 34,021      $ 170      $ 170,834   

Charge-offs as a percentage of average loans in repayment

     .08     3.72     11.30  

Charge-offs as a percentage of average loans in repayment and forbearance

     .07     3.55     11.30  

Allowance as a percentage of the ending total loan balance

     .14     5.52     26.26  

Allowance as a percentage of the ending loans in repayment

     .20     7.19     26.26  

Allowance coverage of charge-offs

     2.4        2.0        2.1     

Ending total loans(3)

   $ 136,643      $ 39,334      $ 263     

Average loans in repayment

   $ 94,359      $ 28,790      $ 294     

Ending loans in repayment

   $ 94,181      $ 30,185      $ 263     

 

  (1) 

Charge-offs are reported net of expected recoveries. For Private Education Loans, the expected recovery amount is transferred to the receivable for partially charged-off loan balance. Charge-offs include charge-offs against the receivable for partially charged-off loans which represents the difference between what was expected to be collected and any shortfalls in what was actually collected in the period. See “Receivable for Partially Charged-Off Private Education Loans” for further discussion.

 

  (2) 

Represents the additional allowance related to the amount of uncollectible interest reserved within interest income that is transferred in the period to the allowance for loan losses when interest is capitalized to a loan’s principal balance.

 

  (3) 

Ending total loans for Private Education Loans includes the receivable for partially charged-off loans.

 

F-30


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

4. Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

 

Key Credit Quality Indicators

FFELP Loans are substantially insured and guaranteed as to their principal and accrued interest in the event of default; therefore, the key credit quality indicator for this portfolio is loan status. The impact of changes in loan status is incorporated quarterly into the allowance for loan losses calculation.

For Private Education Loans, the key credit quality indicators are school type, FICO scores, the existence of a cosigner, the loan status and loan seasoning. The school type/FICO score are assessed at origination and maintained through the traditional/non-traditional loan designation. The other Private Education Loan key quality indicators can change and are incorporated quarterly into the allowance for loan losses calculation. The following table highlights the principal balance (excluding the receivable for partially charged-off loans) of our Private Education Loan portfolio stratified by the key credit quality indicators.

 

     Private Education Loans
Credit Quality Indicators
 
     December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  

(Dollars in millions)

   Balance(3)      % of Balance     Balance(3)      % of Balance  

Credit Quality Indicators

          

School Type/FICO Scores:

          

Traditional

   $ 36,140         93   $ 35,347         92

Non-Traditional(1)

     2,860         7        3,207         8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 39,000         100   $ 38,554         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cosigners:

          

With cosigner

   $ 26,321         67   $ 24,907         65

Without cosigner

     12,679         33        13,647         35   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 39,000         100   $ 38,554         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Seasoning(2):

          

1-12 payments

   $ 5,171         14   $ 7,371         19

13-24 payments

     5,511         14        6,137         16   

25-36 payments

     5,506         14        6,037         16   

37-48 payments

     5,103         13        4,780         12   

More than 48 payments

     11,181         29        8,325         22   

Not yet in repayment

     6,528         16        5,904         15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 39,000         100   $ 38,554         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Defined as loans to customers attending for-profit schools (with a FICO score of less than 670 at origination) and customers attending not-for-profit schools (with a FICO score of less than 640 at origination).

 

(2) 

Number of months in active repayment for which a scheduled payment was due.

 

(3) 

Balance represents gross Private Education Loans.

 

F-31


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

4. Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

 

The following tables provide information regarding the loan status and aging of past due loans.

 

     FFELP Loan Delinquencies  
     December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

(Dollars in millions)

   Balance     %     Balance     %     Balance     %  

Loans in-school/grace/deferment(1)

   $ 13,678        $ 17,702        $ 22,887     

Loans in forbearance(2)

     13,490          15,902          19,575     

Loans in repayment and percentage of each status:

            

Loans current

     63,330        82.8     75,499        83.2     77,093        81.9

Loans delinquent 31-60 days(3)

     3,746        4.9        4,710        5.2        5,419        5.8   

Loans delinquent 61-90 days(3)

     2,207        2.9        2,788        3.1        3,438        3.7   

Loans delinquent greater than 90 days(3)

     7,221        9.4        7,734        8.5        8,231        8.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total FFELP Loans in repayment

     76,504        100     90,731        100     94,181        100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total FFELP Loans, gross

     103,672          124,335          136,643     

FFELP Loan unamortized premium

     1,035          1,436          1,674     
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total FFELP Loans

     104,707          125,771          138,317     

FFELP Loan allowance for losses

     (119       (159       (187  
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

FFELP Loans, net

   $ 104,588        $ 125,612        $ 138,130     
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Percentage of FFELP Loans in repayment

       73.8       73.0       68.9
    

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Delinquencies as a percentage of FFELP Loans in repayment

       17.2       16.8       18.1
    

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

FFELP Loans in forbearance as a percentage of loans in repayment and forbearance

       15.0       14.9       17.2
    

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Loans for customers who may still be attending school or engaging in other permitted educational activities and are not required to make payments on the loans, e.g., residency periods for medical students or a grace period for bar exam preparation, as well as loans for customers who have requested and qualify for other permitted program deferments such as military, unemployment, or economic hardships.

 

(2) 

Loans for customers who have used their allowable deferment time or do not qualify for deferment, that need additional time to obtain employment or who have temporarily ceased making full payments due to hardship or other factors.

 

(3) 

The period of delinquency is based on the number of days scheduled payments are contractually past due.

 

F-32


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

4. Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

 

     Private Education Traditional Loan
Delinquencies
 
     December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

(Dollars in millions)

   Balance     %     Balance     %     Balance     %  

Loans in-school/grace/deferment(1)

   $ 6,088        $ 5,421        $ 5,866     

Loans in forbearance(2)

     969          996          1,195     

Loans in repayment and percentage of each status:

            

Loans current

     26,977        92.8     26,597        91.9     25,110        91.4

Loans delinquent 31-60 days(3)

     674        2.3        837        2.9        868        3.2   

Loans delinquent 61-90 days(3)

     420        1.4        375        1.3        393        1.4   

Loans delinquent greater than 90 days(3)

     1,012        3.5        1,121        3.9        1,096        4.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total traditional loans in repayment

     29,083        100     28,930        100     27,467        100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total traditional loans, gross

     36,140          35,347          34,528     

Traditional loans unamortized discount

     (629       (713       (792  
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total traditional loans

     35,511          34,634          33,736     

Traditional loans receivable for partially charged-off loans

     799          797          705     

Traditional loans allowance for losses

     (1,592       (1,637       (1,542  
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Traditional loans, net

   $ 34,718        $ 33,794        $ 32,899     
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Percentage of traditional loans in repayment

       80.5       81.9       80.0
    

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Delinquencies as a percentage of traditional loans in repayment

       7.2       8.1       8.6
    

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Loans in forbearance as a percentage of loans in repayment and forbearance

       3.2       3.3       4.2
    

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Deferment includes customers who have returned to school or are engaged in other permitted educational activities and are not required to make payments on the loans, e.g., residency periods for medical students or a grace period for bar exam preparation.

 

(2) 

Loans for customers who have requested extension of grace period generally during employment transition or who have temporarily ceased making full payments due to hardship or other factors, consistent with established loan program servicing policies and procedures.

 

(3) 

The period of delinquency is based on the number of days scheduled payments are contractually past due.

 

F-33


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

4. Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

 

     Private Education Non-Traditional Loan
Delinquencies
 
     December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

(Dollars in millions)

   Balance     %     Balance     %     Balance     %  

Loans in-school/grace/deferment(1)

   $ 440        $ 483        $ 656     

Loans in forbearance(2)

     133          140          191     

Loans in repayment and percentage of each status:

            

Loans current

     1,791        78.3     1,978        76.5     2,012        74.0

Loans delinquent 31-60 days(3)

     128        5.6        175        6.8        208        7.7   

Loans delinquent 61-90 days(3)

     93        4.1        106        4.1        127        4.7   

Loans delinquent greater than 90 days(3)

     275        12.0        325        12.6        371        13.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-traditional loans in repayment

     2,287        100     2,584        100     2,718        100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-traditional loans, gross

     2,860          3,207          3,565     

Non-traditional loans unamortized discount

     (75       (83       (81  
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total non-traditional loans

     2,785          3,124          3,484     

Non-traditional loans receivable for partially charged-off loans

     514          550          536     

Non-traditional loans allowance for losses

     (505       (534       (629  
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Non-traditional loans, net

   $ 2,794        $ 3,140        $ 3,391     
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Percentage of non-traditional loans in repayment

       80.0       80.6       76.2
    

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Delinquencies as a percentage of non-traditional loans in repayment

       21.7       23.4       26.0
    

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Loans in forbearance as a percentage of loans in repayment and forbearance

       5.5       5.1       6.6
    

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Deferment includes customers who have returned to school or are engaged in other permitted educational activities and are not required to make payments on the loans, e.g., residency periods for medical students or a grace period for bar exam preparation.

 

(2) 

Loans for customers who have requested extension of grace period generally during employment transition or who have temporarily ceased making full payments due to hardship or other factors, consistent with established loan program servicing policies and procedures.

 

(3) 

The period of delinquency is based on the number of days scheduled payments are contractually past due.

Receivable for Partially Charged-Off Private Education Loans

At the end of each month, for loans that are 212 days past due, we charge off the estimated loss of a defaulted loan balance. Actual recoveries are applied against the remaining loan balance that was not charged off. We refer to this remaining loan balance as the “receivable for partially charged-off loans.” If actual periodic recoveries are less than expected, the difference is immediately charged off through the allowance for loan losses with an offsetting reduction in the receivable for partially charged-off Private Education Loans. If actual periodic recoveries are greater than expected, they will be reflected as a recovery through the allowance for Private Education Loan losses once the cumulative recovery amount exceeds the cumulative amount originally expected to be recovered. Private Education Loans which defaulted between 2008 and 2013 for which we have previously charged off estimated losses have, to varying degrees, not met our post-default recovery expectations to date and may continue not to do so. According to our policy, we have been charging off these periodic shortfalls in expected recoveries against our allowance for Private Education Loan losses and the related receivable for partially charged-off Private Education Loans and we will continue to do so. There was $336 million and $198

 

F-34


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

4. Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

 

million in the allowance for Private Education Loan losses at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, providing for possible additional future charge-offs related to the receivable for partially charged-off Private Education Loans.

The following table summarizes the activity in the receivable for partially charged-off loans.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2013     2012     2011  

Receivable at beginning of period

   $ 1,347      $ 1,241      $ 1,040   

Expected future recoveries of current period defaults(1)

     290        351        391   

Recoveries(2)

     (230     (189     (155

Charge-offs(3)

     (94     (56     (35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Receivable at end of period

     1,313        1,347        1,241   

Allowance for estimated recovery shortfalls(4)

     (336     (198     (148
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net receivable at end of period

   $ 977      $ 1,149      $ 1,093   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1) 

Represents the difference between the loan balance and our estimate of the amount to be collected in the future.

 

  (2) 

Current period cash collections.

 

  (3) 

Represents the current period recovery shortfall – the difference between what was expected to be collected and what was actually collected. These amounts are included in the Private Education Loan total charge-offs as reported in the “Allowance for Loan Losses Metrics” tables.

 

  (4) 

The allowance for estimated recovery shortfalls of the receivable for partially charged-off Private Education Loans is a component of the $2.1 billion, $2.2 billion and $2.2 billion overall allowance for Private Education Loan losses as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDRs”)

We modify the terms of loans for certain customers when we believe such modifications may increase the ability and willingness of a customer to make payments and thus increase the ultimate overall amount collected on a loan. These modifications generally take the form of a forbearance, a temporary interest rate reduction or an extended repayment plan. For customers experiencing financial difficulty, certain Private Education Loans for which we have granted either a forbearance of greater than three months, an interest rate reduction or an extended repayment plan are classified as TDRs. Approximately 45 percent and 43 percent of the loans granted forbearance have qualified as a TDR loan at December 31, 2013, and 2012, respectively. The unpaid principal balance of TDR loans that were in an interest rate reduction plan as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $1.5 billion and $1.0 billion, respectively.

 

F-35


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

4. Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

 

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, all of our TDR loans had a related allowance recorded. The following table provides the recorded investment, unpaid principal balance and related allowance for our TDR loans.

 

     TDR Loans  

(Dollars in millions)

   Recorded
Investment(1)
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
 

December 31, 2013

        

Private Education Loans — Traditional

   $ 7,515       $ 7,559       $ 812   

Private Education Loans — Non-Traditional

     1,434         1,427         236   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 8,949       $ 8,986       $ 1,048   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

        

Private Education Loans — Traditional

   $ 5,999       $ 6,074       $ 844   

Private Education Loans — Non-Traditional

     1,295         1,303         282   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,294       $ 7,377       $ 1,126   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) 

The recorded investment is equal to the unpaid principal balance and accrued interest receivable net of unamortized deferred fees and costs.

The following table provides the average recorded investment and interest income recognized for our TDR loans.

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  

(Dollars in millions)

  Average
Recorded
Investment
    Interest
Income
Recognized
    Average
Recorded
Investment
    Interest
Income
Recognized
    Average
Recorded
Investment
    Interest
Income
Recognized
 

Private Education Loans — Traditional

  $ 6,805      $ 418      $ 5,181      $ 333      $ 1,960      $ 121   

Private Education Loans — Non-Traditional

    1,376        112        1,205        106        560        48   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 8,181      $ 530      $ 6,386      $ 439      $ 2,520      $ 169   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-36


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

4. Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

 

The following tables provide information regarding the loan status and aging of TDR loans that are past due.

 

     TDR Loan Delinquencies  
     December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

(Dollars in millions)

   Balance      %     Balance      %     Balance      %  

Loans in deferment(1)

   $ 913         $ 574         $ 285      

Loans in forbearance(2)

     740           544           696      

Loans in repayment and percentage of each status:

               

Loans current

     5,613         76.5     4,619         73.8     3,018         69.7

Loans delinquent 31-60 days(3)

     469         6.4        478         7.6        427         9.8   

Loans delinquent 61-90 days(3)

     330         4.5        254         4.1        215         5.0   

Loans delinquent greater than 90 days(3)

     921         12.6        908         14.5        672         15.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total TDR loans in repayment

     7,333         100     6,259         100     4,332         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total TDR loans, gross

   $ 8,986         $ 7,377         $ 5,313      
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

(1) 

Deferment includes customers who have returned to school or are engaged in other permitted educational activities and are not required to make payments on the loans, e.g., residency periods for medical students or a grace period for bar exam preparation.

 

(2) 

Loans for customers who have requested extension of grace period generally during employment transition or who have temporarily ceased making full payments due to hardship or other factors, consistent with established loan program servicing policies and procedures.

 

(3) 

The period of delinquency is based on the number of days scheduled payments are contractually past due.

The following table provides the amount of modified loans that resulted in a TDR in the periods presented. Additionally, the table summarizes charge-offs occurring in the TDR portfolio, as well as TDRs for which a payment default occurred in the current period within 12 months of the loan first being designated as a TDR. We define payment default as 60 days past due for this disclosure. The majority of our loans that are considered TDRs involve a temporary forbearance of payments and do not change the contractual interest rate of the loan.

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  

(Dollars in millions)

  Modified
Loans(1)
    Charge-
Offs(2)
    Payment-
Default
    Modified
Loans(1)
    Charge-
Offs(2)
    Payment-
Default
    Modified
Loans(1)
    Charge-
Offs(2)
    Payment-
Default
 

Private Education Loans — Traditional

  $ 2,114      $ 372      $ 680      $ 2,375      $ 389      $ 1,351      $ 4,103      $ 99      $ 1,036   

Private Education Loans — Non-Traditional

    314        132        184        443        152        420        951        55        414   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 2,428      $ 504      $ 864      $ 2,818      $ 541      $ 1,771      $ 5,054      $ 154      $ 1,450   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Represents period ending balance of loans that have been modified during the period and resulted in a TDR.

 

(2) 

Represents loans that charged off that were classified as TDRs.

 

F-37


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

4. Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

 

Accrued Interest Receivable

The following table provides information regarding accrued interest receivable on our Private Education Loans. The table also discloses the amount of accrued interest on loans greater than 90 days past due as compared to our allowance for uncollectible interest. The allowance for uncollectible interest exceeds the amount of accrued interest on our 90 days past due portfolio for all periods presented.

 

     Accrued Interest Receivable
As of December 31,
 

(Dollars in millions)

   Total      Greater Than
90 Days
Past Due
     Allowance for
Uncollectible
Interest
 

2013

        

Private Education Loans — Traditional

   $ 926       $ 35       $ 46   

Private Education Loans — Non-Traditional

     97         13         20   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,023       $ 48       $ 66   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2012

        

Private Education Loans — Traditional

   $ 798       $ 39       $ 45   

Private Education Loans — Non-Traditional

     106         16         22   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 904       $ 55       $ 67   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2011

        

Private Education Loans — Traditional

   $ 870       $ 36       $ 44   

Private Education Loans — Non-Traditional

     148         18         28   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,018       $ 54       $ 72   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

5. Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets

Goodwill

All acquisitions must be assigned to a reporting unit or units. A reporting unit is the same as, or one level below, an operating segment. We have four reportable segments: Consumer Lending, Business Services, FFELP Loans and Other. The following table summarizes our goodwill, accumulated impairments and net goodwill for our reporting units and reportable segments.

 

     As of December 31, 2013      As of December 31, 2012  

(Dollars in millions)

   Gross      Accumulated
Impairments
    Net      Gross      Accumulated
Impairments
    Net  

Total FFELP Loans reportable segment

   $ 194       $ (4   $ 190       $ 194       $ (4   $ 190   

Total Consumer Lending reportable segment

     147                147         147                147   

Business Services reportable segment:

               

Servicing

     50                50         50                50   

Contingency Services

     136         (129     7         136         (129     7   

Wind-down Guarantor Servicing

     256         (256             256         (256       

Insurance Services

     9         (9             9         (9       

Upromise

     43         (43             140         (140       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Business Services reportable segment

     494         (437     57         591         (534     57   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 835       $ (441   $ 394       $ 932       $ (538   $ 394   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-38


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

5. Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets (Continued)

 

Goodwill Impairment Testing

We perform our goodwill impairment testing annually in the fourth quarter as of October 1. No goodwill was deemed impaired in 2013. As part of the 2013 annual impairment testing, we retained a third-party appraisal firm to assist in the valuations required to perform Step 1 impairment testing. The income approach was the primary approach used to estimate the fair value of each reporting unit.

The income approach measures the value of each reporting unit’s future economic benefit determined by its discounted cash flows derived from our projections plus an assumed terminal growth rate adjusted for what we believe a market participant would assume in an acquisition. These projections are generally five-year projections that reflect the anticipated cash flow fluctuations of the respective reporting units. If a component of a reporting unit is winding down or is assumed to wind down, the projections extend through the anticipated wind-down period and no residual value is ascribed.

Under our guidance, the third-party appraisal firm developed the discount rate for each reporting unit incorporating such factors as the risk free rate, a market rate of return, a measure of volatility (Beta) and a company-specific and capital markets risk premium, as appropriate, to adjust for volatility and uncertainty in the economy and to capture specific risk related to the respective reporting units. We considered whether an asset sale or an equity sale would be the most likely sale structure for each reporting unit and valued each reporting unit based on the more likely hypothetical scenario.

The discount rates reflect market-based estimates of capital costs and are adjusted for our assessment of a market participant’s view with respect to execution, source concentration and other risks associated with the projected cash flows of individual reporting units. We reviewed and approved the discount rates provided by the third-party appraiser including the factors incorporated to develop the discount rates for each reporting unit.

We and the third-party appraisal firm also considered a market approach for each reporting unit. Market-based multiples for comparable publicly traded companies and similar transactions were evaluated as an indicator of the value of the reporting units to assess the reasonableness of the estimated fair value derived from the income approach.

The following table illustrates the carrying value of equity for each reporting unit with remaining goodwill as of December 31, 2013, and the percentage by which the estimated fair value determined in conjunction with Step 1 impairment testing in the fourth quarter of 2013 exceeds the carrying value of equity.

 

(Dollars in millions)

   Carrying Value
of Equity
     % of Fair Value
in Excess of
Carrying Value
 

FFELP Loans

   $ 930         202

Consumer Lending

     4,335         80

Servicing

     137         966

Contingency Services

     53         193

We acknowledge that continued weakness in the economy coupled with changes in legislation and the regulatory environment could adversely affect the operating results of our reporting units. If the forecasted performance of our reporting units is not achieved, or if our stock price declines resulting in deterioration in our total market capitalization, the fair value of one or more of the reporting units could be significantly reduced, and we may be required to record a charge, which could be material, for an impairment of goodwill.

 

F-39


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

5. Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets (Continued)

 

To assess impairment for the FFELP, Consumer Lending, and Servicing reporting units at October 1, 2012 and 2011, we assessed relevant qualitative factors to determine whether it was “more-likely-than-not” that the fair value of an individual reporting unit was less than its carrying value. These qualitative factors included consideration of the significant amount of excess fair value over the carrying values of these reporting units as of October 1, 2010 when we performed a Step 1 goodwill impairment test and engaged an appraisal firm to estimate the fair values of these reporting units, the current legislative environment, our stock price during 2012 and 2011, market capitalization and EPS results as well as significant reductions in our operating expenses. After assessing these relevant qualitative factors, we determined that it was more-likely-than-not that the fair values of these reporting units exceeded their carrying amounts.

During 2012, we finalized the purchase accounting for a Contingency Services acquisition that resulted in goodwill. We performed Step 1 impairment testing for the Contingency Services reporting unit as of October 1, 2012, resulting in no indicated impairment.

Acquired Intangible Assets

Acquired intangible assets include the following:

 

     As of December 31, 2013      As of December 31, 2012  

(Dollars in millions)

   Cost
Basis(1)
     Accumulated
Impairment and
Amortization(1)
    Net      Cost
Basis(1)
     Accumulated
Impairment and
Amortization(1)
    Net  

Intangible assets subject to amortization:

               

Customer, services and lending relationships

   $ 278       $ (261   $ 17       $ 303       $ (270   $ 33   

Software and technology

     79         (79             93         (93       

Tradenames and trademarks

     34         (21     13         54         (34     20   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total acquired intangible assets

   $ 391       $ (361   $ 30       $ 450       $ (397   $ 53   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Accumulated impairment and amortization includes impairment amounts only if the acquired intangible asset has been deemed partially impaired. When an acquired intangible asset is considered fully impaired, and no longer in use, the cost basis and any accumulated amortization related to the asset is written off.

 

(2) 

Intangible assets not subject to amortization include tradenames and trademarks totaling $6 million and $10 million, net of accumulated impairment as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

We recorded amortization of acquired intangible assets from continuing operations totaling $13 million, $18 million, and $21 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We will continue to amortize our intangible assets with definite useful lives over their remaining estimated useful lives. We estimate amortization expense associated with these intangible assets will be $9 million, $7 million, $5 million, $2 million and $2 million in 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

 

F-40


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

6. Borrowings

Borrowings consist of secured borrowings issued through our securitization program, borrowings through secured facilities, unsecured notes issued by us, term and other deposits at Sallie Mae Bank, and other interest-bearing liabilities related primarily to obligations to return cash collateral held. To match the interest rate and currency characteristics of our borrowings with the interest rate and currency characteristics of our assets, we enter into interest rate and foreign currency swaps with independent parties. Under these agreements, we make periodic payments, generally indexed to the related asset rates or rates which are highly correlated to the asset rates, in exchange for periodic payments which generally match our interest obligations on fixed or variable rate notes (see “Note 7 — Derivative Financial Instruments”). Payments and receipts on our interest rate and currency swaps are not reflected in the following tables.

The following table summarizes our borrowings.

 

     December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

(Dollars in millions)

   Short
Term
     Long
Term
     Total      Short
Term
     Long
Term
     Total  

Unsecured borrowings:

                 

Senior unsecured debt

   $ 2,213       $ 16,056       $ 18,269       $ 2,319       $ 15,446       $ 17,765   

Bank deposits

     6,133         2,807         8,940         4,226         3,088         7,314   

Other(1)

     691                 691         1,609                 1,609   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total unsecured borrowings

     9,037         18,863         27,900         8,154         18,534         26,688   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Secured borrowings:

                 

FFELP Loan securitizations

             90,756         90,756                 105,525         105,525   

Private Education Loan securitizations

             18,835         18,835                 19,656         19,656   

FFELP Loan — other facilities

     4,715         5,311         10,026         11,651         4,827         16,478   

Private Education Loan — other facilities

             843         843                 1,070         1,070   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total secured borrowings

     4,715         115,745         120,460         11,651         131,078         142,729   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total before hedge accounting adjustments

     13,752         134,608         148,360         19,805         149,612         169,417   

Hedge accounting adjustments

     43         2,040         2,083         51         2,789         2,840   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,795       $ 136,648       $ 150,443       $ 19,856       $ 152,401       $ 172,257   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) 

“Other” primarily consists of the obligation to return cash collateral held related to derivative exposures.

 

F-41


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

6. Borrowings (Continued)

 

Short-term Borrowings

Short-term borrowings have a remaining term to maturity of one year or less. The following tables summarize outstanding short-term borrowings (secured and unsecured), the weighted average interest rates at the end of each period, and the related average balances and weighted average interest rates during the periods. Rates reflect stated interest of borrowings and related discounts and premiums.

 

    December 31, 2013     Year Ended December 31, 2013  

(Dollars in millions)

  Ending Balance     Weighted Average
Interest Rate
    Average Balance     Weighted Average
Interest Rate
 

Bank deposits

  $ 6,133        1.14   $ 5,221        1.44

FFELP Loan — other facilities

    4,715        .21        7,386        .84   

Private Education Loan — other facilities

                  272        1.86   

Senior unsecured debt

    2,256        3.09        2,814        3.59   

Other interest bearing liabilities

    691        .07        1,037        .14   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total short-term borrowings

  $ 13,795        1.09   $ 16,730        1.46
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Maximum outstanding at any month end

  $ 20,038         
 

 

 

       

 

    December 31, 2012     Year Ended December 31, 2012  

(Dollars in millions)

  Ending Balance     Weighted Average
Interest Rate
    Average Balance     Weighted Average
Interest Rate
 

Bank deposits

  $ 4,226        1.40   $ 3,537        1.54

FFELP Loan — other facilities

    11,651        .72        17,606        .78   

Senior unsecured debt

    2,370        4.24        2,214        4.49   

Other interest bearing liabilities

    1,609        .31        1,474        .21   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total short-term borrowings

  $ 19,856        1.25   $ 24,831        1.19
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Maximum outstanding at any month end

  $ 29,160         
 

 

 

       

 

F-42


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

6. Borrowings (Continued)

 

Long-term Borrowings

The following tables summarize outstanding long-term borrowings (secured and unsecured), the weighted average interest rates at the end of the periods, and the related average balances during the periods. Rates reflect stated interest rate of borrowings and related discounts and premiums.

 

     December 31, 2013     Year Ended
December 31,
2013
 
           

Weighted

Average

   

(Dollars in millions)

   Ending
Balance(1)
     Interest
Rate(2)
    Average
Balance
 

Floating rate notes:

       

U.S. dollar-denominated:

       

Interest bearing, due 2015-2048

   $ 96,724         .99   $ 102,241   

Non-U.S. dollar-denominated:

       

Interest bearing, due 2021-2041

     9,249         .62        9,525   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total floating rate notes

     105,973         .96        111,766   

Fixed rate notes:

       

U.S. dollar-denominated:

       

Interest bearing, due 2015-2047

     18,510         5.61        16,149   

Non-U.S.-dollar denominated:

       

Interest bearing, due 2015-2039

     3,204         2.72        2,420   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed rate notes

     21,714         5.18        18,569   

Brokered deposits — U.S. dollar-denominated, due 2015-2018

     2,807         1.32        2,488   

FFELP Loan — other facilities

     5,311         .76        5,504   

Private Education Loan — other facilities

     843         .96        355   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term borrowings

   $ 136,648         1.63   $ 138,682   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2012     Year Ended
December 31,
2012
 
           

Weighted

Average

   

(Dollars in millions)

   Ending
Balance(1)
     Interest
Rate(2)
    Average
Balance
 

Floating rate notes:

       

U.S. dollar-denominated:

       

Interest bearing, due 2014-2048

   $ 112,408         1.04   $ 113,236   

Non-U.S. dollar-denominated:

       

Interest bearing, due 2021-2041

     10,819         .53        11,463   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total floating rate notes

     123,227         1.00        124,699   

Fixed rate notes:

       

U.S. dollar-denominated:

       

Interest bearing, due 2014-2046

     16,096         5.57        14,203   

Non-U.S.-dollar denominated:

       

Interest bearing, due 2014-2039

     4,061         3.39        2,882   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed rate notes

     20,157         5.13        17,085   

Brokered deposits — U.S. dollar-denominated, due 2014-2017

     3,120         1.77        2,216   

FFELP Loan — other facilities

     4,827         1.29        5,517   

Private Education Loan — other facilities

     1,070         1.45        1,880   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term borrowings

   $ 152,401         1.57   $ 151,397   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1) 

Ending balance is expressed in U.S. dollars using the spot currency exchange rate. Includes fair value adjustments under hedge accounting for notes designated as the hedged item in a fair value hedge.

 

  (2) 

Weighted average interest rate is stated rate relative to currency denomination of debt.

 

F-43


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

6. Borrowings (Continued)

 

At December 31, 2013, we had outstanding long-term borrowings with call features totaling $1.7 billion. In addition, we have $6.2 billion of pre-payable debt related to our secured facilities. Generally, these instruments are callable at the par amount. As of December 31, 2013, the stated maturities and maturities if accelerated to the call dates are shown in the following table.

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Stated Maturity(1)      Maturity to Call Date(1)  

(Dollars in millions)

   Senior
Unsecured
Debt
     Brokered
Deposits
     Secured
Borrowings
     Total(2)      Senior
Unsecured
Debt
     Brokered
Deposits
     Secured
Borrowings
     Total  

Year of Maturity

                       

2014

   $       $       $ 14,408       $ 14,408       $ 1,611       $       $ 14,408       $ 16,019   

2015

     1,506         1,195         11,672         14,373         1,595         1,195         11,672         14,462   

2016

     2,284         648         9,498         12,430         2,283         648         9,498         12,429   

2017

     1,829         538         10,157         12,524         1,807         538         10,157         12,502   

2018

     2,796         426         8,597         11,819         2,547         426         8,597         11,570   

2019 and after

     7,641                 61,413         69,054         6,213                 61,413         67,626   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     16,056         2,807         115,745         134,608         16,056         2,807         115,745         134,608   

Hedge accounting adjustments

     727                 1,313         2,040         727                 1,313         2,040   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 16,783       $ 2,807       $ 117,058       $ 136,648       $ 16,783       $ 2,807       $ 117,058       $ 136,648   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) 

We view our securitization trust debt as long-term based on the contractual maturity dates and projected principal paydowns based on our current estimates regarding loan prepayment speeds. The projected principal paydowns in year 2014 include $14.4 billion related to the securitization trust debt.

 

(2) 

The aggregate principal amount of debt that matures in each period is $14.5 billion in 2014, $14.4 billion in 2015, $12.5 billion in 2016, $12.6 billion in 2017, $11.9 billion in 2018, and $69.6 billion in 2019 and after.

 

F-44


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

6. Borrowings (Continued)

 

Variable Interest Entities

We consolidate the following financing VIEs as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, as we are the primary beneficiary. As a result, these VIEs are accounted for as secured borrowings.

 

    December 31, 2013  
    Debt Outstanding     Carrying Amount of Assets Securing Debt
Outstanding
 

(Dollars in millions)

  Short
Term
    Long
Term
    Total     Loans     Cash     Other Assets     Total  

Secured Borrowings — VIEs:

             

FFELP Loan securitizations

  $      $ 90,756      $ 90,756      $ 91,535      $ 2,913      $ 683      $ 95,131   

Private Education Loan securitizations

           18,835        18,835        23,947        338        540        24,825   

FFELP Loan — other facilities

    3,655        3,791        7,446        7,719        128        91        7,938   

Private Education Loan — other facilities

           843        843        1,583        16        30        1,629   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total before hedge accounting adjustments

    3,655        114,225        117,880        124,784        3,395        1,344        129,523   

Hedge accounting adjustments

           1,313        1,313                      978        978   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 3,655      $ 115,538      $ 119,193      $ 124,784      $ 3,395      $ 2,322      $ 130,501   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    December 31, 2012  
    Debt Outstanding     Carrying Amount of Assets Securing Debt
Outstanding
 

(Dollars in millions)

  Short
Term
    Long
Term
    Total     Loans     Cash     Other Assets     Total  

Secured Borrowings — VIEs:

             

FFELP Loan securitizations

  $      $ 105,525      $ 105,525      $ 107,009      $ 3,652      $ 608      $ 111,269   

Private Education Loan securitizations

           19,656        19,656        24,618        385        545        25,548   

FFELP Loan — other facilities

    9,551        4,154        13,705        14,050        487        197        14,734   

Private Education Loan — other facilities

           1,070        1,070        1,454        302        33        1,789   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total before hedge accounting adjustments

    9,551        130,405        139,956        147,131        4,826        1,383        153,340   

Hedge accounting adjustments

           1,113        1,113                      929        929   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 9,551      $ 131,518      $ 141,069      $ 147,131      $ 4,826      $ 2,312      $ 154,269   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-45


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

6. Borrowings (Continued)

 

Securitizations

The following table summarizes the securitization transactions issued in 2012 and 2013.

 

(Dollars in millions)

              AAA-rated bonds

Issue

   Date Issued    Total
Issued
    Weighted Average
Interest Rate
  Weighted
Average
Life

FFELP:

         

2012-1

   January 2012    $ 765      1 month LIBOR plus 0.91%   4.6 years

2012-2

   March 2012      824      1 month LIBOR plus 0.70%   4.7 years

2012-3

   May 2012      1,252      1 month LIBOR plus 0.65%   4.6 years

2012-4

   June 2012      1,491 (1)    1 month LIBOR plus 1.10%   8.2 years

2011-3

   July 2012      24      N/A (Retained B Notes sold)

2012-4

   July 2012      45      N/A (Retained B Notes sold)

2012-5

   July 2012      1,252      1 month LIBOR plus 0.67%   4.5 years

2012-6

   September 2012      1,249      1 month LIBOR plus 0.62%   4.6 years

2012-7

   November 2012      1,251      1 month LIBOR plus 0.55%   4.5 years

2012-8

   December 2012      1,527      1 month LIBOR plus 0.90%   7.8 years
     

 

 

     

Total bonds issued in 2012

      $ 9,680       
     

 

 

     

Total loan amount securitized in 2012

      $ 9,565       
     

 

 

     

2013-1

   February 2013    $ 1,249      1 month LIBOR plus 0.46%   4.3 years

2013-2

   April 2013      1,246      1 month LIBOR plus 0.45%   4.4 years

2013-3

   June 2013      1,246      1 month LIBOR plus 0.54%   4.5 years

2013-4

   August 2013      747      1 month LIBOR plus 0.55%   4.4 years

2013-5

   September 2013      996      1 month LIBOR plus 0.64%   4.6 years

2007-6 to 2007-8, 2008-2 to 2008-9

   October 2013      629      N/A (Retained B Notes sold)

2013-6

   November 2013      996      1 month LIBOR plus 0.60%   4.6 years
     

 

 

     

Total bonds issued in 2013

      $ 7,109       
     

 

 

     

Total loan amount securitized in 2013

      $ 6,495       
     

 

 

     

Private Education:

         

2012-A

   February 2012    $ 547      1 month LIBOR plus 2.17%   3.0 years

2012-B

   April 2012      891      1 month LIBOR plus 2.12%   2.9 years

2012-C

   May 2012      1,135      1 month LIBOR plus 1.77%   2.6 years

2012-D

   July 2012      640      1 month LIBOR plus 1.69%   2.5 years

2012-E

   October 2012      976      1 month LIBOR plus 1.22%   2.6 years
     

 

 

     

Total bonds issued in 2012

      $ 4,189       
     

 

 

     

Total loan amount securitized in 2012

      $ 5,557       
     

 

 

     

2013-R1

   January 2013    $ 254      1 month LIBOR plus 1.75%   6.3 years

2013-A

   March 2013      1,108      1 month LIBOR plus 0.81%   2.6 years

2013-B

   May 2013      1,135      1 month LIBOR plus 0.89%   2.7 years

2013-C

   September 2013      624      1 month LIBOR plus 1.21%   3.1 years
     

 

 

     

Total bonds issued in 2013

      $ 3,121       
     

 

 

     

Total loan amount securitized in 2013

      $ 3,387       
     

 

 

     

 

(1) 

Total size excludes subordinated tranche that was retained at issuance totaling $45 million.

 

F-46


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

6. Borrowings (Continued)

 

2013 Sales of FFELP Securitization Trust Residual Interests

On February 13, 2013, we sold the Residual Interest in a FFELP Loan securitization trust to a third party. We will continue to service the student loans in the trust under existing agreements. The sale removed securitization trust assets of $3.82 billion and related liabilities of $3.68 billion from our balance sheet.

On April 11, 2013, we sold the Residual Interest in a FFELP Loan securitization trust to a third party. We will continue to service the student loans in the trust under existing agreements. The sale removed securitization trust assets of $2.03 billion and related liabilities of $1.99 billion from our balance sheet.

On June 13, 2013, we sold the three Residual Interests in FFELP Loan securitization trusts to a third party. We will continue to service the student loans in the trusts under existing agreements. The sale removed securitization trust assets of $6.60 billion and related liabilities of $6.42 billion from our balance sheet.

FFELP Loans — Other Secured Borrowing Facilities

We have various secured borrowing facilities that we use to finance our FFELP loans. Liquidity is available under these secured credit facilities to the extent we have eligible collateral and available capacity. The maximum borrowing capacity under these facilities will vary and is subject to each agreement’s borrowing conditions. These include but are not limited to the facility’s size, current usage and the availability and fair value of qualifying unencumbered FFELP Loan collateral. Our borrowings under these facilities are non-recourse. The maturity dates on these facilities range from June 2014 to January 2016. The interest rate on certain facilities can increase under certain circumstances. The facilities are subject to termination under certain circumstances. As of December 31, 2013 there was approximately $10.0 billion outstanding under these facilities with approximately $10.4 billion of assets securing these facilities. As of December 31, 2013, the maximum unused capacity under these facilities was $10.6 billion. As of December 31, 2013, we had $2.7 billion of unencumbered FFELP Loans.

Private Education Loans — Other Secured Borrowing Facilities

We have a facility that was used to fund the call and redemption of our SLM 2009-D Private Education Loan Trust ABS, which occurred on August 15, 2013. The maturity date of the new facility is August 15, 2015. Our borrowings under this facility are non-recourse. The interest rate can increase under certain circumstances. The facility is subject to termination under certain circumstances. As of December 31, 2013, there was $843 million outstanding under the facility. The book basis of the assets securing the facility as of December 31, 2013 was $1.6 billion. Additional borrowings are not available under this facility.

Other Funding Sources

Deposits

Sallie Mae Bank raises deposits through intermediaries in the brokered Certificate of Deposit (“CD”) market and through direct retail deposit channels. As of December 31, 2013, bank deposits totaled $9.2 billion of which $4.5 billion were brokered term deposits, $4.4 billion were retail and other deposits and $299 million were deposits from affiliates that eliminate in our consolidated balance sheet. Cash and liquid investments totaled $2.2 billion as of December 31, 2013.

In addition to its deposit base, Sallie Mae Bank has borrowing capacity with the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) through a collateralized lending facility. FRB is not obligated to lend; however, in general we can borrow as long as Sallie Mae Bank is generally in sound financial condition. Borrowing capacity is limited by the

 

F-47


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

6. Borrowings (Continued)

 

availability of acceptable collateral. As of December 31, 2013, borrowing capacity was approximately $900 million and there were no outstanding borrowings.

Senior Unsecured Debt

We issued $3.75 billion, $2.7 billion and $2.0 billion of unsecured debt in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Debt Repurchases

The following table summarizes activity related to our senior unsecured debt and asset-backed securities (“ABS”) repurchases. “Gains on debt repurchases” is shown net of hedging-related gains and losses.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2013      2012      2011  

Debt principal repurchased

   $ 1,279       $ 711       $ 894   

Gains on debt repurchases

     42         145         38   

 

7. Derivative Financial Instruments

Risk Management Strategy

We maintain an overall interest rate risk management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative instruments to minimize the economic effect of interest rate changes. Our goal is to manage interest rate sensitivity by modifying the repricing frequency and underlying index characteristics of certain balance sheet assets and liabilities so the net interest margin is not, on a material basis, adversely affected by movements in interest rates. We do not use derivative instruments to hedge credit risk associated with debt we issued. As a result of interest rate fluctuations, hedged assets and liabilities will appreciate or depreciate in market value. Income or loss on the derivative instruments that are linked to the hedged assets and liabilities will generally offset the effect of this unrealized appreciation or depreciation for the period the item is being hedged. We view this strategy as a prudent management of interest rate sensitivity. In addition, we utilize derivative contracts to minimize the economic impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on certain debt obligations that are denominated in foreign currencies. As foreign currency exchange rates fluctuate, these liabilities will appreciate and depreciate in value. These fluctuations, to the extent the hedge relationship is effective, are offset by changes in the value of the cross-currency interest rate swaps executed to hedge these instruments. Management believes certain derivative transactions entered into as hedges, primarily Floor Income Contracts and basis swaps, are economically effective; however, those transactions generally do not qualify for hedge accounting under GAAP (as discussed below) and thus may adversely impact earnings.

Although we use derivatives to offset (or minimize) the risk of interest rate and foreign currency changes, the use of derivatives does expose us to both market and credit risk. Market risk is the chance of financial loss resulting from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates and market liquidity. Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not perform its obligations under a contract and it is limited to the loss of the fair value gain in a derivative that the counterparty owes us. When the fair value of a derivative contract is negative, we owe the counterparty and, therefore, have no credit risk exposure to the counterparty; however, the counterparty has exposure to us. We minimize the credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with highly rated counterparties that are reviewed regularly by our Credit Department. We also maintain a policy of requiring that all derivative contracts be governed by an International Swaps and Derivative Association Master

 

F-48


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

7. Derivative Financial Instruments (Continued)

 

Agreement. Depending on the nature of the derivative transaction, bilateral collateral arrangements generally are required as well. When we have more than one outstanding derivative transaction with the counterparty, and there exists legally enforceable netting provisions with the counterparty (i.e., a legal right to offset receivable and payable derivative contracts), the “net” mark-to-market exposure, less collateral the counterparty has posted to us, represents exposure with the counterparty. When there is a net negative exposure, we consider our exposure to the counterparty to be zero. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, we had a net positive exposure (derivative gain positions to us less collateral which has been posted by counterparties to us) related to SLM Corporation and Sallie Mae Bank derivatives of $83 million and $79 million, respectively.

Our on-balance sheet securitization trusts have $10.7 billion of Euro and British Pound Sterling denominated bonds outstanding as of December 31, 2013. To convert these non-U.S. dollar denominated bonds into U.S dollar liabilities, the trusts have entered into foreign-currency swaps with highly–rated counterparties. In addition, the trusts have entered into $12.8 billion of interest rates swaps which are primarily used to convert Prime received on securitized student loans to LIBOR paid on the bonds. At December 31, 2013, the net positive exposure on swaps in securitization trusts is $968 million.

Our securitization trusts had total net exposure of $772 million related to financial institutions located in France; of this amount, $577 million carries a guaranty from the French government. The total exposure relates to $5.1 billion notional amount of cross-currency interest rate swaps held in our securitization trusts, of which $3.4 billion notional amount carries a guaranty from the French government. Counterparties to the cross currency interest rate swaps are required to post collateral when their credit rating is withdrawn or downgraded below a certain level. As of December 31, 2013, no collateral was required to be posted and we are not holding any collateral related to these contracts. Adjustments are made to our derivative valuations for counterparty credit risk. The adjustments made at December 31, 2013 related to derivatives with French financial institutions (including those that carry a guaranty from the French government) decreased the derivative asset value by $63 million. Credit risks for all derivative counterparties are assessed internally on a continual basis.

Accounting for Derivative Instruments

Derivative instruments that are used as part of our interest rate and foreign currency risk management strategy include interest rate swaps, basis swaps, cross-currency interest rate swaps, and interest rate floor contracts with indices that relate to the pricing of specific balance sheet assets and liabilities. The accounting for derivative instruments requires that every derivative instrument, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, be recorded on the balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value. As more fully described below, if certain criteria are met, derivative instruments are classified and accounted for by us as either fair value or cash flow hedges. If these criteria are not met, the derivative financial instruments are accounted for as trading.

Fair Value Hedges

Fair value hedges are generally used by us to hedge the exposure to changes in fair value of a recognized fixed rate asset or liability. We enter into interest rate swaps to economically convert fixed rate assets into variable rate assets and fixed rate debt into variable rate debt. We also enter into cross-currency interest rate swaps to economically convert foreign currency denominated fixed and floating debt to U.S. dollar denominated variable debt. For fair value hedges, we generally consider all components of the derivative’s gain and/or loss when assessing hedge effectiveness and generally hedge changes in fair values due to interest rates or interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates or the total change in fair values.

 

F-49


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

7. Derivative Financial Instruments (Continued)

 

Cash Flow Hedges

We use cash flow hedges to hedge the exposure to variability in cash flows for a forecasted debt issuance and for exposure to variability in cash flows of floating rate debt. This strategy is used primarily to minimize the exposure to volatility from future changes in interest rates. Gains and losses on the effective portion of a qualifying hedge are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and ineffectiveness is recorded immediately to earnings. In the case of a forecasted debt issuance, gains and losses are reclassified to earnings over the period which the stated hedged transaction affects earnings. If we determine it is not probable that the anticipated transaction will occur, gains and losses are reclassified immediately to earnings. In assessing hedge effectiveness, generally all components of each derivative’s gains or losses are included in the assessment. We generally hedge exposure to changes in cash flows due to changes in interest rates or total changes in cash flow.

Trading Activities

When derivative instruments do not qualify as hedges, they are accounted for as trading instruments where all changes in fair value are recorded through earnings. We sell interest rate floors (Floor Income Contracts) to hedge the embedded Floor Income options in student loan assets. The Floor Income Contracts are written options which have a more stringent hedge effectiveness hurdle to meet. Specifically, our Floor Income Contracts do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment because the pay down of principal of the student loans underlying the Floor Income embedded in those student loans does not exactly match the change in the notional amount of our written Floor Income Contracts. Additionally, the term, the interest rate index and the interest rate index reset frequency of the Floor Income Contracts are different from that of the student loans. Therefore, Floor Income Contracts do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment, and are recorded as trading instruments. Regardless of the accounting treatment, we consider these contracts to be economic hedges for risk management purposes. We use this strategy to minimize our exposure to changes in interest rates.

We use basis swaps to minimize earnings variability caused by having different reset characteristics on our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. These swaps possess a term of up to 13 years and are primarily indexed to LIBOR or Prime rates. The specific terms and notional amounts of the swaps are determined based on a review of our asset/liability structure, our assessment of future interest rate relationships, and on other factors such as short-term strategic initiatives. Hedge accounting requires that when using basis swaps, the change in the cash flows of the hedge effectively offset both the change in the cash flows of the asset and the change in the cash flows of the liability. Our basis swaps hedge variable interest rate risk; however, they generally do not meet this effectiveness criterion because the index of the swap does not exactly match the index of the hedged assets. Additionally, some of our FFELP Loans can earn at either a variable or a fixed interest rate depending on market interest rates and, therefore, swaps economically hedging these FFELP Loans do not meet the criteria for hedge accounting treatment. As a result, these swaps are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value reflected currently in the statement of income.

 

F-50


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

7. Derivative Financial Instruments (Continued)

 

Summary of Derivative Financial Statement Impact

The following tables summarize the fair values and notional amounts or number of contracts of all derivative instruments at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and their impact on other comprehensive income and earnings for 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Impact of Derivatives on Consolidated Balance Sheet

 

        Cash Flow     Fair Value     Trading     Total  

(Dollars in millions)

 

Hedged Risk

Exposure

  Dec. 31,
2013
    Dec. 31,
2012
    Dec. 31,
2013
    Dec. 31,
2012
    Dec. 31,
2013
    Dec. 31,
2012
    Dec. 31,
2013
    Dec. 31,
2012
 

Fair Values(1)

                 

Derivative Assets:

                 

Interest rate swaps

  Interest rate   $ 24      $      $ 738      $ 1,396      $ 61      $ 150      $ 823      $ 1,546   

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

  Foreign currency and
interest rate
                  1,185        1,165               70        1,185        1,235   

Other(2)

  Interest rate                                 2        4        2        4   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative assets(3)

      24               1,923        2,561        63        224        2,010        2,785   

Derivative Liabilities:

                 

Interest rate swaps

  Interest rate            (11     (149     (1     (215     (197     (364     (209

Floor Income Contracts

  Interest rate                                 (1,384     (2,154     (1,384     (2,154

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

  Foreign currency and
interestrate
                  (155     (136     (31            (186     (136

Other(2)

  Interest rate                                 (23            (23       
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities(3)

             (11     (304     (137     (1,653     (2,351     (1,957     (2,499
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net total derivatives

    $ 24      $ (11   $ 1,619      $ 2,424      $ (1,590   $ (2,127   $ 53      $ 286   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Fair values reported are exclusive of collateral held and pledged and accrued interest. Assets and liabilities are presented without consideration of master netting agreements. Derivatives are carried on the balance sheet based on net position by counterparty under master netting agreements, and classified in other assets or other liabilities depending on whether in a net positive or negative position.

 

(2) 

“Other” includes embedded derivatives bifurcated from securitization debt as well as derivatives related to our Total Return Swap Facility and back-to-back private credit floors.

 

(3) 

The following table reconciles gross positions with the impact of master netting agreements to the balance sheet classification:

 

     Other Assets      Other Liabilities  

(Dollar in millions)

   December 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

Gross position

   $ 2,010       $ 2,785       $ (1,957    $ (2,499

Impact of master netting agreements

     (386      (544      386         544   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative values with impact of master netting agreements (as carried on balance sheet)

     1,624         2,241         (1,571      (1,955

Cash collateral (held) pledged

     (687      (1,423      777         973   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net position

   $ 937       $ 818       $ (794    $ (982
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-51


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

7. Derivative Financial Instruments (Continued)

 

The above fair values include adjustments for counterparty credit risk for both when we are exposed to the counterparty, net of collateral postings, and when the counterparty is exposed to us, net of collateral postings. The net adjustments decreased the overall net asset positions at December 31, 2013 and 2012 by $91 million and $111 million, respectively. In addition, the above fair values reflect adjustments for illiquid derivatives as indicated by a wide bid/ask spread in the interest rate indices to which the derivatives are indexed. These adjustments decreased the overall net asset positions at December 31, 2013 and 2012 by $84 million and $107 million, respectively.

 

     Cash Flow      Fair Value      Trading      Total  

(Dollars in billions)

   Dec. 31,
2013
     Dec. 31,
2012
     Dec. 31,
2013
     Dec. 31,
2012
     Dec. 31,
2013
     Dec. 31,
2012
     Dec. 31,
2013
     Dec. 31,
2012
 

Notional Values:

                       

Interest rate swaps

   $ 0.7       $ 0.7       $ 16.0       $ 15.8       $ 46.3       $ 56.9       $ 63.0       $ 73.4   

Floor Income Contracts

                                     31.8         51.6         31.8         51.6   

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

                     11.1         13.7         .3         0.3         11.4         14.0   

Other(1)

                                     3.9         1.4         3.9         1.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivatives

   $ 0.7       $ 0.7       $ 27.1       $ 29.5       $ 82.3       $ 110.2       $ 110.1       $ 140.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) 

“Other” includes embedded derivatives bifurcated from securitization debt, as well as derivatives related to our Total Return Swap Facility and back-to-back private credit floors.

 

F-52


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

7. Derivative Financial Instruments (Continued)

 

Impact of Derivatives on Consolidated Statements of Income

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Derivatives(1)(2)
    Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Derivatives(3)
    Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Hedged Item(1)
    Total Gain (Loss)  

(Dollars in millions)

  2013     2012     2011     2013     2012     2011     2013     2012     2011     2013     2012     2011  

Fair Value Hedges:

                       

Interest rate swaps

  $ (806   $ (75   $ 503      $ 414      $ 449      $ 481      $ 873      $ 41      $ (554   $ 481      $ 415      $ 430   

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

    1        42        (723     98        167        314        (183     (182     664        (84     27        255   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fair value derivatives

    (805     (33     (220     512        616        795        690        (141     110        397        442        685   

Cash Flow Hedges:

                       

Interest rate swaps

           (1     (1     (9     (26     (39                          (9     (27     (40
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash flow derivatives

           (1     (1     (9     (26     (39                          (9     (27     (40

Trading:

                       

Interest rate swaps

    (107     (66     183        71        108        69                             (36     42        252   

Floor Income Contracts

    785        412        (267     (815     (859     (903                          (30     (447     (1,170

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

    (101     (59     29        35        7        8                             (66     (52     37   

Other

    (19     5        22        (2     (1     11                             (21     4        33   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total trading derivatives

    558        292        (33     (711     (745     (815                          (153     (453     (848
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    (247     258        (254     (208     (155     (59     690        (141     110        235        (38     (203

Less: realized gains (losses) recorded in interest expense

                         503        590        756                             503        590        756   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gains (losses) on derivative and hedging activities, net

  $ (247   $ 258      $ (254   $ (711   $ (745   $ (815   $ 690      $ (141   $ 110      $ (268   $ (628   $ (959
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Recorded in “Gains (losses) on derivative and hedging activities, net” in the consolidated statements of income.

 

(2) 

Represents ineffectiveness related to cash flow hedges.

 

(3) 

For fair value and cash flow hedges, recorded in interest expense. For trading derivatives, recorded in “Gains (losses) on derivative and hedging activities, net.”

 

F-53


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

7. Derivative Financial Instruments (Continued)

 

Impact of Derivatives on Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (net of tax)

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 

(Dollars in millions)

   2013      2012     2011  

Total gains (losses) on cash flow hedges

   $ 16       $ (7   $ (4

Realized losses recognized in interest expense(1)(2)(3)

     6         16        35   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total change in stockholders’ equity for unrealized gains on derivatives

   $ 22       $ 9      $ 31   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1) 

Amounts included in “Realized gain (loss) on derivatives” in the “Impact of Derivatives on Consolidated Statements of Income” table above.

 

  (2) 

Includes net settlement income/expense.

 

  (3) 

We expect to reclassify $0.3 million of after-tax net losses from accumulated other comprehensive income to earnings during the next 12 months related to net settlement accruals on interest rate swaps.

Collateral

The following table details collateral held and pledged related to derivative exposure between us and our derivative counterparties.

 

(Dollars in millions)

   December 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

Collateral held:

     

Cash (obligation to return cash collateral is recorded in short-term borrowings)(1)

   $ 687       $ 1,423   

Securities at fair value — on-balance sheet securitization derivatives (not recorded in financial statements)(2)

     629         613   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total collateral held

   $ 1,316       $ 2,036   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative asset at fair value including accrued interest

   $ 1,878       $ 2,570   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Collateral pledged to others:

     

Cash (right to receive return of cash collateral is recorded in investments)

   $ 777       $ 973   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total collateral pledged

   $ 777       $ 973   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative liability at fair value including accrued interest and premium receivable

   $ 948       $ 1,204   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) 

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, $0 million and $9 million, respectively, were held in restricted cash accounts.

 

(2) 

The trusts do not have the ability to sell or re-pledge securities they hold as collateral.

Our corporate derivatives contain credit contingent features. At our current unsecured credit rating, we have fully collateralized our corporate derivative liability position (including accrued interest and net of premiums receivable) of $762 million with our counterparties. Further downgrades would not result in any additional collateral requirements, except to increase the frequency of collateral calls. Two counterparties have the right to terminate the contracts with further downgrades. We currently have a liability position with these derivative counterparties (including accrued interest and net of premiums receivable) of $148 million and have posted $148 million of collateral to these counterparties. If the credit contingent feature was triggered for these two

 

F-54


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

7. Derivative Financial Instruments (Continued)

 

counterparties and the counterparties exercised their right to terminate, we would not be required to deliver additional assets to settle the contracts. Trust related derivatives do not contain credit contingent features related to our or the trusts’ credit ratings.

 

8. Other Assets

The following table provides the detail of our other assets.

 

     December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  

(Dollars in millions)

   Ending
Balance
     % of
Balance
    Ending
Balance
     % of
Balance
 

Accrued interest receivable, net

   $ 2,161         30   $ 2,147         26

Derivatives at fair value

     1,624         22        2,241         27   

Income tax asset, net current and deferred

     1,299         18        1,478         18   

Accounts receivable

     881         12        1,111         13   

Benefit and insurance-related investments

     477         7        474         6   

Fixed assets, net

     237         3        215         3   

Other loans, net

     101         1        137         2   

Other

     507         7        470         5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,287         100   $ 8,273         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The “Derivatives at fair value” line in the above table represents the fair value of our derivatives in a gain position by counterparty, exclusive of accrued interest and collateral. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, these balances included $1.6 billion and $2.4 billion, respectively, of cross-currency interest rate swaps and interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges that were offset by an increase in interest-bearing liabilities related to the hedged debt. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the cumulative mark-to-market adjustment to the hedged debt was $(2.1) billion and $(2.8) billion, respectively.

 

9. Stockholders’ Equity

Preferred Stock

At December 31, 2013, we had outstanding 3.3 million shares of 6.97 percent Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock, Series A (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) and 4.0 million shares of Floating-Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B (the “Series B Preferred Stock”). Neither series has a maturity date but can be redeemed at our option. Redemption would include any accrued and unpaid dividends up to the redemption date. The shares have no preemptive or conversion rights and are not convertible into or exchangeable for any of our other securities or property. Dividends on both series are not mandatory and are paid quarterly, when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors. Holders of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive cumulative, quarterly cash dividends at the annual rate of $3.485 per share. Holders of Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to receive quarterly dividends based on 3-month LIBOR plus 170 basis points per annum in arrears. Upon liquidation or dissolution of the Company, holders of the Series A and Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to receive $50 and $100 per share, respectively, plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends for the then current quarterly dividend period, if any, pro rata, and before any distribution of assets are made to holders of our common stock.

 

F-55


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

9. Stockholders’ Equity (Continued)

 

Common Stock

Our shareholders have authorized the issuance of 1.125 billion shares of common stock (par value of $.20). At December 31, 2013, 429 million shares were issued and outstanding and 31 million shares were unissued but encumbered for outstanding stock options, restricted stock units and dividend equivalent units for employee compensation and remaining authority for stock-based compensation plans. The stock-based compensation plans are described in “Note 11 — Stock-Based Compensation Plans and Arrangements.”

In March 2011, we retired 70 million shares of common stock held in treasury. This retirement decreased the balance in treasury stock by $1.9 billion, with corresponding decreases of $14 million in common stock and $1.9 billion in additional paid-in capital. There was no impact to total equity from this transaction.

Dividend and Share Repurchase Program

In 2013, we increased the quarterly dividend on our common stock to $.15 per share, up from $.125 per share in the prior year. In 2013, we authorized the repurchase of up to $800 million of outstanding common stock in open market transactions and we repurchased 27 million shares for an aggregate purchase price of $600 million. In 2012, we authorized the repurchase of up to $900 million of outstanding common stock in open market transactions and we repurchased 58 million shares for an aggregate purchase price of $900 million. In 2011, we authorized the repurchase of up to $300 million of outstanding common stock in open market transactions and we repurchased 19 million shares for an aggregate purchase price of $300 million.

The following table summarizes our common share repurchases and issuances.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  

Common stock repurchased(1)

     26,987,043         58,038,239         19,054,115   

Average purchase price per share(2)

   $ 22.26       $ 15.52       $ 15.77   

Shares repurchased related to employee stock-based compensation plans(3)

     6,365,002         4,547,785         3,024,662   

Average purchase price per share

   $ 21.76       $ 15.86       $ 15.71   

Common shares issued(4)

     9,702,976         6,432,643         3,886,217   

 

  (1) 

Common shares purchased under our share repurchase program, of which $200 million remained available as of December 31, 2013.

 

  (2) 

Average purchase price per share includes purchase commission costs.

 

  (3) 

Comprises shares withheld from stock option exercises and vesting of restricted stock for employees’ tax withholding obligations and shares tendered by employees to satisfy option exercise costs.

 

  (4) 

Common shares issued under our various compensation and benefit plans.

The closing price of our common stock on December 31, 2013 was $26.28.

 

F-56


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

10. Earnings (Loss) per Common Share

Basic earnings (loss) per common share (“EPS”) are calculated using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period. A reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted EPS calculations follows.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  

(In millions, except per share data)

   2013      2012      2011  

Numerator:

        

Net income attributable to SLM Corporation

   $ 1,418       $ 939       $ 633   

Preferred stock dividends

     20         20         18   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income attributable to SLM Corporation common stock

   $ 1,398       $ 919       $ 615   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator:

        

Weighted average shares used to compute basic EPS

     440         476         517   

Effect of dilutive securities:

        

Dilutive effect of stock options, non-vested deferred compensation and restricted stock, restricted stock units and Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”)(1)

     9         7         6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Dilutive potential common shares(2)

     9         7         6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute diluted EPS

     449         483         523   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per common share attributable to SLM Corporation:

        

Continuing operations

   $ 2.94       $ 1.93       $ 1.12   

Discontinued operations

     .24                 .07   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3.18       $ 1.93       $ 1.19   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share attributable to SLM Corporation:

        

Continuing operations

   $ 2.89       $ 1.90       $ 1.11   

Discontinued operations

     .23                 .07   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3.12       $ 1.90       $ 1.18   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Includes the potential dilutive effect of additional common shares that are issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options, non-vested deferred compensation and restricted stock, restricted stock units, and the outstanding commitment to issue shares under the ESPP, determined by the treasury stock method.

 

(2) 

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, securities covering approximately 3 million, 12 million and 16 million shares, respectively, were outstanding but not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because they were anti-dilutive.

 

11. Stock-Based Compensation Plans and Arrangements

As of December 31, 2013, we have one active stock-based compensation plan that provides for grants of equity awards to our employees and non-employee directors. We also maintain the ESPP. Shares issued under these stock-based compensation plans may be either shares reacquired by us or shares that are authorized but unissued.

Our SLM Corporation 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan was approved by shareholders on May 24, 2012. At December 31, 2013, 20 million shares were authorized to be issued from this plan.

An amendment to our ESPP was approved by our shareholders on May 24, 2012 that authorized the issuance of 6 million shares under the plan and kept the terms of the plan substantially the same.

 

F-57


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

11. Stock-Based Compensation Plans and Arrangements (Continued)

 

The total stock-based compensation cost recognized in the consolidated statements of income for 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $47 million, $47 million and $56 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, there was $19 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested stock awards net of estimated forfeitures, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.8 years. We amortize compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the related vesting periods of each tranche of each award.

Stock Options

Stock options granted prior to 2012 expire 10 years after the grant date, and those granted since 2012 expire in 5 years. The exercise price must be equal to or greater than the market price of our common stock on the grant date. We have granted time-vested, price-vested and performance-vested options to our employees and non-employee directors. Time-vested options granted to management and non-management employees generally vest over three years. Price-vested options granted to management employees vest upon our common stock reaching a targeted closing price for a set number of days. Performance-vested options granted to management employees vest one-third per year for three years based on corporate earnings-related performance targets. Options granted to non-employee directors vest upon the director’s election to the Board.

The fair values of the options granted in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were estimated as of the grant date using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

Risk-free interest rate

     .65     .60     1.57

Expected volatility

     31     44     54

Expected dividend rate

     3.35     3.13     2.58

Expected life of the option

     2.8 years        2.8 years        4.1 years   

Weighted average fair value of options granted

   $ 3.11      $ 4.12      $ 5.18   

The expected life of the options is based on observed historical exercise patterns. Groups of employees (and non-employee directors) that have received similar option grant terms are considered separately for valuation purposes. The expected volatility is based on implied volatility from publicly-traded options on our stock at the grant date and historical volatility of our stock consistent with the expected life of the option. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury spot rate at the grant date consistent with the expected life of the option. The dividend yield is based on the projected annual dividend payment per share based on the dividend amount at the grant date, divided by the stock price at the grant date.

 

F-58


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

11. Stock-Based Compensation Plans and Arrangements (Continued)

 

The following table summarizes stock option activity in 2013.

 

(Dollars in millions, except per share data)

   Number of
Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price per
Share
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value(1)
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

     25,992,747      $ 19.84         

Granted

     3,980,008        17.92         

Exercised(2)(3)

     (7,614,500     12.81         

Canceled

     (2,085,495     34.94         
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Outstanding at December 31, 2013(4)(5)

     20,272,760      $ 20.55         4.1 yrs       $ 198   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2013

     14,426,174      $ 21.84         4.1 yrs       $ 145   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) 

The aggregate intrinsic value represents the total intrinsic value (the aggregate difference between our closing stock price on December 31, 2013 and the exercise price of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders if all in-the-money options had been exercised on December 31, 2013.

 

  (2) 

The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $73 million, $27 million and $14 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

  (3) 

No cash was received from option exercises in 2013. The actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from option exercises totaled $28 million for 2013.

 

  (4) 

As of December 31, 2013, there was $4 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options net of estimated forfeitures, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.5 years.

 

  (5) 

For net-settled options, gross number is reflected.

Restricted Stock

Restricted stock awards generally vest over three years and in some cases based on corporate earnings-related performance targets. Outstanding restricted stock is entitled to dividend equivalent units that vest subject to the same vesting requirements or lapse of transfer restrictions, as applicable, as the underlying restricted stock award. The fair value of restricted stock awards is based on our stock price at the grant date.

The following table summarizes restricted stock activity in 2013.

 

     Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average Grant
Date
Fair Value
 

Non-vested at December 31, 2012

     187,792      $ 11.55   

Granted

     51,073        17.91   

Vested(1)

     (193,370     12.47   

Canceled

     (6,140     17.91   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-vested at December 31, 2013(2)

     39,355      $ 14.29   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1) 

The total fair value of shares that vested during 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $2 million, $4 million and $6 million, respectively.

 

  (2) 

As of December 31, 2013, there was $.01 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock net of estimated forfeitures, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of .1 years.

 

F-59


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

11. Stock-Based Compensation Plans and Arrangements (Continued)

 

Restricted Stock Units and Performance Stock Units

Restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and performance stock units (“PSUs”) are equity awards granted to employees that entitle the holder to shares of our common stock when the award vests. RSUs may be time-vested over three years or vested at grant but subject to transfer restrictions, while PSUs vest based on corporate earnings-related performance targets over a three-year period. Outstanding RSUs and PSUs are entitled to dividend equivalent units that vest subject to the same vesting requirements or lapse of transfer restrictions, as applicable, as the underlying award. The fair value of RSUs and PSUs is based on our stock price at the grant date.

The following table summarizes RSU and PSU activity in 2013.

 

     Number of
RSUs/
PSUs
    Weighted
Average Grant
Date
Fair Value
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

     4,473,464      $ 15.49   

Granted

     2,457,570        17.98   

Vested and converted to common stock(1)

     (1,730,669     15.32   

Canceled

     (73,478     16.52   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2013(2)

     5,126,887      $ 16.72   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1) 

The total fair value of RSUs/PSUs that vested and converted to common stock during 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $27 million, $13 million and $.4 million, respectively.

 

  (2) 

As of December 31, 2013, there was $15 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to RSUs/PSUs net of estimated forfeitures, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.8 years.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Under the ESPP, employees can purchase shares of our common stock at the end of a 12-month offering period at a price equal to the share price at the beginning of the 12-month period, less 15 percent, up to a maximum purchase price of $7,500 plus accrued interest. The purchase price for each offering is determined at the beginning of the offering period.

The fair values of the stock purchase rights of the ESPP offerings were calculated using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

Risk-free interest rate

     .15     .13     .27

Expected volatility

     29     29     42

Expected dividend rate

     3.51     3.27     1.87

Expected life of the option

     1 year        1 year        1 year   

Weighted average fair value of stock purchase rights

   $ 2.95      $ 3.01      $ 3.63   

The expected volatility is based on implied volatility from publicly-traded options on our stock at the grant date and historical volatility of our stock consistent with the expected life. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury spot rate at the grant date consistent with the expected life. The dividend yield is based on the projected annual dividend payment per share based on the current dividend amount at the grant date divided by the stock price at the grant date.

 

F-60


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

11. Stock-Based Compensation Plans and Arrangements (Continued)

 

The fair values were amortized to compensation cost on a straight-line basis over a one-year vesting period. As of December 31, 2013, there was $.1 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to the ESPP net of estimated forfeitures, which is expected to be recognized in January 2014.

During 2013, 2012 and 2011, plan participants purchased 218,389 shares, 192,755 shares and 278,266 shares, respectively, of our common stock.

 

12. Fair Value Measurements

We use estimates of fair value in applying various accounting standards for our financial statements.

We categorize our fair value estimates based on a hierarchical framework associated with three levels of price transparency utilized in measuring financial instruments at fair value. For additional information regarding our policies for determining fair value and the hierarchical framework, see “Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies — Fair Value Measurement.”

During 2013, there were no significant transfers of financial instruments between levels.

Student Loans

Our FFELP Loans and Private Education Loans are accounted for at cost or at the lower of cost or market if the loan is held-for-sale. FFELP Loans classified as held-for-sale are those which we have the ability and intent to sell under various ED loan purchase programs. In these instances, the FFELP Loans are valued using the committed sales price under the programs. For all other FFELP Loans and Private Education Loans, fair values were determined by modeling loan cash flows using stated terms of the assets and internally-developed assumptions to determine aggregate portfolio yield, net present value and average life.

FFELP Loans

The significant assumptions used to determine fair value of our FFELP loans are prepayment speeds, default rates, cost of funds, capital levels, and expected Repayment Borrower Benefits to be earned. In addition, the Floor Income component of our FFELP Loan portfolio is valued with option models using both observable market inputs and internally developed inputs. A number of significant inputs into the models are internally derived and not observable to market participants. While the resulting fair value can be validated against market transactions where we are a participant, these markets are not considered active. As such, these are level 3 valuations.

Private Education Loans

The significant assumptions used to determine fair value of our Private Education Loans are prepayment speeds, default rates, recovery rates, cost of funds and capital levels. A number of significant inputs into the models are internally derived and not observable to market participants nor can the resulting fair values be validated against market transactions. As such, these are level 3 valuations.

Cash and Investments (Including “Restricted Cash and Investments”)

Cash and cash equivalents are carried at cost. Carrying value approximates fair value. Investments classified as trading or available-for-sale are carried at fair value in the financial statements. Investments in mortgage-backed securities are valued using observable market prices. These securities are primarily collateralized by real

 

F-61


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

12. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

 

estate properties in Utah and are guaranteed by either a government sponsored enterprise or the U.S. government. Other investments (primarily municipal bonds) for which observable prices from active markets are not available were valued through standard bond pricing models using observable market yield curves adjusted for credit and liquidity spreads. These valuations are immaterial to the overall investment portfolio. The fair value of investments in commercial paper, asset-backed commercial paper, or demand deposits that have a remaining term of less than 90 days when purchased are estimated to equal their cost and, when needed, adjustments for liquidity and credit spreads are made depending on market conditions and counterparty credit risks. No additional adjustments were deemed necessary. These are level 2 valuations.

Borrowings

Borrowings are accounted for at cost in the financial statements except when denominated in a foreign currency or when designated as the hedged item in a fair value hedge relationship. When the hedged risk is the benchmark interest rate and not full fair value, the cost basis is adjusted for changes in value due to benchmark interest rates only. Foreign currency-denominated borrowings are re-measured at current spot rates in the financial statements. The full fair value of all borrowings is disclosed. Fair value was determined through standard bond pricing models and option models (when applicable) using the stated terms of the borrowings, observable yield curves, foreign currency exchange rates, volatilities from active markets or from quotes from broker-dealers. Fair value adjustments for unsecured corporate debt are made based on indicative quotes from observable trades and spreads on credit default swaps specific to the Company. Fair value adjustments for secured borrowings are based on indicative quotes from broker-dealers. These adjustments for both secured and unsecured borrowings are material to the overall valuation of these items and, currently, are based on inputs from inactive markets. As such, these are level 3 valuations.

Derivative Financial Instruments

All derivatives are accounted for at fair value in the financial statements. The fair value of a majority of derivative financial instruments was determined by standard derivative pricing and option models using the stated terms of the contracts and observable market inputs. In some cases, we utilized internally developed inputs that are not observable in the market, and as such, classified these instruments as level 3 fair values. Complex structured derivatives or derivatives that trade in less liquid markets require significant estimates and judgment in determining fair value that cannot be corroborated with market transactions. It is our policy to compare our derivative fair values to those received by our counterparties in order to validate the model’s outputs. Any significant differences are identified and resolved appropriately.

When determining the fair value of derivatives, we take into account counterparty credit risk for positions where there is exposure to the counterparty on a net basis by assessing exposure net of collateral held. The net exposures for each counterparty are adjusted based on market information available for the specific counterparty, including spreads from credit default swaps. When the counterparty has exposure to us under derivatives with us, we fully collateralize the exposure, minimizing the adjustment necessary to the derivative valuations for our credit risk. While trusts that contain derivatives are not required to post collateral, when the counterparty is exposed to the trust the credit quality and securitized nature of the trusts minimizes any adjustments for the counterparty’s exposure to the trusts. The net credit risk adjustment (adjustments for our exposure to counterparties net of adjustments for the counterparties’ exposure to us) decreased the valuations by $91 million at December 31, 2013.

 

F-62


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

12. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

 

Inputs specific to each class of derivatives disclosed in the table below are as follows:

 

   

Interest rate swaps — Derivatives are valued using standard derivative cash flow models. Derivatives that swap fixed interest payments for LIBOR interest payments (or vice versa) and derivatives swapping quarterly reset LIBOR for daily reset LIBOR or one-month LIBOR were valued using the LIBOR swap yield curve which is an observable input from an active market. These derivatives are level 2 fair value estimates in the hierarchy. Other derivatives swapping LIBOR interest payments for another variable interest payment (primarily T-Bill or Prime) or swapping interest payments based on the Consumer Price Index for LIBOR interest payments are valued using the LIBOR swap yield curve and observable market spreads for the specified index. The markets for these swaps are generally illiquid as indicated by a wide bid/ask spread. The adjustment made for liquidity decreased the valuations by $84 million at December 31, 2013. These derivatives are level 3 fair value estimates.

 

   

Cross-currency interest rate swaps — Derivatives are valued using standard derivative cash flow models. Derivatives hedging foreign-denominated bonds are valued using the LIBOR swap yield curve (for both USD and the foreign-denominated currency), cross-currency basis spreads, and forward foreign currency exchange rates. The derivatives are primarily British Pound Sterling and Euro denominated. These inputs are observable inputs from active markets. Therefore, the resulting valuation is a level 2 fair value estimate. Amortizing notional derivatives (derivatives whose notional amounts change based on changes in the balance of, or pool of, assets or debt) hedging trust debt use internally derived assumptions for the trust assets’ prepayment speeds and default rates to model the notional amortization. Management makes assumptions concerning the extension features of derivatives hedging rate-reset notes denominated in a foreign currency. These inputs are not market observable; therefore, these derivatives are level 3 fair value estimates.

 

   

Floor Income Contracts — Derivatives are valued using an option pricing model. Inputs to the model include the LIBOR swap yield curve and LIBOR interest rate volatilities. The inputs are observable inputs in active markets and these derivatives are level 2 fair value estimates.

The carrying value of borrowings designated as the hedged item in a fair value hedge is adjusted for changes in fair value due to benchmark interest rates and foreign-currency exchange rates. These valuations are determined through standard bond pricing models and option models (when applicable) using the stated terms of the borrowings, and observable yield curves, foreign currency exchange rates, and volatilities.

 

F-63


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

12. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

 

The following table summarizes the valuation of our financial instruments that are marked-to-market on a recurring basis.

 

    Fair Value Measurements on a Recurring Basis  
    December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  

(Dollars in millions)

   Level 1       Level 2       Level 3       Total       Level 1       Level 2      Level 3       Total   

Assets

               

Available-for-sale investments:

               

Agency residential mortgage-backed securities

  $      $ 102      $      $ 102      $      $ 63      $      $ 63   

Guaranteed investment contracts

                                       9               9   

Other

           7               7               9               9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale investments

           109               109               81               81   

Derivative instruments:(1)

               

Interest rate swaps

           785        38        823               1,444        102        1,546   

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

           27        1,158        1,185               48        1,187        1,235   

Other

                  2        2                      4        4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative assets(3)

           812        1,198        2,010               1,492        1,293        2,785   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $      $ 921      $ 1,198      $ 2,119      $      $ 1,573      $ 1,293      $ 2,866   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities(2)

               

Derivative instruments(1)

               

Interest rate swaps

  $      $ (239   $ (125   $ (364   $      $ (34   $ (175   $ (209

Floor Income Contracts

           (1,384            (1,384            (2,154            (2,154

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

           (35     (151     (186            (2     (134     (136

Other

                  (23     (23                            
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities(3)

           (1,658     (299     (1,957            (2,190     (309     (2,499
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $      $ (1,658   $ (299   $ (1,957   $      $ (2,190   $ (309   $ (2,499
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Fair value of derivative instruments excludes accrued interest and the value of collateral.

 

(2) 

Borrowings which are the hedged items in a fair value hedge relationship and which are adjusted for changes in value due to benchmark interest rates only are not carried at full fair value and are not reflected in this table.

 

(3) 

See “Note 7 — Derivative Financial Instruments” for a reconciliation of gross positions without the impact of master netting agreements to the balance sheet classification.

 

F-64


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

12. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

 

The following tables summarize the change in balance sheet carrying value associated with level 3 financial instruments carried at fair value on a recurring basis.

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2013  
     Derivative Instruments  

(Dollars in millions)

   Interest
Rate Swaps
    Cross
Currency
Interest
Rate Swaps
    Other     Total
Derivative
Instruments
 

Balance, beginning of period

   $ (73   $ 1,053      $ 4      $ 984   

Total gains/(losses) (realized and unrealized):

        

Included in earnings(1)

     9        63        (22     50   

Included in other comprehensive income

                            

Settlements

     (23     (109     (3     (135

Transfers in and/or out of level 3

                            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ (87   $ 1,007      $ (21   $ 899   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at the reporting date(2)

   $ (2   $ 116      $ (19   $ 95   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2012  
     Derivative Instruments  

(Dollars in millions)

   Interest
Rate Swaps
    Cross
Currency
Interest
Rate Swaps
    Other      Total
Derivative
Instruments
 

Balance, beginning of period

   $ (40   $ 1,021      $ 1       $ 982   

Total gains/(losses) (realized and unrealized):

         

Included in earnings(1)

     (5     159        3         157   

Included in other comprehensive income

                             

Settlements

     (28     (127             (155

Transfers in and/or out of level 3

                             
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ (73   $ 1,053      $ 4       $ 984   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at the reporting date(2)

   $ (31   $ 55      $ 4       $ 28   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-65


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

12. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2011  
     Derivative Instruments  

(Dollars in millions)

   Interest
Rate Swaps
    Cross
Currency
Interest
Rate Swaps
    Other     Total
Derivative
Instruments
 

Balance, beginning of period

     $(90)        $1,427        $26        $1,363   

Total gains/(losses) (realized and unrealized):

        

Included in earnings(1)

     69        (176     33        (74

Included in other comprehensive income

                            

Settlements

     (19     (230     (58     (307

Transfers in and/or out of level 3

                            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ (40   $ 1,021      $ 1      $ 982   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at the reporting date(2)

   $ 6      $ (408   $ 11      $ (391
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1) 

“Included in earnings” is comprised of the following amounts recorded in the specified line item in the consolidated statements of income:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

     2013          2012          2011    

Gains (losses) on derivative and hedging activities, net

   $ (27    $ 37       $ (298

Interest expense

     77         120         224   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 50       $ 157       $ (74
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (2) 

Recorded in “gains (losses) on derivative and hedging activities, net” in the consolidated statements of income.

The following table presents the significant inputs that are unobservable or from inactive markets used in the recurring valuations of the level 3 financial instruments detailed above.

 

(Dollars in millions)

  Fair Value at
December 31, 2013
    Valuation
Technique
  Input   Range
(Weighted Average)

Derivatives

       

Consumer Price Index/LIBOR basis swaps

  $ 33      Discounted cash flow   Bid/ask adjustment

to discount rate

  0.05% — 0.05%
(0.05%)

Prime/LIBOR basis swaps

    (120   Discounted cash flow   Constant Prepayment Rate   4.2%
      Bid/ask adjustment to
discount rate
  0.08% — 0.08%
(0.08%)

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

    1,007      Discounted cash flow   Constant Prepayment Rate   2.6%

Other

    (21      
 

 

 

       

Total

  $ 899         
 

 

 

       

 

F-66


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

12. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

 

The significant inputs that are unobservable or from inactive markets related to our level 3 derivatives detailed in the table above would be expected to have the following impacts to the valuations:

 

   

Consumer Price Index/LIBOR basis swaps — These swaps do not actively trade in the markets as indicated by a wide bid/ask spread. A wider bid/ask spread will result in a decrease in the overall valuation.

 

   

Prime/LIBOR basis swaps — These swaps do not actively trade in the markets as indicated by a wide bid/ask spread. A wider bid/ask spread will result in a decrease in the overall valuation. In addition, the unobservable inputs include Constant Prepayment Rates of the underlying securitization trust the swap references. A decrease in this input will result in a longer weighted average life of the swap which will increase the value for swaps in a gain position and decrease the value for swaps in a loss position, everything else equal. The opposite is true for an increase in the input.

 

   

Cross-currency interest rate swaps — The unobservable inputs used in these valuations are Constant Prepayment Rates of the underlying securitization trust the swap references. A decrease in this input will result in a longer weighted average life of the swap. All else equal in a typical currency market, this will result in a decrease to the valuation due to the delay in the cash flows of the currency exchanges as well as diminished liquidity in the forward exchange markets as you increase the term. The opposite is true for an increase in the input.

The following table summarizes the fair values of our financial assets and liabilities, including derivative financial instruments.

 

     December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  

(Dollars in millions)

   Fair
Value
    Carrying
Value
    Difference     Fair
Value
    Carrying
Value
    Difference  

Earning assets

            

FFELP Loans

   $ 104,481      $ 104,588      $ (107   $ 125,042      $ 125,612      $ (570

Private Education Loans

     37,485        37,512        (27     36,081        36,934        (853

Cash and investments(1)

     9,732        9,732               9,994        9,994          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total earning assets

     151,698        151,832        (134     171,117        172,540        (1,423
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

            

Short-term borrowings

     13,807        13,795        (12     19,861        19,856        (5

Long-term borrowings

     133,578        136,648        3,070        146,210        152,401        6,191   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     147,385        150,443        3,058        166,071        172,257        6,186   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

            

Floor Income Contracts

     (1,384     (1,384            (2,154     (2,154       

Interest rate swaps

     459        459               1,337        1,337          

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

     999        999               1,099        1,099          

Other

     (21     (21            4        4          
      

 

 

       

 

 

 

Excess of net asset fair value over carrying value

       $ 2,924          $ 4,763   
      

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

(1) 

“Cash and investments” includes available-for-sale investments that consist of investments that are primarily agency securities whose cost basis is $113 million and $78 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, versus a fair value of $109 million and $81 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

F-67


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

13. Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees

At the time of this filing, Sallie Mae Bank remains subject to a cease and desist order originally issued in August 2008 by the FDIC and the UDFI. In July 2013, the FDIC notified us that it plans to replace the existing cease and desist order on Sallie Mae Bank with a new formal enforcement action against Sallie Mae Bank that would more specifically address certain cited violations of Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act (the “FTC Act”), including practices relating to payment allocation practices and the disclosures and assessments of certain late fees, as well as alleged violations under the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act (the “SCRA”). In November 2013, the FDIC notified us that the new formal enforcement action would be against Sallie Mae Bank and an additional enforcement action would be against Sallie Mae, Inc. (“SMI”), in its capacity as a servicer of education loans for other financial institutions, and would include civil money penalties and restitution. Sallie Mae Bank has been notified by the UDFI that it does not intend to join the FDIC in issuing any new enforcement action. With respect to alleged civil violations of the SCRA, Sallie Mae Bank and SMI are also separately negotiating a comprehensive settlement, remediation and restitution plan with the Department of Justice (the “DOJ”), in its capacity as the agency having primary authority for enforcement of such matters. As of December 31, 2013, we reserved $70 million for estimated amounts and costs that are probable of being incurred for expected compliance remediation efforts with respect to the FDIC and DOJ matters described above.

We have made and continue to make changes to Sallie Mae Bank’s oversight of significant activities performed outside Sallie Mae Bank by affiliates and to our business practices in order to comply with all applicable laws and regulations and the terms of any cease and desist orders, including in connection with our pursuit of a strategic plan to separate our existing organization into two publicly-traded companies. We are cooperating fully with the FDIC, DOJ and Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”) in response to their investigations and requests for information and are in active discussions with each with respect to any potential actions to be taken against us. We could be required to, or otherwise determine to, make further changes to the business practices and products of Sallie Mae Bank and our other affiliates to respond to regulatory concerns.

Contingencies

In the ordinary course of business, we and our subsidiaries are defendants in or parties to pending and threatened legal actions and proceedings including actions brought on behalf of various classes of claimants. These actions and proceedings may be based on alleged violations of consumer protection, securities, employment and other laws. In certain of these actions and proceedings, claims for substantial monetary damage are asserted against us and our subsidiaries.

In the ordinary course of business, we and our subsidiaries are subject to regulatory examinations, information gathering requests, inquiries and investigations. In connection with formal and informal inquiries in these cases, we and our subsidiaries receive numerous requests, subpoenas and orders for documents, testimony and information in connection with various aspects of our regulated activities.

In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such litigation and regulatory matters, we cannot predict what the eventual outcome of the pending matters will be, what the timing or the ultimate resolution of these matters will be, or what the eventual loss, fines or penalties related to each pending matter may be.

We are required to establish reserves for litigation and regulatory matters where those matters present loss contingencies that are both probable and estimable. When loss contingencies are not both probable and estimable, we do not establish reserves.

 

F-68


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

13. Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees (Continued)

 

Based on current knowledge, reserves have been established for certain litigation or regulatory matters where the loss is both probable and estimable. Based on current knowledge, management does not believe that loss contingencies, if any, arising from pending investigations, litigation or regulatory matters will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, liquidity, results of operations or cash flows.

 

14. Income Taxes

Reconciliations of the statutory U.S. federal income tax rates to our effective tax rate for continuing operations follow:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
       2013         2012         2011    

Statutory rate

     35.0     35.0     35.0

State tax, net of federal benefit

     2.0        0.1        .8   

Other, net

     .1        (0.5     (.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     37.1     34.6     35.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The effective tax rates for discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are 16.2 percent, 40.7 percent, and 37.7 percent, respectively. The effective tax rate varies from the statutory U.S. federal rate of 35 percent primarily due to the release of valuation allowances against capital loss carryforwards for 2013, and due to the impact of state taxes, net of federal benefit, for 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

F-69


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

14. Income Taxes (Continued)

 

Income tax expense consists of:

 

     December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2013     2012     2011  

Continuing operations current provision/(benefit):

      

Federal

   $ 567      $ 474      $ 436   

State

     47        27        38   

Foreign

                     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total continuing operations current provision/(benefit)

     614        501        474   

Continuing operations deferred provision/(benefit):

      

Federal

     142        23        (121

State

     20        (26     (25

Foreign

                     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total continuing operations deferred provision/(benefit)

     162        (3     (146
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Continuing operations provision for income tax expense/(benefit)

     776        498        328   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations current provision/(benefit):

      

Federal

   $ 32      $ 1      $ (49

State

     1               (5

Foreign

                     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total discontinued operations current provision/(benefit)

     33        1        (54

Discontinued operations deferred provision/(benefit):

      

Federal

     (12     (2     68   

State

     (1            6   

Foreign

                     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total discontinued operations deferred provision/(benefit)

     (13     (2     74   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations provision for income tax expense/(benefit)

     20        (1     20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income tax expense/(benefit)

   $ 796      $ 497      $ 348   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-70


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

14. Income Taxes (Continued)

 

The tax effect of temporary differences that give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities include the following:

 

     December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2013      2012  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Loan reserves

   $ 893       $ 940   

Market value adjustments on student loans, investments and derivatives

     572         671   

Stock-based compensation plans

     66         77   

Accrued expenses not currently deductible

     61         34   

Deferred revenue

     57         60   

Other

     55         42   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     1,704         1,824   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Gains/(losses) on repurchased debt

     304         306   

Other

     81         65   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     385         371   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 1,319       $ 1,453   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included in other deferred tax assets is a valuation allowance of $19 million and $29 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, against a portion of our federal, state and international deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance is primarily attributable to deferred tax assets for federal and state capital loss carryovers and state and international net operating loss carryovers that management believes it is more likely than not will expire prior to being realized. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income of the appropriate character (i.e. capital or ordinary) during the period in which the temporary differences become deductible. Management considers, among other things, the economic slowdown, the scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, and the history of positive taxable income available for net operating loss carrybacks in evaluating the realizability of the deferred tax assets.

As of December 31, 2013, we have apportioned state net operating loss carryforwards of $438 million which begin to expire in 2024 and international net operating loss carryforwards of $.3 million which begin to expire in 2032.

 

F-71


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

14. Income Taxes (Continued)

 

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes

The following table summarizes changes in unrecognized tax benefits:

 

     December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2013     2012     2011  

Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of year

   $ 41.2      $ 45.9      $ 41.7   

Increases resulting from tax positions taken during a prior period

     5.8        20.0        20.5   

Decreases resulting from tax positions taken during a prior period

     (7.7     (18.0     (2.1

Increases/(decreases) resulting from tax positions taken during the current period

     28.1        11.3        (9.1

Decreases related to settlements with taxing authorities

     (7.7     (14.7       

Increases related to settlements with taxing authorities

                   0.4   

Reductions related to the lapse of statute of limitations

     (3.7     (3.3     (5.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits at end of year

   $ 56.0      $ 41.2      $ 45.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013, the gross unrecognized tax benefits are $56.0 million. Included in the $56.0 million are $28.1 million of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably impact the effective tax rate.

The Company or one of its subsidiaries files income tax returns at the U.S. federal level, in most U.S. states, and various foreign jurisdictions. U.S. federal income tax returns filed for years 2010 and prior have either been audited or surveyed and are now resolved. Various combinations of subsidiaries, tax years, and jurisdictions remain open for review, subject to statute of limitations periods (typically 3 to 4 prior years). We do not expect the resolution of open audits to have a material impact on our unrecognized tax benefits.

 

15. Segment Reporting

We monitor and assess our ongoing operations and results by three primary operating segments — the Consumer Lending operating segment, the Business Services operating segment and the FFELP Loans operating segment. These three operating segments meet the quantitative thresholds for reportable segments. Accordingly, the results of operations of our Consumer Lending, Business Services and FFELP Loans segments are presented separately. We have smaller operating segments that consist of business operations that have either been discontinued or are winding down. These operating segments do not meet the quantitative thresholds to be considered reportable segments. As a result, the results of operations for these operating segments (Purchased Paper business and mortgage and other loan business) are combined with gains/losses from the repurchase of debt, the financial results of our corporate liquidity portfolio and all overhead within the Other reportable segment. The management reporting process measures the performance of our operating segments based on our management structure, as well as the methodology we used to evaluate performance and allocate resources. Management, including our chief operating decision makers, evaluates the performance of our operating segments based on their profitability. As discussed further below, we measure the profitability of our operating segments based on “Core Earnings.” Accordingly, information regarding our reportable segments is provided based on a “Core Earnings” basis.

Consumer Lending Segment

In this segment, we originate, acquire, finance and service Private Education Loans. The Private Education Loans we make are primarily to bridge the gap between the cost of higher education and the amount funded

 

F-72


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

15. Segment Reporting (Continued)

 

through financial aid, federal loans or customers’ resources. We continue to offer loan products to parents and graduate students where we believe we are competitive with similar federal education loan products. In this segment, we earn net interest income on our Private Education Loan portfolio (after provision for loan losses). Operating expenses for this segment include costs incurred to acquire and to service our loans. With the elimination of FFELP in July 2010, these FFELP-related revenue sources will continue to decline.

Managed growth of our Private Education Loan portfolio is central not only to our strategy for growing the Consumer Lending segment but also for the future of Sallie Mae Bank. In 2013, we originated $3.8 billion of Private Education Loans, an increase of 14 percent and 39 percent from the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we had $37.5 billion, $36.9 billion, and $36.3 billion of Private Education Loans outstanding, respectively.

Private Education Loans bear the full credit risk of the customer and cosigner. We manage this risk by underwriting and pricing based upon customized credit scoring criteria and the addition of qualified cosigners. For the year ended December 31, 2013, our annual charge-off rate for Private Education Loans (as a percentage of loans in repayment) was 2.8 percent, as compared with 3.4 percent for the prior year.

Since the beginning of 2006, virtually all of our Private Education Loans have been originated and funded by Sallie Mae Bank. At December 31, 2013, Sallie Mae Bank had total assets of $10.7 billion, including $6.7 billion in Private Education Loans and $1.4 billion of FFELP Loans. As of the same date, Sallie Mae Bank had total deposits of $9.2 billion. Sallie Mae Bank currently relies on both retail and brokered deposits to fund its assets and periodically sells originated Private Education Loans to affiliates for inclusion in securitization trusts or collection.

We face competition for Private Education Loans from a group of the nation’s larger banks and local credit unions.

The following table includes asset information for our Consumer Lending segment.

 

     December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2013      2012  

Private Education Loans, net

   $ 37,512       $ 36,934   

Cash and investments(1)

     2,555         2,731   

Other

     2,934         3,275   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 43,001       $ 42,940   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) 

Includes restricted cash and investments.

Business Services Segment

We are currently the largest holder, servicer and collector of loans made under the previously existing FFELP, and the majority of our income has been derived, directly or indirectly, from our portfolio of FFELP Loans and servicing we have provided for FFELP Loans. In 2010, Congress passed legislation ending the origination of education loans under FFELP. The terms and conditions of existing FFELP Loans were not affected by this legislation. Our FFELP Loan portfolio will amortize over approximately 20 years. The fee income we have earned from providing servicing and contingent collections services on such loans will similarly decline over time. We also provide servicing, loan default aversion and defaulted loans collection services on

 

F-73


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

15. Segment Reporting (Continued)

 

behalf of Guarantors of FFELP Loans and other institutions, including the ED. With the elimination of FFELP in July 2010, these FFELP-related revenue sources will continue to decline.

 

   

Servicing revenues from the FFELP Loans we own and manage represent intercompany charges to the FFELP Loans segment at rates paid to us by the trusts which own the loans. These fees are legally the first payment priority of the trusts and exceed the actual cost of servicing the loans. Intercompany loan servicing revenues declined to $530 million in 2013 from $670 million in 2012. Intercompany loan servicing revenues will decline as the FFELP portfolio amortizes. Prepayments of FFELP Loans could further accelerate the rate of decline.

 

   

In 2013, we earned account maintenance fees on FFELP Loans serviced for Guarantors of $38 million, down from $44 million in 2012. These fees will continue to decline as the portfolio amortizes. Prepayments of FFELP Loans could further accelerate the rate of decline.

 

   

We provide default aversion, post default collections and claims processing to 15 of the 30 Guarantor agencies that serve as an intermediary between the U.S. federal government and FFELP lenders and are responsible for paying the claims made on defaulted loans. In 2013, collection revenue from Guarantor clients totaled $303 million, compared to $264 million the prior year. As FFELP Loans are no longer originated, these revenues will generally decline over time unless we acquire additional work for Guarantor clients. The rate at which these revenues will decrease will also be affected by the Bipartisan Budget Act (the “Budget Act”) enacted on December 26, 2013 and effective on July 1, 2014, which reduces the amount to be paid to Guarantor agencies for defaulted FFELP Loans that are rehabilitated under Section 428F of the Higher Education Act (the “HEA”). The precise effect of the Budget Act will depend on the decisions of our Guarantor agency clients about their continued participation in FFELP default collections, as well as by how the fee reduction is implemented by ED. We earned approximately $283 million in fee income from these activities in 2013.

In 2013, FFELP-related revenues accounted for 77 percent of total Business Services segment revenues, as compared with 82 percent and 82 percent, respectively, for the previous two years. Total Business Services segment revenues were $1.16 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013, down from $1.20 billion for the prior year.

ED Collection and Servicing Contracts

Since 1997, we have provided collection services on defaulted student loans to ED. The current contract runs through April 21, 2015. There are 21 other collection providers, of which we compete with 16 providers for account allocation based on quarterly performance metrics. The remaining five providers are small businesses that are ensured a particular allocation of business. As a consistent top performer, our share of allocated accounts has ranged from six percent to eight percent for this contract period. Currently, we are participating in ED’s procurement process for a new debt collection contract and expect them to announce the recipients by April 30, 2014.

Since the second quarter of 2009, we have been one of four large servicers awarded a servicing contract by ED to service Direct Student Loan Program (“DSLP”) federal loans owned by ED. We serviced approximately 5.7 million accounts under this DSLP servicing contract as of December 31, 2013. The DSLP servicing contract spans five years with one five-year renewal at the option of ED. In November 2013, ED gave notice to Sallie Mae of its intent to exercise its five-year renewal option to extend the DSLP servicing contract. As such, we will continue to compete for DSLP servicing volume from ED with the three other large servicing companies that also have similar contracts. New account allocations for the upcoming contract year are awarded annually based on each company’s performance on five different metrics over the most recently ended contract year: defaulted

 

F-74


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

15. Segment Reporting (Continued)

 

borrower count, defaulted borrower dollar amount, a survey of borrowers, a survey of schools and a survey of ED personnel. Pursuant to the contract terms related to annual volume allocation of new loans, the maximum any servicer could be awarded is 40 percent of net new borrowers in that contract year. Our share of new loans serviced for ED under the contract increased to 18 percent in 2013 from 15 percent in the prior contract year as a result of our relative standing, as compared to other servicing companies, on the ED Scorecard. We earned $109 million of revenue under the contract for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Other

Upromise generates transaction fees through our Upromise consumer savings network. Since inception through December 31, 2013, members have earned approximately $800 million in rewards by purchasing products at hundreds of online retailers, booking travel, purchasing a home, dining out, buying gas and groceries, using the Upromise World MasterCard, or completing other qualified transactions. We earn a fee for the marketing and administrative services we provide to companies that participate in the Upromise savings network. We also compete with other loyalty shopping services and companies.

Previously, we provided program management services for 529 college-savings plans through our 529 college-savings plan administration business and our Campus Solutions business provided processing capabilities to educational institutions designed to help campus business offices increase their services to students and families. However, in the second quarter of 2013, we sold our Campus Solutions business and recorded an after-tax gain of $38 million. Additionally, in the fourth quarter of 2013, we sold our 529 college-savings plan administration business and recorded an after-tax gain of $65 million. The results of both of these businesses are reported in discontinued operations for all periods presented.

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Business Services segment had total assets of $892 million and $867 million, respectively.

FFELP Loans Segment

Our FFELP Loans segment consists of our FFELP Loan portfolio (approximately $104.6 billion as of December 31, 2013) and the underlying debt and capital funding the loans. We are currently the largest holder of FFELP Loans. FFELP Loans are insured or guaranteed by state or not-for-profit agencies and are also protected by contractual rights to recovery from the United States pursuant to guaranty agreements among ED and these agencies. These guarantees generally cover at least 97 percent of a FFELP Loan’s principal and accrued interest for loans disbursed. In the case of death, disability or bankruptcy of the borrower, these guarantees cover 100 percent of the loan’s principal and accrued interest.

As a result of the long-term funding used in the FFELP Loan portfolio and the insurance and guarantees provided on these loans, the net interest margin recorded in the FFELP Loans segment is relatively stable and the capital we choose to retain with respect to the segment is modest.

In 2013, we sold Residual Interests in FFELP Loan securitization trusts to third parties. We continue to service the student loans in the trusts under existing agreements. As a result of the sale of the Residual Interests in FFELP securitizations, we removed securitization trust assets of $12.5 billion and the related liabilities of $12.1 billion from our balance sheet and recorded a $312 million gain as part of “gains on sales of loans and investments” for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

F-75


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

15. Segment Reporting (Continued)

 

Our FFELP Loan portfolio will amortize over approximately 20 years. Our goal is to maximize the cash flow generated by the portfolio. We will seek to acquire other third-party FFELP Loan portfolios to add net interest income and servicing revenue.

HEA continues to regulate every aspect of the FFELP, including ongoing communications with borrowers and default aversion requirements. Failure to service a FFELP Loan properly could jeopardize the insurance and guarantees and federal support on these loans. The insurance and guarantees on our existing loans were not affected by the July 2010 termination of the FFELP program.

The following table includes asset information for our FFELP Loans segment.

 

     December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2013      2012  

FFELP Loans, net

   $ 104,588       $ 125,612   

Cash and investments(1)

     4,473         5,766   

Other

     3,587         4,286   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 112,648       $ 135,664   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) 

Includes restricted cash and investments.

Other Segment

The Other segment consists primarily of the financial results related to activities of our holding company, including the repurchase of debt, the corporate liquidity portfolio and all overhead. We also include results from certain, smaller wind-down and discontinued operations within this segment. Overhead expenses include costs related to executive management, the Board of Directors, accounting, finance, legal, human resources, stock-based compensation expense and certain information technology costs related to infrastructure and operations.

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Other segment had total assets of $3.0 billion and $1.8 billion, respectively.

Measure of Profitability

The tables below include the condensed operating results for each of our reportable segments. Management, including the chief operating decision makers, evaluates the Company on certain performance measures that we refer to as “Core Earnings” performance measures for each operating segment. We use “Core Earnings” to manage each business segment because “Core Earnings” reflect adjustments to GAAP financial results for two items, discussed below, that create significant volatility mostly due to timing factors generally beyond the control of management. Accordingly, we believe that “Core Earnings” provide management with a useful basis from which to better evaluate results from ongoing operations against the business plan or against results from prior periods. Consequently, we disclose this information as we believe it provides investors with additional information regarding the operational and performance indicators that are most closely assessed by management. The two items adjusted for in our “Core Earnings” presentations are (1) our use of derivative instruments to hedge our economic risks that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment or do qualify for hedge accounting treatment but result in ineffectiveness and (2) the accounting for goodwill and acquired intangible assets. The tables presented below reflect “Core Earnings” operating measures reviewed and utilized by management to manage the business. Reconciliation of the “Core Earnings” segment totals to our consolidated operating results in accordance with GAAP is also included in the tables below.

 

F-76


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

15. Segment Reporting (Continued)

 

Our “Core Earnings” performance measures are not defined terms within GAAP and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Unlike financial accounting, there is no comprehensive, authoritative guidance for management reporting. The management reporting process measures the performance of the operating segments based on the management structure of the Company and is not necessarily comparable with similar information for any other financial institution. Our operating segments are defined by the products and services they offer or the types of customers they serve, and they reflect the manner in which financial information is currently evaluated by management. Intersegment revenues and expenses are netted within the appropriate financial statement line items consistent with the income statement presentation provided to management. Changes in management structure or allocation methodologies and procedures may result in changes in reported segment financial information.

 

F-77


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

15. Segment Reporting (Continued)

 

Segment Results and Reconciliations to GAAP

 

    Year Ended December 31, 2013  

(Dollars in millions)

  Consumer
Lending
    Business
Services
    FFELP
Loans
    Other     Eliminations(1)     Total
“Core
Earnings”
    Adjustments     Total
GAAP
 
              Reclassi-
fications
    Additions/
(Subtractions)
    Total
Adjustments(2)
   

Interest income:

                   

Student loans

  $ 2,527      $      $ 2,313      $      $      $ 4,840      $ 816      $ (307   $ 509      $ 5,349   

Other loans

                         11               11                             11   

Cash and investments

    7        5        6        4        (5     17                             17   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

    2,534        5        2,319        15        (5     4,868        816        (307     509        5,377   

Total interest expense

    825               1,285        51        (5     2,156        55        (1 )(4)      54        2,210   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (loss)

    1,709        5        1,034        (36            2,712        761        (306     455        3,167   

Less: provisions for loan losses

    787               52                      839                             839   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (loss) after provisions for loan losses

    922        5        982        (36            1,873        761        (306     455        2,328   

Other income (loss):

                   

Gains (losses) on sales of loans and investments

                  312        (10            302                             302   

Servicing revenue

    34        710        76               (530     290                             290   

Contingency revenue

           420                             420                             420   

Gains on debt repurchases

                         48               48        (6            (6     42   

Other income (loss)

           34               4               38        (755     549 (5)      (206     (168
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (loss)

    34        1,164        388        42        (530     1,098        (761     549        (212     886   

Expenses:

                   

Direct operating expenses

    299        400        557        80        (530     806                             806   

Overhead expenses

    (1                   237               236                             236   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

    298        400        557        317        (530     1,042                             1,042   

Goodwill and acquired intangible asset impairment and amortization expense

                                                     13        13        13   

Restructuring and other reorganization expenses

    6        2               64               72                             72   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

    304        402        557        381        (530     1,114               13        13        1,127   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations, before income tax expense (benefit)

    652        767        813        (375            1,857               230        230        2,087   

Income tax expense (benefit)(3)

    239        281        298        (138            680               96        96        776   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

    413        486        515        (237            1,177               134        134        1,311   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax expense (benefit)

    (1     112               1               112               (6     (6     106   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    412        598        515        (236            1,289               128        128        1,417   

Less: net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

           (1                          (1                          (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to SLM Corporation

  $ 412      $ 599      $ 515      $ (236   $      $ 1,290      $      $ 128      $ 128      $ 1,418   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

The eliminations in servicing revenue and direct operating expense represent the elimination of intercompany servicing revenue where the Business Services segment performs the loan servicing function for the FFELP Loans segment.

 

(2) 

“Core Earnings” adjustments to GAAP:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2013  

(Dollars in millions)

   Net Impact of
Derivative
Accounting
     Net Impact of
Goodwill and
Acquired Intangibles
     Total  

Net interest income after provisions for loan losses

   $ 455       $       $ 455   

Total other loss

     (212              (212

Goodwill and acquired intangible asset impairment and amortization expense

             13         13   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total “Core Earnings” adjustments to GAAP

   $ 243       $ (13      230   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income tax expense

           96   

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax benefit

           (6
        

 

 

 

Net income

         $ 128   
        

 

 

 

 

(3) 

Income taxes are based on a percentage of net income before tax for the individual reportable segment.

 

(4) 

Represents a portion of the $63 million of “other derivative accounting adjustments.”

 

(5) 

Represents the $487 million of “unrealized gains on derivative and hedging activities, net” as well as the remaining portion of the $63 million of “other derivative accounting adjustments.”

 

F-78


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

15. Segment Reporting (Continued)

 

    Year Ended December 31, 2012  

(Dollars in millions)

  Consumer
Lending
    Business
Services
    FFELP
Loans
    Other     Elimina-
tions(1)
    Total
“Core
Earnings”
    Adjustments     Total
GAAP
 
              Reclassi-
fications
    Additions/
(Subtractions)
    Total
Adjustments(2)
   

Interest income:

                   

Student loans

  $ 2,481      $      $ 2,744      $      $      $ 5,225      $ 858      $ (351   $ 507      $ 5,732   

Other loans

                         16               16                             16   

Cash and investments

    7        7        11        2        (6     21                             21   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

    2,488        7        2,755        18        (6     5,262        858        (351     507        5,769   

Total interest expense

    822               1,591        37        (6     2,444        115        2 (4)      117        2,561   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (loss)

    1,666        7        1,164        (19            2,818        743        (353     390        3,208   

Less: provisions for loan losses

    1,008               72                      1,080                             1,080   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (loss) after provisions for loan losses

    658        7        1,092        (19            1,738        743        (353     390        2,128   

Other income (loss):

                   

Gain (losses) on sales of loans and investments

                                                                     

Servicing revenue

    46        813        90               (670     279                             279   

Contingency revenue

           356                             356                             356   

Gains on debt repurchases

                         145               145                             145   

Other income (loss)

           33               15               48        (743     159 (5)      (584     (536
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (loss)

    46        1,202        90        160        (670     828        (743     159        (584     244   

Expenses:

                   

Direct operating expenses

    265        364        702        12        (670     673                             673   

Overhead expenses

                         224               224                             224   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

    265        364        702        236        (670     897                             897   

Goodwill and acquired intangible asset impairment and amortization expense

                                                     27        27        27   

Restructuring expenses

    3        3               5               11                             11   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

    268        367        702        241        (670     908               27        27        935   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations, before income tax expense (benefit)

    436        842        480        (100            1,658               (221     (221     1,437   

Income tax expense (benefit)(3)

    157        303        173        (36            597               (99     (99     498   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

    279        539        307        (64            1,061               (122     (122     939   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax expense (benefit)

    (2                   1               (1            (1     (1     (2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    277        539        307        (63            1,060               (123     (123     937   

Less: net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

           (2                          (2                          (2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to SLM Corporation

  $ 277      $ 541      $ 307      $ (63   $      $ 1,062      $      $ (123   $ (123   $ 939   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

The eliminations in servicing revenue and direct operating expense represent the elimination of intercompany servicing revenue where the Business Services segment performs the loan servicing function for the FFELP Loans segment.

 

(2) 

“Core Earnings” adjustments to GAAP:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2012  

(Dollars in millions)

   Net Impact of
Derivative
Accounting
     Net Impact of
Goodwill and
Acquired Intangibles
     Total  

Net interest income after provisions for loan losses

   $ 390       $       $ 390   

Total other loss

     (584              (584

Goodwill and acquired intangible asset impairment and amortization expense

             27         27   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total “Core Earnings” adjustments to GAAP

   $ (194    $ (27      (221
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income tax benefit

           (99

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax benefit

           (1
        

 

 

 

Net loss

         $ (123
        

 

 

 

 

(3) 

Income taxes are based on a percentage of net income before tax for the individual reportable segment.

 

(4) 

Represents a portion of the $42 million of “other derivative accounting adjustments.”

 

(5) 

Represents the $115 million of “unrealized gains on derivative and hedging activities, net” as well as the remaining portion of the $42 million of “other derivative accounting adjustments.”

 

F-79


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

15. Segment Reporting (Continued)

 

    Year Ended December 31, 2011  

(Dollars in millions)

  Consumer
Lending
    Business
Services
    FFELP
Loans
    Other     Elimina-
tions(1)
    Total
“Core
Earnings”
    Adjustments     Total
GAAP
 
              Reclassi-
fications
    Additions/
(Subtractions)
    Total
Adjustments(2)
   

Interest income:

                   

Student loans

  $ 2,429      $      $ 2,914      $      $      $ 5,343      $ 902      $ (355   $ 547      $ 5,890   

Other loans

                         21               21                             21   

Cash and investments

    9        8        5        5        (8     19                             19   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

    2,438        8        2,919        26        (8     5,383        902        (355     547        5,930   

Total interest expense

    801               1,472        54        (8     2,319        71        11 (4)      82        2,401   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (loss)

    1,637        8        1,447        (28            3,064        831        (366     465        3,529   

Less: provisions for loan losses

    1,179               86        30               1,295                             1,295   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (loss) after provisions for loan losses

    458        8        1,361        (58            1,769        831        (366     465        2,234   

Other income (loss):

                   

Gain (losses) on sales of loans and investments

    (9                   (26            (35                          (35

Servicing revenue

    64        872        86               (739     283                             283   

Contingency revenue

           333                             333                             333   

Gains on debt repurchases

                         64               64        (26            (26     38   

Other income (loss)

           69               20               89        (805     (174 )(5)      (979     (890
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (loss)

    55        1,274        86        58        (739     734        (831     (174     (1,005     (271

Expenses:

                   

Direct operating expenses

    291        393        772        19        (739     736                             736   

Overhead expenses

                         269               269                             269   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

    291        393        772        288        (739     1,005                             1,005   

Goodwill and acquired intangible asset impairment and amortization expense

                                                     21        21        21   

Restructuring expenses

    3        5        1        3               12                             12   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

    294        398        773        291        (739     1,017               21        21        1,038   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations, before income tax expense (benefit)

    219        884        674        (291            1,486               (561     (561     925   

Income tax expense (benefit)(3)

    81        325        248        (107            547               (219     (219     328   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

    138        559        426        (184            939               (342     (342     597   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax expense (benefit)

    (2     5               34               37               (2     (2     35   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    136        564        426        (150            976               (344     (344     632   

Less: net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

           (1                          (1                          (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to SLM Corporation

  $ 136      $ 565      $ 426      $ (150   $      $ 977      $      $ (344   $ (344   $ 633   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

The eliminations in servicing revenue and direct operating expense represent the elimination of intercompany servicing revenue where the Business Services segment performs the loan servicing function for the FFELP Loans segment.

 

(2) 

“Core Earnings” adjustments to GAAP:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2011  

(Dollars in millions)

   Net Impact of
Derivative
Accounting
     Net Impact of
Goodwill and
Acquired
Intangibles
     Total  

Net interest income after provisions for loan losses

   $ 465       $       $ 465   

Total other loss

     (1,005              (1,005

Goodwill and acquired intangible asset impairment and amortization expense

             21         21   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total “Core Earnings” adjustments to GAAP

   $ (540    $ (21      (561
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income tax benefit

           (219

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax benefit

           (2
        

 

 

 

Net loss

         $ (344
        

 

 

 

 

(3) 

Income taxes are based on a percentage of net income before tax for the individual reportable segment.

 

(4) 

Represents a portion of the $(32) million of “other derivative accounting adjustments.”

 

(5) 

Represents the $(153) million of “unrealized gains on derivative and hedging activities, net” as well as the remaining portion of the $(32) million of “other derivative accounting adjustments.”

 

F-80


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

15. Segment Reporting (Continued)

 

Summary of “Core Earnings” Adjustments to GAAP

The two adjustments required to reconcile from our “Core Earnings” results to our GAAP results of operations relate to differing treatments for: (1) our use of derivative instruments to hedge our economic risks that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment or do qualify for hedge accounting treatment but result in ineffectiveness and (2) the accounting for goodwill and acquired intangible assets. The following table reflects aggregate adjustments associated with these areas.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

       2013             2012             2011      

“Core Earnings” adjustments to GAAP:

      

Net impact of derivative accounting(1)

   $ 243      $ (194   $ (540

Net impact of goodwill and acquired intangible assets(2)

     (13     (27     (21

Net tax effect(3)

     (96     99        219   

Net effect from discontinued operations

     (6     (1     (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total “Core Earnings” adjustments to GAAP

   $ 128      $ (123   $ (344
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

      

(1)     Derivative accounting: “Core Earnings” exclude periodic unrealized gains and losses that are caused by the mark-to-market valuations on derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment under GAAP as well as the periodic unrealized gains and losses that are a result of ineffectiveness recognized related to effective hedges under GAAP. These unrealized gains and losses occur in our Consumer Lending, FFELP Loans and Other business segments. Under GAAP, for our derivatives that are held to maturity, the cumulative net unrealized gain or loss over the life of the contract will equal $0 except for Floor Income Contracts where the cumulative unrealized gain will equal the amount for which we sold the contract. In our “Core Earnings” presentation, we recognize the economic effect of these hedges, which generally results in any net settlement cash paid or received being recognized ratably as an interest expense or revenue over the hedged item’s life.

 

                

(2)    Goodwill and acquired intangible assets: Our “Core Earnings” exclude goodwill and intangible asset impairment and amortization of acquired intangible assets.

 

         

(3)    Net Tax Effect: Such tax effect is based upon our “Core Earnings” effective tax rate for the year.

 

        

 

16. Discontinued Operations

In 2013, we sold our Campus Solutions business and our 529 college-savings plan administration business and recorded an after-tax gain of $38 million and $65 million, respectively. These businesses comprise operations and cash flows that can be clearly distinguished operationally and for financial reporting purposes from the rest of the Company and we will have no continuing involvement. As a result, these businesses are presented in discontinued operations of our Business Services segment for the periods presented.

 

F-81


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

16. Discontinued Operations (Continued)

 

The following table summarizes our discontinued assets and liabilities at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

     At December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

       2013              2012      

Assets:

     

Cash and equivalents

   $ 5       $ 33   

Other assets

     98         202   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Assets of discontinued operations

   $ 103       $ 235   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

     

Liabilities of discontinued operations

   $ 94       $ 168   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2013, other assets of our discontinued operations and the offsetting liability consisted primarily of funds held in accordance with contractual requirements on behalf of the acquirer of our Campus Solutions business pending remittance to their school clients.

The following table summarizes our discontinued operations.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

     2013          2012         2011    

Operations:

       

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income tax expense (benefit)

   $ 126       $ (3   $ 55   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     20         (1     20   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax expense (benefit)

   $ 106       $ (2   $ 35   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

17. Concentrations of Risk

Our business is primarily focused in providing and/or servicing to help students and their families save, plan and pay for college. We primarily originate, service and/or collect loans made to students and their families to finance the cost of their education. We provide funding, delivery and servicing support for education loans in the United States, through our Private Education Loan programs and as a servicer and collector of loans for ED. In addition we are the largest holder, servicer and collector of loans under the discontinued FFELP. Because of this concentration in one industry, we are exposed to credit, legislative, operational, regulatory, and liquidity risks associated with the student loan industry.

Concentration Risk in the Revenues Associated with Private Education Loans

We compete in the private credit lending business with banks and other consumer lending institutions, some with strong consumer brand name recognition and greater financial resources. We compete based on our products, origination capability and customer service. To the extent our competitors compete aggressively or more effectively, we could lose market share to them or subject our existing loans to refinancing risk. Our product offerings may not prove to be profitable and may result in higher than expected losses.

We are a leading provider of saving- and paying-for-college products and programs. This concentration gives us a competitive advantage in the marketplace. This concentration also creates risks in our business,

 

F-82


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

17. Concentrations of Risk (Continued)

 

particularly in light of our concentrations as a Private Education Loan lender and as a servicer for the FFELP and DSLP. If population demographics result in a decrease in college-age individuals, if demand for higher education decreases, if the cost of attendance of higher education decreases, if public resistance to higher education costs increases, or if the demand for higher education loans decreases, our consumer lending business could be negatively affected. In addition, the federal government, through the DSLP, poses significant competition to our private credit loan products. If loan limits under the DSLP increase, DSLP loans could be more widely available to students and their families and DSLP loans could increase, resulting in further decreases in the size of the Private Education Loan market and demand for our Private Education Loan products.

Concentration Risk in the Revenues Associated with FFELP Loans

On July 1, 2010, the HCERA legislation eliminated FFELP Loan originations, a major source of our net income. All federal loans to students are now made through the DSLP. The terms and conditions of existing FFELP Loans were not affected by this legislation. Despite the end of FFELP, Congress, ED and the Administration still exercise significant authority over the servicing and administration of existing FFELP Loans. Because of the ongoing uncertainty around efforts to reduce the federal budget deficit, the timing, method and manner of implementation of various education lending initiatives has become less predictable.

The net interest margin we earn on our FFELP Loan portfolio, which totaled $1.5 billion in 2013, will decline over time as the portfolio amortizes.

We also earn maintenance fees for the life of the loan for servicing the Guarantor’s portfolio of loans. The portfolio that generates the maintenance fee is now in runoff, and the maintenance fees we earn will decline ratably with the portfolio. We earned maintenance fees of $38 million in 2013.

Our student loan contingent collection business is also affected by HCERA. We currently have 15 Guarantors as clients. We earn revenue from Guarantors for collecting defaulted loans as well as for managing their portfolios of defaulted loans. In 2013, collection revenue from Guarantor clients totaled $303 million. We anticipate that revenue from Guarantors will begin to steadily decline as the portfolio of defaulted loans we manage is resolved and amortizes.

Concentration Risk in the Servicing of Direct Loans

The DSLP is serviced by four private sector institutions, including Sallie Mae. Defaulted Direct Loans are collected by 22 private sector companies, including Sallie Mae. Because of the concentration of our business in servicing and collecting on Direct Loans, we are exposed to risks associated with ED reducing the amount of new loan servicing and collections allocated to us or the termination of our servicing or collection contracts.

 

F-83


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

18. Quarterly Financial Information (unaudited)

 

     2013  

(Dollars in millions, except per share data)

   First
Quarter
    Second
Quarter
    Third
Quarter
    Fourth
Quarter
 

Net interest income

   $ 795      $ 784      $ 799      $ 789   

Less: provisions for loan losses

     241        201        207        190   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provisions for loan losses

     554        583        592        599   

Gains (losses) on derivative and hedging activities, net

     (31     18        (127     (128

Other income

     281        472        196        203   

Operating expenses

     235        244        257        305   

Goodwill and acquired intangible asset impairment and amortization expense

     3        3        4        3   

Restructuring and other reorganization expenses

     10        23        12        26   

Income tax expense

     211        299        136        129   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income from continuing operations

     345        504        252        211   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes

     1        38        8        59   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     346        542        260        270   

Less: net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

            (1              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to SLM Corporation

     346        543        260        270   

Preferred stock dividends

     5        5        5        5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to SLM Corporation common stock

   $ 341      $ 538      $ 255      $ 265   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share attributable to SLM Corporation:

        

Continuing operations

   $ .76      $ 1.14      $ .56      $ .47   

Discontinued operations

            .08        .02        .14   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ .76      $ 1.22      $ .58      $ .61   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share attributable to SLM Corporation:

        

Continuing operations

   $ .74      $ 1.12      $ .55      $ .47   

Discontinued operations

            .08        .02        .13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ .74      $ 1.20      $ .57      $ .60   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-84


SLM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

18. Quarterly Financial Information (unaudited) (Continued)

 

     2012  

(Dollars in millions, except per share data)

   First
Quarter
    Second
Quarter
    Third
Quarter
    Fourth
Quarter
 

Net interest income

   $ 811      $ 746      $ 819      $ 832   

Less: provisions for loan losses

     253        243        270        314   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provisions for loan losses

     558        503        549        518   

Gains (losses) on derivative and hedging activities, net

     (372     6        (233     (28

Other income

     238        176        202        256   

Operating expenses

     236        216        220        226   

Goodwill and acquired intangible asset impairment and amortization expense

     5        5        5        14   

Restructuring and other reorganization expenses

     4        3        2        1   

Income tax expense

     68        169        104        157   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income from continuing operations

     111        292        187        348   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes

            (1              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     111        291        187        348   

Less: net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (1     (1     (1       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to SLM Corporation

     112        292        188        348   

Preferred stock dividends

     5        5        5        5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to SLM Corporation common stock

   $ 107      $ 287      $ 183      $ 343   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share attributable to SLM Corporation:

        

Continuing operations

   $ .21      $ .59      $ .39      $ .75   

Discontinued operations

                            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ .21      $ .59      $ .39      $ .75   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share attributable to SLM Corporation:

        

Continuing operations

   $ .21      $ .59      $ .39      $ .74   

Discontinued operations

                            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ .21      $ .59      $ .39      $ .74   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-85


APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF FEDERAL FAMILY EDUCATION LOAN PROGRAM

Note: On March 30, 2010, the President signed into law the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (“HCERA”) which terminated the FFELP as of July 1, 2010. This appendix presents an abbreviated summary of the program prior to the termination date. The new law does not alter or affect the terms and conditions of existing FFELP Loans made before July 1, 2010 or the credit support related thereto.

This appendix describes or summarizes the material provisions of Title IV of the Higher Education Act (“HEA”), the FFELP and related statutes and regulations. It, however, is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to each actual statute and regulation. Both the HEA and the related regulations has been the subject of extensive amendments over the years. We cannot predict whether future amendments or modifications might materially change any of the programs described in this appendix or the statutes and regulations that implement them.

General

The FFELP, under Title IV of HEA, provided for loans to students who were enrolled in eligible institutions, or to parents of dependent students who were enrolled in eligible institutions, to finance their educational costs. Payment of principal and interest on the student loans to the holders of the loans is insured by a state or not-for-profit guaranty agency against:

 

   

default of the borrower;

 

   

the death, bankruptcy or permanent, total disability of the borrower;

 

   

closing of the student’s school prior to the end of the academic period;

 

   

false certification of the borrower’s eligibility for the loan by the school; and

 

   

an unpaid school refund.

Claims are paid from federal assets, known as “federal student loan reserve funds,” which are maintained and administered by state and not-for-profit guaranty agencies. In addition the holders of student loans are entitled to receive interest subsidy payments and Special Allowance Payments from ED on eligible student loans. Special Allowance Payments raise the yield to student loan lenders when the statutory borrower interest rate is below an indexed market value.

Four types of FFELP Loans were authorized under the HEA:

 

   

Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans to students who demonstrated requisite financial need;

 

   

Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans to students who either did not demonstrate financial need or require additional loans to supplement their Subsidized Stafford Loans;

 

   

Federal PLUS Loans to graduate or professional students (effective July 1, 2006) or parents of dependent students whose estimated costs of attending school exceed other available financial aid; and

 

   

FFELP Consolidation Loans, which consolidate into a single loan a borrower’s obligations under various federally authorized student loan programs.

Legislative Matters

The federal student loan programs are subject to frequent statutory and regulatory changes. The most significant change to the FFELP was with the enactment of the HCERA, which terminated the FFELP as of July 1, 2010.

On December 23, 2011, the President signed the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2012 into law. This law includes changes that permit FFELP lenders or beneficial holders to change the index on which the Special

 

A-1


Allowance Payments are calculated for FFELP Loans first disbursed on or after January 1, 2000. The law allows holders to elect to move the index from the Commercial Paper (“CP”) Rate to the one-month London Inter Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). Such elections have been made by April 1, 2012.

Eligible Lenders, Students and Educational Institutions

Lenders who were eligible to make loans under the FFELP generally included banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, pension funds and, under some conditions, schools and guaranty agencies. FFELP Loans were made to, or on behalf of, a “qualified student.” A “qualified student” is an individual who

 

   

is a United States citizen, national or permanent resident;

 

   

has been accepted for enrollment or is enrolled and maintaining satisfactory academic progress at a participating educational institution; and

 

   

is carrying at least one-half of the normal full-time academic workload for the course of study the student is pursuing.

A student qualified for a subsidized Stafford Loan if his family met the financial need requirements for the particular loan program. Only PLUS Loan borrowers have to meet credit standards.

Eligible schools included institutions of higher education, including proprietary institutions, meeting the standards provided in the HEA. For a school to participate in the program, the U.S. Department of Education (“ED”) had to approve its eligibility under standards established by regulation.

Financial Need Analysis

Subject to program limits and conditions, student loans generally were made in amounts sufficient to cover the student’s estimated costs of attending school, including tuition and fees, books, supplies, room and board, transportation and miscellaneous personal expenses as determined by the institution. Generally, each loan applicant (and parents in the case of a dependent child) underwent a financial need analysis.

Special Allowance Payments (“SAP”)

The HEA provides for quarterly Special Allowance Payments to be made by ED to holders of student loans to the extent necessary to ensure that they receive at least specified market interest rates of return. The rates for Special Allowance Payments depend on formulas that vary according to the type of loan, the date the loan was made and the type of funds, tax-exempt or taxable, used to finance the loan. ED makes a Special Allowance Payment for each calendar quarter.

The Special Allowance Payment equals the average unpaid principal balance, including interest which has been capitalized, of all eligible loans held by a holder during the quarterly period multiplied by the special allowance percentage.

Fees

Loan Rebate Fee. A loan rebate fee of 1.05 percent is paid annually on the unpaid principal and interest of each Consolidation Loan disbursed on or after October 1, 1993. This fee was reduced to .62 percent for loans made from October 1, 1998 to January 31, 1999.

Stafford Loan Program

For Stafford Loans, the HEA provided for:

 

   

federal reimbursement of Stafford Loans made by eligible lenders to qualified students;

 

   

federal interest subsidy payments on Subsidized Stafford Loans paid by ED to holders of the loans in lieu of the borrowers’ making interest payments during in-school, grace and deferment periods; and

 

A-2


   

Special Allowance Payments representing an additional subsidy paid by ED to the holders of eligible Stafford Loans.

We refer to all three types of assistance as “federal assistance.”

The HEA also permits, and in some cases requires, “forbearance” periods from loan collection in some circumstances. Interest that accrues during forbearance is never subsidized. Interest that accrues during deferment periods may be subsidized.

PLUS and Supplemental Loans to Students (“SLS”) Loan Programs

The HEA authorizes PLUS Loans to be made to graduate or professional students (effective July 1, 2006) and parents of eligible dependent students and previously authorized SLS Loans to be made to the categories of students subsequently served by the Unsubsidized Stafford Loan program. Borrowers who have no adverse credit history or who are able to secure an endorser without an adverse credit history are eligible for PLUS Loans, as well as some borrowers with extenuating circumstances. The federal assistance applicable to PLUS and SLS Loans are similar to those of Stafford Loans. However, interest subsidy payments are not available under the PLUS and SLS programs and, in some instances, Special Allowance Payments are more restricted.

The annual and aggregate amounts of PLUS Loans were limited only to the difference between the cost of the student’s education and other financial aid received, including scholarship, grants and other student loans.

Consolidation Loan Program

The enactment of HCERA ended new originations under the FFELP consolidation program, effective July 1, 2010. Previously, the HEA authorized a program under which borrowers may consolidate one or more of their student loans into a single FFELP Consolidation Loan that is insured and reinsured on a basis similar to Stafford and PLUS Loans. FFELP Consolidation Loans were made in an amount sufficient to pay outstanding principal, unpaid interest, late charges and collection costs on all federally reinsured student loans incurred under the FFELP that the borrower selects for consolidation, as well as loans made under various other federal student loan programs and loans made by different lenders. In general, a borrower’s eligibility to consolidate their federal student loans ends upon receipt of a Consolidation Loan. With the end of new FFELP originations, borrowers with multiple loans, including FFELP loans, may only consolidate their loans in the DSLP.

Guaranty Agencies under the FFELP

Under the FFELP, guaranty agencies insured FFELP loans made by eligible lending institutions, paying claims from “federal student loan reserve funds.” These loans are insured as to 100 percent of principal and accrued interest against death or discharge. FFELP loans are also insured against default, with the percent insured dependent on the date of the loans disbursement. For loans that were made before October 1, 1993, lenders are insured for 100 percent of the principal and unpaid accrued interest. From October 1, 1993 to June 30, 2006, lenders are insured for 98 percent of principal and all unpaid accrued interest. Insurance for loans made on or after July 1, 2006 was reduced from 98 percent to 97 percent.

ED guarantees to the guaranty agencies reimbursement of amounts paid to lenders on FFELP Loans. Under the HEA, the guaranty agencies by way of guaranty agreements entered into with ED are, subject to conditions, deemed to have a contractual right against the United States during the life of the loan to receive reimbursement for these amounts.

After ED reimburses a guaranty agency for a default claim, the guaranty agency attempts to collect the loan from the borrower. However, ED requires that the defaulted loans be assigned to it when the guaranty agency is not successful. A guaranty agency also refers defaulted loans to ED to “offset” any federal income tax refunds or other federal reimbursement which may be due the borrowers. Some states have similar offset programs.

 

A-3


To be eligible, FFELP loans must meet the requirements of the HEA and regulations issued under the HEA. Generally, these regulations require that lenders determine whether the applicant is an eligible borrower attending an eligible institution, explain to borrowers their responsibilities under the loan, ensure that the promissory notes evidencing the loan are executed by the borrower; and disburse the loan proceeds as required. After the loan is made, the lender must establish repayment terms with the borrower, properly administer deferrals and forbearances, credit the borrower for payments made, and report the loan’s status to credit reporting agencies. If a borrower becomes delinquent in repaying a loan, a lender must perform collection procedures that vary depending upon the length of time a loan is delinquent. The collection procedures consist of telephone calls, demand letters, skiptracing procedures and requesting assistance from the guaranty agency.

A lender may submit a default claim to the guaranty agency after a student loan has been delinquent for at least 270 days. The guaranty agency must review and pay the claim within 90 days after the lender filed it. The guaranty agency will pay the lender interest accrued on the loan for up to 450 days after delinquency. The guaranty agency must file a reimbursement claim with ED within 45 days (reduced to 30 days July 1, 2006) after the guaranty agency paid the lender for the default claim. Following payment of claims, the guaranty agency endeavors to collect the loan. Guaranty agencies also must meet statutory and regulatory requirements for collecting loans.

If ED determines that a guaranty agency is unable to meet its insurance obligations, the holders of loans insured by that guaranty agency may submit claims directly to ED and ED is required to pay the full reimbursements amounts due, in accordance with claim processing standards no more stringent than those applied by the affected guaranty agency. However, ED’s obligation to pay reimbursement amounts directly in this fashion is contingent upon ED determining a guaranty agency is unable to meet its obligations. While there have been situations where ED has made such determinations regarding affected guaranty agencies, there can be no assurances as to whether ED must make such determinations in the future or whether payments of reimbursement amounts would be made in a timely manner.

Student Loan Discharges

FFELP Loans are not generally dischargeable in bankruptcy. Under the United States Bankruptcy Code, before a student loan may be discharged, the borrower must demonstrate that repaying it would cause the borrower or his family undue hardship. When a FFELP borrower files for bankruptcy, collection of the loan is suspended during the time of the proceeding. If the borrower files under the “wage earner” provisions of the Bankruptcy Code or files a petition for discharge on the ground of undue hardship, then the lender transfers the loan to the guaranty agency which then participates in the bankruptcy proceeding. When the proceeding is complete, unless there was a finding of undue hardship, the loan is transferred back to the lender and collection resumes.

Student loans are discharged if the borrower died or becomes totally and permanently disabled. A physician must certify eligibility for a total and permanent disability discharge. Effective January 29, 2007, discharge eligibility was extended to survivors of eligible public servants and certain other eligible victims of the terrorist attacks on the United States on September 11, 2001.

If a school closes while a student is enrolled, or within 90 days after the student withdrew, loans made for that enrollment period are discharged. If a school falsely certifies that a borrower is eligible for the loan, the loan may be discharged. And if a school fails to make a refund to which a student is entitled, the loan is discharged to the extent of the unpaid refund.

Rehabilitation of Defaulted Loans

ED is authorized to enter into agreements with the guaranty agency under which the guaranty agency may sell defaulted loans that are eligible for rehabilitation to an eligible lender. For a loan to be eligible for rehabilitation the guaranty agency must have received reasonable and affordable payments for 12 months (reduced to 9 payments in 10 months effective July 1, 2006), then the loans will be submitted to a lender, and only after the

 

A-4


sale to an eligible lender is the loan considered rehabilitated. Upon rehabilitation, a borrower is again eligible for all the benefits under the HEA. No student loan rehabilitated after August 14, 2008, is eligible to be rehabilitated more than once.

The July 1, 2009 technical corrections made to the HEA under H.R. 1777, Public Law 111-39, provide authority between July 1, 2009 through September 30, 2011, for a guaranty agency to assign a defaulted loan to ED depending on market conditions.

 

A-5


GLOSSARY

Listed below are definitions of key terms that are used throughout this document. See also Appendix A “Description of Federal Family Education Loan Program” for a further discussion of the FFELP.

Consolidation Loan Rebate Fee — All holders of FFELP Consolidation Loans are required to pay to the U.S. Department of Education an annual 1.05 percent Consolidation Loan Rebate Fee on all outstanding principal and accrued interest balances of FFELP Consolidation Loans purchased or originated after October 1, 1993, except for loans for which consolidation applications were received between October 1, 1998 and January 31, 1999, where the Consolidation Loan Rebate Fee is 62 basis points.

Constant Prepayment Rate (“CPR”) — A variable in life-of-loan estimates that measures the rate at which loans in the portfolio prepay before their stated maturity. The CPR is directly correlated to the average life of the portfolio. CPR equals the percentage of loans that prepay annually as a percentage of the beginning of period balance.

“Core Earnings” — We prepare financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”). In addition to evaluating our GAAP-based financial information, management evaluates the business segments on a basis that, as allowed under the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 280, “Segment Reporting,” differs from GAAP. We refer to management’s basis of evaluating its segment results as “Core Earnings” presentations for each business segment and refer to these performance measures in its presentations with credit rating agencies and lenders. While “Core Earnings” results are not a substitute for reported results under GAAP, we rely on “Core Earnings” performance measures in operating each business segment because we believes these measures provide additional information regarding the operational and performance indicators that are most closely assessed by management.

“Core Earnings” performance measures are the primary financial performance measures used by management to evaluate performance and to allocate resources. Accordingly, financial information is reported to management on a “Core Earnings” basis by reportable segment, as these are the measures used regularly by our chief operating decision makers. “Core Earnings” performance measures are used in developing our financial plans, tracking results, and establishing corporate performance targets and incentive compensation. Management believes this information provides additional insight into the financial performance of our core business activities. “Core Earnings” performance measures are not defined terms within GAAP and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Our “Core Earnings” presentation does not represent another comprehensive basis of accounting.

See “Note 15 — Segment Reporting” and Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — ‘Core Earnings’ — Definition and Limitations — Differences between ‘Core Earnings’ and GAAP” for further discussion of the differences between “Core Earnings” and GAAP, as well as reconciliations between “Core Earnings” and GAAP.

In prior filings with the SEC of SLM Corporation’s annual reports on Form 10-K and quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, “Core Earnings” has been labeled as “‘Core’ net income” or “Managed net income” in certain instances.

Direct Loans — Educational loans provided by the DSLP (see definition below) to students and parent borrowers directly through ED (see definition below) rather than through a bank or other lender.

DSLP — The William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan Program.

ED — The U.S. Department of Education.

 

G-1


FFELP — The Federal Family Education Loan Program, formerly the Guaranteed Student Loan Program, a program that was discontinued in 2010.

FFELP Consolidation Loans — Under the FFELP, borrowers with multiple eligible student loans may have consolidated them into a single student loan with one lender at a fixed rate for the life of the loan. The new loan is considered a FFELP Consolidation Loan. The borrower rate on a FFELP Consolidation Loan is fixed for the term of the loan and was set by the weighted average interest rate of the loans being consolidated, rounded up to the nearest 1/8th of a percent, not to exceed 8.25 percent. Holders of FFELP Consolidation Loans are eligible to earn interest under the Special Allowance Payment (“SAP”) formula. In April 2008, we suspended originating new FFELP Consolidation Loans.

FFELP Stafford and Other Student Loans — Education loans to students or parents of students that are guaranteed or reinsured under the FFELP. The loans are primarily Stafford loans but also include PLUS and HEAL loans. The FFELP was discontinued in 2010.

Fixed Rate Floor Income — Fixed Rate Floor Income is Floor Income associated with student loans with borrower rates that are fixed to term (primarily FFELP Consolidation Loans and Stafford Loans originated on or after July 1, 2006).

Floor Income — For loans disbursed before April 1, 2006, FFELP Loans generally earn interest at the higher of either the borrower rate, which is fixed over a period of time, or a floating rate based on the SAP formula. We generally finance our student loan portfolio with floating rate debt whose interest is matched closely to the floating nature of the applicable SAP formula. If interest rates decline to a level at which the borrower rate exceeds the SAP formula rate, we continue to earn interest on the loan at the fixed borrower rate while the floating rate interest on our debt continues to decline. In these interest rate environments, we refer to the additional spread it earns between the fixed borrower rate and the SAP formula rate as Floor Income. Depending on the type of student loan and when it was originated, the borrower rate is either fixed to term or is reset to a market rate each July 1. As a result, for loans where the borrower rate is fixed to term, we may earn Floor Income for an extended period of time, and for those loans where the borrower interest rate is reset annually on July 1, we may earn Floor Income to the next reset date. In accordance with legislation enacted in 2006, lenders are required to rebate Floor Income to ED for all FFELP Loans disbursed on or after April 1, 2006.

The following example shows the mechanics of Floor Income for a typical fixed rate FFELP Consolidation Loan (with a LIBOR-based SAP spread of 2.64 percent):

 

Fixed Borrower Rate

     4.25

SAP Spread over LIBOR

     (2.64
  

 

 

 

Floor Strike Rate(1)

     1.61
  

 

 

 

 

  

(1)      The interest rate at which the underlying index (LIBOR, Treasury bill or commercial paper) plus the fixed SAP spread equals the fixed borrower rate. Floor Income is earned anytime the interest rate of the underlying index declines below this rate.

              

Based on this example, if the quarterly average LIBOR rate is over 1.61 percent, the holder of the student loan will earn at a floating rate based on the SAP formula, which in this example is a fixed spread to LIBOR of 2.64 percent. On the other hand, if the quarterly average LIBOR rate is below 1.61 percent, the SAP formula will produce a rate below the fixed borrower rate of 4.25 percent and the loan holder earns at the borrower rate of 4.25 percent.

 

G-2


Graphic Depiction of Floor Income:

 

LOGO

Floor Income Contracts — We enter into contracts with counterparties under which, in exchange for an upfront fee representing the present value of the Floor Income that we expect to earn on a notional amount of underlying student loans being economically hedged, we will pay the counterparties the Floor Income earned on that notional amount over the life of the Floor Income Contract. Specifically, we agree to pay the counterparty the difference, if positive, between the fixed borrower rate less the SAP (see definition below) spread and the average of the applicable interest rate index on that notional amount, regardless of the actual balance of underlying student loans, over the life of the contract. The contracts generally do not extend over the life of the underlying student loans. This contract effectively locks in the amount of Floor Income we will earn over the period of the contract. Floor Income Contracts are not considered effective hedges under ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging,” and each quarter we must record the change in fair value of these contracts through income.

GAAP — Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

Guarantor(s) — State agencies or non-profit companies that guarantee (or insure) FFELP Loans made by eligible lenders under The Higher Education Act of 1965 (“HEA”), as amended.

HCERA — The Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010.

Private Education Loans — Education loans to students or their families that are non-federal loans and loans not insured or guaranteed under the FFELP. The Private Education Loans we make are largely to bridge the gap between the cost of higher education and the amount funded through financial aid, federal loans or borrowers’ resources. Private Education Loans include loans for higher education (undergraduate and graduate degrees) and for alternative education, such as career training, private kindergarten through secondary education schools and tutorial schools. Certain higher education loans have repayment terms similar to FFELP Loans, whereby repayments begin after the borrower leaves school while others require repayment of interest or a fixed pay amount while the borrower is still in school. Our higher education Private Education Loans are not dischargeable in bankruptcy, except in certain limited circumstances.

 

G-3


In the context of our Private Education Loan business, we use the term “non-traditional loans” to describe education loans made to certain customers that have or are expected to have a high default rate as a result of a number of factors, including having a lower tier credit rating, low program completion and graduation rates or, where the customer is expected to graduate, a low expected income relative to the customer’s cost of attendance. Non-traditional loans are loans to customers attending for-profit schools with an original FICO score of less than 670 and customers attending not-for-profit schools with an original FICO score of less than 640. The FICO score used in determining whether a loan is non-traditional is the greater of the customer or cosigner FICO score at origination.

Repayment Borrower Benefits — Financial incentives offered to borrowers based on pre-determined qualifying factors, which are generally tied directly to making on-time monthly payments. The impact of Repayment Borrower Benefits is dependent on the estimate of the number of borrowers who will eventually qualify for these benefits and the amount of the financial benefit offered to the borrower.

Residual Interest — When we securitize student loans, we retain the right to receive cash flows from the student loans sold to trusts that we sponsor in excess of amounts needed to pay derivative costs (if any), other fees, and the principal and interest on the bonds backed by the student loans.

Risk Sharing — When a FFELP Loan first disbursed on and after July 1, 2006 defaults, the federal government guarantees 97 percent of the principal balance plus accrued interest (98 percent on loans disbursed before July 1, 2006) and the holder of the loan is at risk for the remaining amount not guaranteed as a Risk Sharing loss on the loan. FFELP Loans originated after October 1, 1993 are subject to Risk Sharing on loan default claim payments unless the default results from the borrower’s death, disability or bankruptcy.

SDCL — Special Direct Consolidation Loan initiative. The initiative provided an incentive to borrowers who have at least one student loan owned by ED and at least one held by a FFELP lender to consolidate the FFELP lender’s loans into the Direct Loan Program by providing a 0.25 percentage point interest rate reduction on the FFELP Loans eligible for consolidation. The program was available from January 17, 2012 through June 30, 2012.

Special Allowance Payment (“SAP”) — FFELP Loans disbursed prior to April 1, 2006 (with the exception of certain PLUS and Supplemental Loans to Students (“SLS”) loans discussed below) generally earn interest at the greater of the borrower rate or a floating rate determined by reference to the average of the applicable floating rates (LIBOR, 91-day Treasury bill rate or commercial paper) in a calendar quarter, plus a fixed spread that is dependent upon when the loan was originated and the loan’s repayment status. If the resulting floating rate exceeds the borrower rate, ED pays the difference directly to us. This payment is referred to as the Special Allowance Payment or SAP and the formula used to determine the floating rate is the SAP formula. We refer to the fixed spread to the underlying index as the SAP spread. For loans disbursed after April 1, 2006, FFELP Loans effectively only earn at the SAP rate, as the excess interest earned when the borrower rate exceeds the SAP rate (Floor Income) must be refunded to ED.

Variable rate PLUS Loans and SLS Loans earn SAP only if the variable rate, which is reset annually, exceeds the applicable maximum borrower rate. For PLUS Loans disbursed on or after January 1, 2000, this limitation on SAP was repealed effective April 1, 2006.

TDR — Troubled Debt Restructuring. The accounting and reporting standards for loan modifications and TDR’s are primarily found in FASB’s ASC 310-40, “Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors.”

Variable Rate Floor Income — Variable Rate Floor Income is Floor Income that is earned only through the next date at which the borrower interest rate is reset to a market rate. For FFELP Stafford Loans whose borrower interest rate resets annually on July 1, we may earn Floor Income based on a calculation of the difference between the borrower rate and the then current interest rate.

 

G-4